{"response":{"docs":[{"id":"bcas_p1532coll1_13692","title":"Arthur (Matthews) Davis interview with Zenobia Perkins Posey","collection_id":"bcas_p1532coll1","collection_title":"Butler Center for Arkansas Studies Audio Collection","dcterms_contributor":["Davis, Arthur Matthews"],"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, Dunbar High School, 34.73231, -92.28654"],"dcterms_creator":["Posey, Zenobia Perkins"],"dc_date":["1994-08-18"],"dcterms_description":["This oral history interview with Zenobia Perkins Posey was conducted as part of the Dunbar History Project"],"dc_format":["audio/mpeg","image/jpeg"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : University of Arkansas at Little Rock Center for Arkansas History and Culture"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["National Dunbar Alumni Association historical collection, 1880-2016 (UALR.MS.0021)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["African American--History--Arkansas","African Americans--Arkansas--Little Rock","Dunbar High School (Little Rock, Ark.)","Education--Arkansas--History","Education--Arkansas--Little Rock","Education, Secondary","School integration--Arkansas--Little Rock","Segregation in education--Arkansas--Little Rock"],"dcterms_title":["Arthur (Matthews) Davis interview with Zenobia Perkins Posey"],"dcterms_type":["Sound","Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/p1532coll1/id/13692"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["files (digital files)"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcas_p1532coll1_14316","title":"James ''Rocky'' Dallas interview with Johnnye Wright Newman","collection_id":"bcas_p1532coll1","collection_title":"Butler Center for Arkansas Studies Audio Collection","dcterms_contributor":["Dallas, James"],"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, Dunbar High School, 34.73231, -92.28654","United States, Washington, 47.50012, -120.50147","United States, Washington, Pierce County, 47.03764, -122.13735","United States, Washington, Pierce County, Tacoma, 47.25288, -122.44429"],"dcterms_creator":["Newman, Johnnye Wright"],"dc_date":["1994-08-18"],"dcterms_description":["This oral history interview with Johnnye Wright Newman was conducted as part of the Dunbar History Project"],"dc_format":["audio/mpeg","image/jpeg"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : University of Arkansas at Little Rock Center for Arkansas History and Culture"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["National Dunbar Alumni Association historical collection, 1880-2016 (UALR.MS.0021)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["African American--History--Arkansas","African Americans--Arkansas--Little Rock","Dunbar High School (Little Rock, Ark.)","Education--Arkansas--History","Education--Arkansas--Little Rock","Education, Secondary","School integration--Arkansas--Little Rock","Segregation in education--Arkansas--Little Rock"],"dcterms_title":["James ''Rocky'' Dallas interview with Johnnye Wright Newman"],"dcterms_type":["Sound","Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/p1532coll1/id/14316"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["files (digital files)"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcas_p1532coll1_13436","title":"Recorded statement by Eddie Watson, Jr.","collection_id":"bcas_p1532coll1","collection_title":"Butler Center for Arkansas Studies Audio Collection","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, Dunbar High School, 34.73231, -92.28654","United States, California, 37.25022, -119.75126","United States, California, Napa County, Vallejo, 38.09548, -122.27247","United States, California, Solano County, 38.26692, -121.94001"],"dcterms_creator":["Watson, Eddie, Jr."],"dc_date":["1994-08-18"],"dcterms_description":["This recorded statement was submitted as part of the Dunbar History Project"],"dc_format":["audio/mpeg","image/jpeg"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : University of Arkansas at Little Rock Center for Arkansas History and Culture"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["National Dunbar Alumni Association historical collection, 1880-2016 (UALR.MS.0021)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["African American--History--Arkansas","African Americans--Arkansas--Little Rock","Dunbar High School (Little Rock, Ark.)","Education--Arkansas--History","Education--Arkansas--Little Rock","Education, Secondary","School integration--Arkansas--Little Rock","Segregation in education--Arkansas--Little Rock"],"dcterms_title":["Recorded statement by Eddie Watson, Jr."],"dcterms_type":["Sound","Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/p1532coll1/id/13436"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["files (digital files)"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"gsu_ajc_2610","title":"C.T. Vivian (seated) and Fred Shuttlesworth (at podium) at press conference, voicing support for embattled NAACP leader Benjamin Chavis, Atlanta, Georgia, August 17, 1994.","collection_id":"gsu_ajc","collection_title":"Atlanta Journal-Constitution Photographs","dcterms_contributor":["Smith, Kimberly (Photographer)"],"dcterms_spatial":["United States, Georgia, Fulton County, Atlanta, 33.749, -84.38798"],"dcterms_creator":["Atlanta Journal-Constitution"],"dc_date":["1994-08-17"],"dcterms_description":["Newspaper assignment sheet attached to print verso identifies photographer Kimberly Smith: \"Chavis supporters [...] C.T. Vivian, left, gesturing, and Rev. Fred Shuttlesworth, right, at podium, along with a group of other grassroots activists, hosted a press conference in downtown Atlanta Wednesday to voice their support for Ben Chavis of the NAACP, who is currently embroiled in a sexual harassment payoff controversy.\" Newspaper caption: \"Voicing support Wednesday for Benjamin Chavis, NAACP executive director, are the Rev. C. T. Vivian (gesturing), the Rev. Fred Shuttlesworth (at podium) and other activists.\" Date-stamped \"Thu Aug 18 1994 J C.\""],"dc_format":["image/jp2"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":null,"dcterms_publisher":null,"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Atlanta Journal-Constitution Photographic Archive"],"dcterms_subject":["Civil rights workers"],"dcterms_title":["C.T. Vivian (seated) and Fred Shuttlesworth (at podium) at press conference, voicing support for embattled NAACP leader Benjamin Chavis, Atlanta, Georgia, August 17, 1994."],"dcterms_type":["StillImage"],"dcterms_provenance":["Georgia State University. Special Collections"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://digitalcollections.library.gsu.edu/cdm/ref/collection/ajc/id/2610"],"dcterms_temporal":["1990/1999"],"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":["Cite as: AJCP535-267c, Atlanta Journal-Constitution Photographic Archives. Special Collections and Archives, Georgia State University Library."],"dlg_local_right":["This Item is protected by copyright and/or related rights. You are free to use this Item in any way that is permitted by the copyright and related rights legislation that applies to your use. In addition, no permission is required from the rights-holder(s) for educational uses. For other uses, you need to obtain permission from the rights-holder(s)."],"dcterms_medium":["color photographs"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":["Vivian, C. T.","Shuttlesworth, Fred L., 1922-2011"],"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcas_p1532coll1_13316","title":"Florence Jean Hudson interview with Della Mae McGraw Goodwin","collection_id":"bcas_p1532coll1","collection_title":"Butler Center for Arkansas Studies Audio Collection","dcterms_contributor":["Hudson, Florence Jean"],"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, Dunbar High School, 34.73231, -92.28654","United States, Michigan, 44.25029, -85.50033","United States, Michigan, Wayne County, 42.28478, -83.26113","United States, Michigan, Wayne County, Detroit, 42.33143, -83.04575"],"dcterms_creator":["Goodwin, Della Mae McGraw"],"dc_date":["1994-08-17"],"dcterms_description":["This oral history interview with Della Mae McGraw Goodwin was conducted as part of the Dunbar History Project"],"dc_format":["audio/mpeg","image/jpeg"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : University of Arkansas at Little Rock Center for Arkansas History and Culture"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["National Dunbar Alumni Association historical collection, 1880-2016 (UALR.MS.0021)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["African American--History--Arkansas","African Americans--Arkansas--Little Rock","Dunbar High School (Little Rock, Ark.)","Education--Arkansas--History","Education--Arkansas--Little Rock","Education, Secondary","School integration--Arkansas--Little Rock","Segregation in education--Arkansas--Little Rock"],"dcterms_title":["Florence Jean Hudson interview with Della Mae McGraw Goodwin"],"dcterms_type":["Sound","Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/p1532coll1/id/13316"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["files (digital files)"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcas_p15728coll1_9957","title":"Jim Guy Tucker at the 7th Annual I Have a Dream Symposium","collection_id":"bcas_p15728coll1","collection_title":"Butler Center for Arkansas Studies Photographs Collection","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1994-08-15"],"dcterms_description":["Project was funded by the National Historical Publications and Records Commission"],"dc_format":["image/jpeg"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":null,"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : University of Arkansas at Little Rock Center for Arkansas History and Culture"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["James Guy Tucker, Jr., papers, 1821-2016 (UALR.MS.0004)"],"dcterms_subject":["Governors--Arkansas","Civil rights","Arkansas Martin Luther King, Jr. Commission (Little Rock, Ark.)"],"dcterms_title":["Jim Guy Tucker at the 7th Annual I Have a Dream Symposium"],"dcterms_type":["StillImage"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/p15728coll1/id/9957"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["photographic prints"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":["Tucker, Jim Guy"],"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcas_p15728coll1_9958","title":"Jim Guy Tucker at the 7th Annual I Have a Dream Symposium","collection_id":"bcas_p15728coll1","collection_title":"Butler Center for Arkansas Studies Photographs Collection","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Jefferson County, 34.26879, -91.93151"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1994-08-15"],"dcterms_description":["Project was funded by the National Historical Publications and Records Commission"],"dc_format":["image/jpeg"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":null,"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : University of Arkansas at Little Rock Center for Arkansas History and Culture"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["James Guy Tucker, Jr., papers, 1821-2016 (UALR.MS.0004)","Arkansas African Americans"],"dcterms_subject":["Governors--Arkansas","Civil rights","Arkansas Martin Luther King, Jr. Commission (Little Rock, Ark.)","Pine Bluff (Ark.)--History--20th century","African Americans--Civil rights--Arkansas--Pine Bluff","Restaurants--Arkansas--Pine Bluff"],"dcterms_title":["Jim Guy Tucker at the 7th Annual I Have a Dream Symposium"],"dcterms_type":["StillImage"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/p15728coll1/id/9958"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["photographic prints"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":["Tucker, Jim Guy"],"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_223","title":"Little Rock School District (LRSD) Fourth Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["Little Rock School District"],"dc_date":["1994-08-15"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Finance","Educational statistics"],"dcterms_title":["Little Rock School District (LRSD) Fourth Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/223"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["reports"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nLITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT 1993-94 FOURTH QUARTER STATUS REPORT PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR NON-DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT August 15, 1994 Exhibit 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SEQUENCE # PAGE# SEQUENCE # PAGE # Preface 1 SCHOOL OPERATIONS CLUSTER (BUFF) Mission Statement 2 Goals 3 209 210 211 212 Elementary Junior High School High School Athletics 69 72 74 76 District Financial Summary 4 Definitions 5 SCHOOL SUPPORT CLUSTER (BLUE) Organization of the Report 7 Cluster Budget Documents 8 CURRICULUM CLUSTER (PINK) 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 4 Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Kindergarten Special Education Vocational Educational Adult Education Compensatory Education Gifted and Talented Curriculum Services 10 18 21 29 34 37 43 46 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 Guidance Services Drug Abuse Prevention Health Services Curriculum Services/VIPS Educational Media Services Board of Education Services Executive Administrative Services Support Service Management Fiscal Services Plant Services Pupil Transport Services Purchasing Services Safety \u0026amp; Security Services Planning \u0026amp; Evaluation Services Communication Services Human Resource Services Labor Relations Data Processing Services Family Life/New Futures Indebtedness Contingencies 84 89 97 104 115 118 123 128 132 135 137 142 147 150 167 173 177 181 185 189 191PREFACE The mission statement and goals of the Little Rock School District serve as guides for all decision-making. The information gained from the Fourth Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs will provide direction for quality, interim decision-making as well as summative decision-making. The report enhances the districts ability to monitor and report achievements and expenditures relative to programs which are not a part of the districts Court-Approved Desegregation Plan obligations. Among other things, specific quarterly expenditure information will be provided in addition to the YTD (Year-to- Date) Expenditure information. The Fourth Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs contains the following: (1) The Mission Statement of the Little Rock School District\n(2) The Goals of Little Rock School District\n(3) LRSD YTD (Year-to-Date) Non-Desegregation Expenses Summary\n(4) Definitions and Data Elements\n(5) Organization of the Report\n(6) Non-Desegregation Program Budget Documents, Grouped by Clusters\nand, (7) The LRSD Organizational Chart. 1LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT MISSION STATEMENT The mission of the Little Rock School District is to provide a quality, integrated educational program which encourages all children to achieve their optimum academic, social, and emotional development. To that end, the students in the Little Rock School District will develop an appreciation for ethnic and cultural diversity, develop skills in problem solving and conflict resolution, and demonstrate mastery of the Districts curriculum. This will be achieved through the collaborative efforts of a Board, a dedicated and competent staff, and of parents and citizens to fairness, racial equity and adequate support for education. 21. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT GOALS The LRSD will implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. The LRSD will develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. The LRSD will solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. The LRSD wilt provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. The LRSD will ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. 3Little Rock School District Year-To-Date Non-Desegregation Expenses Program Seq. No. 201 202 209 210 211 212 203 204 205 206 207 213 215 208 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 232 233 231 Program Name FOUR YEAR OLD/HIPPY KINDERGARTEN ELEMENTARY__________________ JUNIOR HIGH___________________ HIGH SCHOOL ATHLETICS SPECIAL EDUCATION VOCATIONAL EDUCATION ADULT EDUCATION COMPENSATORY EDUCATION GIFTED AND TALENTED GUIDANCE SERVICES HEALTH SERVICES CURRICULUM SERVICES EDUCATIONAL MEDIA SERVICES BOARD OF EDUCATION SERVICES EXECUTIVE ADMIN SERVICES SUPPORT SERVICE MGMT FISCAL SERVICES PLANT SERVICES PUPIL TRANSPORT SERVICES PURCHASING SERVICES SAFETY \u0026amp; SECURITY SERVICES PLANNING \u0026amp; EVAL SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES HUMAN RESOURCES SERVICES LABOR RELATIONS DATA PROCESSING SERVICES INDEBTEDNESS CONTINGENCIES FAMILY UFE/NEW FUTURES TOTAL Budget 93-94 197,600.57 3,261,957.72 20,856,738.39 10,037,956.63 10,081,463.38 255,021.92 6,442,364.21 5,217,443.54 753,499.46 1,119,707.27 1,106,358.49 2,821,387.51 759,421.38 1,959,459.27 2,157,025.96 705,851.08 200,221.49 665,048.02 375,521.82 9,884,857.01 5,704,598.46 1,221,697.63 536^47.72 371,527.05 182,767.29 1,719,479.12 98,865.00 886,895.99 8,470,123.40 700,000.00 530,400.00 99,301,506.78 PTE'S 1.00 92.00 706.60 284.20 272.00 0.00 181.00 119.88 25.00 37.00 42.00 78.00 40.20 44.60 62.00 0.00 3.00 3.00 12.00 251.26 347.10 16.00 0.00 7.00 4.00 9.00 1.00 9.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2,647.84 YTD Expense 151,522.95 3,119,581.40 20,749,645.93 9,878,340.02 9,293,594.21 246,759.74 6,781,186.21 5,057,740.99 792,080.93 802,122.85 1,099,215.02 2,788,158.33 789,705.59 1,923,426.92 2,230,908.79 985,962.61 353,465.87 1,121,928.36 357,102.71 9,631,938.75 6,108,196.97 1,050,185.13 562,177.12 274,110.20 120,638.00 1,655,579.02 96,931.98 873,722.82 8,513,935.10 0.00 561,642.48 97,971,507.00 1st  3rd Quarters 106,842.82 1,858,568.00 12,350,100.83 6,014,468.69 5,823,632.27 233,241.52 3,942,217.51 3,436,904.84 477,378.46 644,149.95 663,084.05 1,786,775.75 476,731.82 1,395,236.75 1,491,905.22 701,315.92 148,090.39 227,453.55 318,422.24 7,005,188.54 4,000,743.37 819,364.25 478,106.37 160,540.24 87,684.45 1,285,029.56 73,638.77 660,353.67 8,207,712.68 0.00 276,582.49 65,151,464.97 4th Quarter 44,680.13 1,261,013.40 8,399,545.10 3,863,871.33 3,469,961.94 13,518.22 2,838,968.70 1,620,836.15 314,702.47 157,972.90 436,130.97 1,001,382.58 312,973.77 528,190.17 739,003.57 (166,328.71\n205,375.48 1,345,450.21 38,680.47 2,626,750.21 2,107,453.60 230,820.88 84,070.75 113,569.96 32,953.55 370,549.46 23,293.21 213,369.15 306,222.42 0.00 285,059.99 32,820,042.03 % Budget Spent__ _____76.68% 95.64% 99.49% 98.41% 92.18% 96.76% 105.26% 96.94% 105.12% 71.64% 99.35% 98.82% 103.99% 98.16% 103.43% 139.68% 176.54% 163.77% 95.10% 97.44% 107.07% 85.96% 104.84% 73.78% 66.01% 96.28% 98.04% 98.51% 100.52% 0.00% 105.89% 98.66% 4DEFINITIONS AND DATA ELEMENTS The following are definitions of terms and data elements used in the Fourth Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Non- Desegregation Programs. Program: A program is an established plan of operation, composed of a group or series of related activities which are carried out to serve a specific area of identified need. Program Description\nA program description includes a purpose, scope and content, and participants/beneficiaries related to the respective program. Program Goal: A program goal is a broad guiding statement and should describe the overall aim(s), purpose(s), or ambition(s) of the specific program. Objectives\nProgram objectives present explicitly the desired impact the program should have on a problem. They should provide detail to the goals. Strategies: Strategies are the jobs, tasks, efforts, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the objective. Achievements: Achievements are efforts, tasks, evidence, performance, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the strategy. Achievements are placed in alpha order underneath the relative strategy. Evaluation Criteria: Evaluation criteria are statements which specify the end product of an objective or strategy, and evaluation criteria establish measurable and observable levels of performance of the product. Page: Each Program Budget Document uses one or two formatted pages. Program Sequence # (Seq.#): The purpose of this sequence number is to establish a reference for placing programs in order within the planning document. Revision Date\nThis date is the actual date the program document was first documented or last changed. Program Name: To eliminate confusion, an established name for each program has been assigned by the district planner. 5DEFINITIONS AND DATA ELEMENTS Page 2 Primary Leader: The Primary Leader is the cabinet-level associate responsible for the management and operation of the respective program. Secondary Leader: The Secondary Leader is the associate who is back-up to the Primary and will function in that capacity in the absence of the Primary ri e the Program Manager, the Principal, and/or the Assistant Superintendent). District Goal Support: Each program directly supports at least one district goal. If more than one district goal is relative, then the appropriate district goals have been listed in descending priority order. Beginning Date: This is the actual date a particular strategy began. For consistency, all dates should be printed in the following format- MM/DD/YY (03/31/04). Completion Date: This is the actual date a particular objective or strategy was completed. For consistency, all dates should be entered in the following format: MM/DD/YY, (04/01/94). If an activity toward a strategy has been started but not completed, a percent of completion (50%) should be entered in the Completion Date column. Responsibility: This is the name of the individual tasked with ensuring an activity has been accomplished. 6ORGANIZATION OF THE REPORT This section provides guiding information about the text of the Fourth Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for NonDesegregation Programs. Pagination: Every page in the text is numbered using Arabic numerals. Pages are consecutively numbered (i.e., 1,2,3,...) throughout the report at the bottom of the page beginning with the \"Preface. The \"Table of Contents\" is on page i. Clusters. Programs have been sorted into broad categories called clusters. Clusters include programs or schools grouped together because of similar and related operational functions. For convenience and management of this report, similar programs have been grouped into three color-coded clusters: Curriculum, School Operations, School Support. To locate a program, determine the relative cluster of the program by using the \"Table of Contents\" and then refer to the program sequence number (Seq #) or page number for facilitating program reference in the report. Organizational Level. The School Operations Cluster employs only four programs. In addition to Athletics, the School Operations Cluster classifies the fifty schools according to three school organizational leveled programs: Elementary, Junior High, and Senior High. Organizational Chart. An organizational chart has been included to provide reference information matching designated responsible persons with desegregation and non-desegregation programs. 7CLUSTER BUDGET DOCUMENTS 8Curriculum Cluster  4 Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program  Kindergarten  Special Education  Vocational Education  Adult Education  Compensatory Education  Gifted and Talented  Curriculum Services 9LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #: 201 Page: Revision Date: August 9. 1994 1 Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program/HIPPY Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Description: The purpose of the program is to meet the growing needs of disadvantaged students and to improve the racial balance at schools that are difficult to desegregate by incorporating Early Childhood Education programs into the Elementary schools. The program provides experiences for young children which meet their needs and stimulate learning in all developmental areas - physical, social, emotional, and intellectual. Priority for identification of program sites will be given to areas that have a very high concentration of low income students and in schools that are difficult to desegregate. District Goal Support: Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal #2  Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal #3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Goal #4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal #5  Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Plan References: ] FY Program Budget: $197,600.57 1st Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 1 YTD Expenditures: $151,522.95 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $44,680.13 Related Function Codes: ] 10Program Saq #: 201 Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Objectives Strategies Page: 2 Revision Date: August 12, 1994 Secondary Leader: Beginning Date Completion Date Pat Price Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Implement early childhood education programs that provide experiences for young children which meet their needs and stimulate learning in all developmental levels. July 1. 1993 June 30. 1994 Dep. Supt., Asst. Supt., Supervisor, Principals, Teachers, Instructional Aides 1. (Annual review of assessment data beginning at the erxi of the kindergarten year of each child participating in the program. EPSF Post Assessments! * (Comparisons of the progress of children who did and did not participate in the program.!  (Starxiardize achievement tests will be given to each child at the end of the third grade level. These tests will provide data irtdicating the success of the Early Childhood Program as an intervention strategy.! 1.1 Identify sites for program implementations. July 1, 1993 June 30. 1994 Dep. Supt., Asst. Supt., Supervisor. Plant Services, Principals 1.1 Sites established for program implementations. A. Recommendations turned in to Associate Superinterxlent. 12/13/93 June 30. 1994 1.2 Assisted in recruiting teachers and aides as needed. July 1. 1993 June 30, 1994 Human Resource Dept., Principals, Asst. Supt., Supervisor 1.2 Employment of teachers and aides for new arxl open positions. A. Teachers arKi aides hired for every classroom. 07/09/93 08/16/93 11Page: 3 Program 8eq *\n201 Revision Date: August 12, 1994 Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To establish arxJ maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategiee Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 Obtain materials, supplies and equipment for all new programs. A. Orders sent to vertdors for materials, supplies, arxi equipment. 1.4 Provide inservice arxJ technical assistance for principals, teachers, arxl instructional assistants. A. Inservice provided: July 28 and 29, 1993  August 17, 1993  September 30, 1993  October 15 arxl 16, 1993  November 4 and 5, 1993  December 6, 1993 July 1. 1993 07/01/93 July 1, 1993 07/28/93 June 30. 1994 07/01/93 June 30. 1994 June 30, 1994 Supervisor, Purchasing Dept. Supervisor, Staff Development 2. At the erxl of each year in HIPPY, 80% of the children served will exhibit readiness skills for kirxJergarten. 1. To provote the HIPPY program (To compose and mail public service announcements to local radio arrd television stations channel 14 \u0026amp; 16 arxJ flyers) 07/01/93 06/30/94 Supervisor A. Staff member appeared on channel 16 B. Mailed PSA to channels 4,7,14,\u0026amp; 16 C. Forwarded PSA to LRSD Communications Department D. E. Printed \u0026amp; distributed flyers (342 distributed) Mailed announcements arxl flyers 07/08/93 07/08/93 08/23/93 08/03/33 08/22/93 07/08/93 07/08/93 09/30/93 08/03/93 2. To select HIPPY aides (Interview and select sides\ninitial training of aides arxl staff\nto enroll families into the program) 12 07/01/93 06/30/94 Staff 1.3 Materials, supplies, and equipment will be in place to meet LRSD curriculum and licensing requirements. 1.4 Agendas arxl documentation of inservice evaluations. The Early Prevention of School Failure screening instrument will be used for pre \u0026amp; post assessment for the children upon entering kindergarten to provide data that shows readiness. If students are not proficient in two or more areas, they are identified as \"not ready. Teacher surveys will be corxfucted annually to provide information relating to readiness skills.Program Seq #: 201 Page: 4 Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program Revision Date: July 12, 1994 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: Secondary Leader: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Pat Price Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies 2. To select HIPPY aides (Interview and select aides\ninitial training of aides and staff\nto enroll families into the program) A. Interview and select fourteen(14) aides B. Interview \u0026amp; select aides C. Printed \u0026amp; mailed forty two (42) flyers to area churches D. Mailed job announcement to channels 14. 16, \u0026amp; 38 3. Arrange logistics with st\u0026amp;te for the initial training Comment: This is done through HIPPY State Regional Office (Initial training of aides and staff) A. Contacted principal at Washington Magnet school to assist \u0026amp; arrange use of facilities for Regional Training B. Conducted pre-initial training for aides 4. Conduct home interview and enroll families into program (To enroll families into the program) A. Conducted registration for interested parents 5. To recruit families (Compose and mail correspondence to recruit families \u0026amp; intructional aide trainees) 13 Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/23/93 09/28/93 08/03/93 07/01/93 08/24/93 09/02/93 07/01/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 10/11/93 09/28/93 08/03/93 06/30/94 08/24/93 09/02/93 06/30/94 08/18/93 06/30/94 Staff Staff Supervisor Supervisor/Coordi nator Staff Teacher surveys will be conducted annually to provide information relating to readiness skills. A standarized achievement test will be given to each child at the end of the thrid grade as a comparison between the HIPPY students and a control group.Page: 5 Program Seq *: 201 Revision Data\nAugust 12, 1994 Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal\nTo establish arxl maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Oete Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria  A. Mailed correspondence to forty two (42) area churches 6. Identify families to be served by each coordinator (To determine service of coordinators) 7. Identify families to be served by each aide (To assign families to be served by each aide) A. Assign families to aides 09/28/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/30/93 09/28/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 08/30/93 Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinator Coordinators Assignment of families to Coordinators 8. A. B. To organize instructional material Print curriculum material Ordered printed curriculum from Dushkin Publishing 9. Conduct three (3) day workshop (To familiarize aides of the HIPPY implementation of LRSD) A. Invited five (5) LRSD personnel and other experts to Inservice Training B. Invited four (4) LRSD personnel and other experts to Inservice Training C. Invited seven (7) LRSD personnel erxl other experts to Inservice Training 14 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 09/07/93 10/26/93 01/04/94 06/30/94 06/30/34 08/17/93 06/30/94 09/21/93 12/07/93 02/22/94 Secretary Supervisor Coordinators SupervisorPage: 6 Program Seq 201 Revision Date: Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program July 12, 1994 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10. Obtain material for program (Order material) A. Requisitioned materials for program implementation B. Requisitioned materials for program implementation C. Acquisitioned materials for program continuance 11. To orientate enrolled families to the HIPPY program (Conduct orientation meeting) A. Conduct orientation meeting Orientation conducted 09/21/93 B. Secured space for orientation/requisited us of Adult Education Auditorium from Adult Education Director, Paulette Martin C. Invited speakers to orientation. Pat Price, LRSD Early Childhood Coordinator, Maria Mitchell, LRSD Baseline Elementary Teacher C. Prepared program agenda for orientation 12. Identify meeting sites of group meetings (Secure meeting sites for group meetings\nmail out notification of meeting sites) 15 07/01/93 06/30/94 Supervisor 07/01/93 10/10/93 11/18/93 July 1. 1993 07/01/93 09/07/93 09/16/93 07/01/93 09/30/93 12/30/93 02/01/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 09/07/93 09/16/93 06/30/94 Nov. 1993 Supervisor/Coordi nator CoordinatorProgram Seq #: 201 Page: 7 Revision Date: Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program July 12. 1994 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Identified appropriate school site for group meetings B. Developed flyers C. Distributed flyers to parents 13. To schedule implementation of HIPPY curriculum (Schedule aides weekly home visits\nschedule area group meetings, print flyers, schedule weekly service for aides\nschedule aides first teaching with own child. 14. To provide parents with information that will assist them with their own children (Schedule workshop for parents \u0026amp; aides, mail out \u0026amp; print materials) A. Book Fair B. How to Develop Self Esteem\" Wilma Kirk Lee C. Parent Appreciation/Motivational Program 15. To evaluate aide trainees mid-point 15th week. (To evaluate each aide trainee) 16. CorxJuct survey of parents-print materials (To determine program success) 10/13/93 10/12/93 10/12/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 11/11/93 10/19/93 03/08/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 10/13/93 10/12/93 10/12/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 11/11/93 10/19/93 03/08/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Supervisor/Coordi nator Supervisor/Coordi nator Coordinators Coordinators Coordinator Supervisor 1\u0026lt;6Page: 8 Program Seq #: 201 Revision Date: July 12, 1994 Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 17. Implement second part of HIPPY curriculum. A. print material B. print flyers C. mass mail out (Begin second part of program implementation) 07/01/93 06/30/94 Supervisor/Coordi nator 18. Evaluation of aides 07/01/93 06/30/94 Coordinator 19. Obtain a site and speaker and schedule a lecture for parents (provide parents with information to be successful with their children) 20. Build the aides and children's self esteem (Activities) 21. Graduation of HIPPY children and aides reception (Staff will organize) 22. Evaluate aides (Schedule final evaluation of traineees in program) 23. To begin implementation of HIPPY program (Staff in place) 24. Maintain regular staff (Secretary) 25. Aides made home visit (To assist in traveling expense) 17 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Supervisor Staff Staff Coordinator Supervisor Supervisor StaffLRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #: 202 Page: 1 Revision Date: August 9, 1994 Program Name: Kindergarten Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Description: In accordance with state standards the Little Rock School District maintains a full day kindergarten program that renders an environment which provides a variety of experiences appropriate to the child's developmental stage. Services are provided to these students by certified teachers. District Goal Support: Program Goal: Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goat #2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal #3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Goal #4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal #5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. To provide appropriate instructional services to all kindergarten students. Plan References: I FY Program Budget: $3,261,957.72 1st Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 92 YTD Expenditures: $3,119,581.40 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $1,261,013.40 I Related Function Codes: ] 18Program Seq #: 202 Program Name: Kindergarten Program Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader\nPage: 2 Revision Date: June 27, 1994 Pat Price To provide appropriate instructional services to all kindergarten students. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Implement kindergarten programs in accordance with state standards and district guidelines. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Asst. Supt., Supervisors, Principals, Teachers 1. Programs will be in place to meet state standards and district guidelines. 1.1 Assist in recruiting certified teachers as needed. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Human Resource Dept., Principals, Asst. Supt., Supervisor 1.1 Employment of teachers for new and open positions. A. All teachers hired. 07/01/93 08/23/93 1.2 Obtain materials, supplies, and equipment for alt new programs. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Supervisor, Purchasing Dept. 1.2 Materials, supplies, and equipment will be in place to meet L.R.S.O. curriculum and state standards. A. Equipment and supplies ordered and disseminated. 07/01/93 09/10/93 1.3 Provide inservice and technical assistance for teachers. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Supervisors, Staff Development, Principals 1.3 Agendasand documentation of inservice evaluations. A. Inservice provided for all Kindergarten teachers - August 16 and 17, 1993 and January 10 and 11,1994. Also, thematic units were provided for teachers during monthly work sessions at the IRC. 08/16/93 05/05/94 1.4 Ensure proper documentation and evaluation of student progress. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Asst. Supt., Supervisor, Principals Annual reviews of data pre and post EPSF assessments. A. Pre-EPSF testing completed. 08/23/93 09/10/93 B. Post-EPSF testing completed. 04/18/94 06/03/94 1.5 Provide inservice and technical assistance for principals, teachers, and instructional assistants. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Supervisor, Staff Development 1.5 Agendasand documentation of inservice evaluations 19Page: 3 Program Seq #: 202 Revision Date: June 27, 1994 Program Name: Kindergarten Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to all kindergarten students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Inservice provided for all kindergarten staff and principals - August 16 and 17, 1993 and January 10 and 11, 1994. Also, thematic units were provided for teachers during monthly work sessions at the IRC. B. Technical assistance provided throughout the year. 20 08/16/93 08/18/93 05/05/94 06/10/94Program Seq #: 203 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: Revision Date: 1 August 9, 1994 Program Name: Program Code: Special Education Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Description: Purpose Special education is specially designed instruction, at no cost to parents, to meet the unique needs of students with disabilities, conducted in the classroom, in the home, in hospitals and institutions, and in other settings\nand instruction in physical education, services are provided in accordance with each child's Individual Education Program (lEP). A student is determined eligible for special education serviceswhen disability is present as defined in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) that results in an adverse effect on educational performance and the corresponding need for special education services. A full continuuii of services is provided which includes multiple options for placement. Students served through special education services have been identified as having disabilities defined by the IDEA.  ' ------  district's population or 2,026 students received special education services (Dec. 1, 1992 count). This includes instruction Scope and Content Special education a Participants/beneficiaries During the 1992-93 school year, 8.13X of the District Goal Support: Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grou academically, socially and emotionally with Cephas is on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal #2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal #3 - The Little Rock school Board, adsinistration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our comnunity and nation con draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Goal #4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan.   and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. '   ' .... ... ... Goal #2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal *5 - Provide a safe Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each child's least restrictive environment. Plan References: 3 FY Program Budget: $6,442,364.21 1st Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 181 YTD Expenditures: $6,781,186.21 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $2,838,968.70 Related Function Codes: 1210, 1220, 1230, 1240, 1290, 1292, 2142 21Program Seq 203 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number NA LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: July 11. 1994 Patty Kohler The goal of the special education program Is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each child's least restrictive environment. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Provide itinerant instruction to eligible students in accordance with each child's lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process. 1,1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students 07/01/93 08/16/93 Director, Human Resources, Supervisors 1.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided A. All teachers hired 07/01/93 08/16/93 1.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students 07/01/93 12/17/93 Director, Teachers, Supervisors 1.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified A. Materials ordered, disseminated 07/01/93 12/17/93 1.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates A. Test materials ordered, received B. New forms ordered, delivered C. All folders monitored D. Annual reviews completed 1.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. Preschool inservice B. Functional vision inservice C. AAMR inservice attended by 2 examiners/4 supervisors D. Memo to Romine re: inservice needs E. Hearing Impairment Inservice 07/01/93 07/01/93 10/01/93 10/06/93 01/31/94 07/01/93 08/17/93 09/13/93 08/11/93 09/22/93 10/20/93 06/30/94 12/17/93 01/05/94 12/02/93 06/06/94 06/30/94 08/17/93 09/13/93 08/11/93 09/22/93 10/20/93 Supervisors, Examiners, Principals, Teachers Director, Supervisors 1.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates 1.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be provided 22Program Seq #: 203 Page: 3 Program Name: Special Education Revision Date: July It, 1994 Program Code: Primary Leader\nEstelle Matthis Program Goal: Secondary Leader: The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related Patty Kohler services in each child's least restrictive environment. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria F. Paraprofessionals Inservice 10/22/93 10/22/93 G. Elementary Resource Inservice 11/09/93 11/09/93 H. Speech Therapists Inservice 11/09/93 11/09/93 I. Secondary Resource Inservice 11/09/93 11/09/93 J. Elementary Self-Contained Inservice K. Secondary Self-Contained Inservice L. Inclusion training M. Materials Fair N. Abacus Training 0. Schools Are For All Kids training P. Statewide Inclusion Conference Q. Special Education Committee meeting 11/16/93 11/16/93 01/07/94 02/03/94 02/02/94 03/07/94 05/12/94 05/31/94 11/16/93 11/16/93 01/10/94 02/03/94 02/25/94 03/08/94 05/13/94 05/31/94 2. Provide Resource instruction to eligible students In accordance with each child's lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process 2.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students 07/01/93 08/16/93 Director. Human Resources, Supervisors 2.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided A. All teachers hired 07/01/93 08/16/93 2.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students 07/01/93 12/17/93 Director. Teachers, Supervisors 2.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified A. Materials ordered, disseminated 07/01/93 12/17/93 2,3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates 07/01/93 06/30/94 Supervisors, Examiners, Principals. Teachers 2.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased .levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates A. Test materials ordered, received 07/01/93 12/17/93 23Page: 4 Program Seq #: 203 Revision Date: Program Name: Special Education July 11, 1994 Program Code: Primary Leader\nEstelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Program Goal: Patty Kohler The goal of the special education program Is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each child's least restrictive environment. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. New forms ordered, delivered 10/01/93 01/05/94 C. Alt folders monitored 10/06/93 12/02/93 D. Annual reviews completed 2.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. Preschool inservice B. Functional visual inservice C. AAMR inservice attended by 2 examlners/4 supervisors D. Memo to Romine re: inservice needs E. Hearing Impairment Inservice F. Paraprofessionals Inservice G. Elementary Resource Inservice H. Speech Therapists Inservice I. Secondary Resource Inservice J. Elementary Self-Contained Inservice K. Secondary Self-Contained Inservice L. Inclusion training M. Materials Fiar N. Abacus Training 0. Schools Are For All Kids Training P. Statewide Inclusion Conference Q. Special Education Committee Meeting 01/31/94 07/01/93 08/17/93 09/13/93 08/11/93 09/22/93 10/20/93 10/22/93 11/09/93 11/09/93 11/09/93 11/16/93 11/16/93 01/07/94 02/03/94 02/02/94 03/07/94 05/12/94 05/31/94 06/06/94 06/30/94 08/17/93 09/13/93 08/11/93 09/22/93 10/20/93 10/22/93 11/09/93 11/09/93 11/09/93 11/16/93 11/16/93 01/10/94 02/03/94 02/25/94 03/08/94 05/13/94 05/31/94 Director, Supervisors 2.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be provided 24Page: 5 Program Seq #: 203 Revision Date: July 11. 1994 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The goal of the special education program Is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each child's least restrictive environment. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. Provide special class instruction to eligible students in accordance with each child's lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process 3.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students 07/01/93 08/16/93 Director, Human Resources, Supervisors 3.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided A. All teachers hired 07/01/93 08/16/93 3.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students 07/01/93 12/17/93 Director, Teachers, Supervisors 3.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified A. Materials ordered, disseminated 07/01/93 12/17/93 3.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates A. Test materials ordered, received B. New forms ordered, delivered C. All folders monitored D. Annual reviews completed 3.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. Preschool inservice 6. Functional vision inservice C. AAMR inservice attended by 2 examiners/4 supervisors D. Memo to Romine re: inservice needs E. Hearing Impairment Inservice 25 07/01/93 07/01/93 10/01/93 10/06/93 01/31/94 07/01/93 08/17/93 09/13/93 08/11/93 09/22/93 10/20/93 06/30/94 12/17/93 01/05/94 12/02/93 06/06/94 06/30/94 08/17/93 09/13/93 08/11/93 09/22/93 10/20/93 Supervisors, Examiners, Principals, Teachers Director, Supervisors 3.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates 3.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be providedProgram Seq #\n203 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number Page\n6 Revision Date\nJuly 11, 1994 Patty Kohler The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each child's least restrictive environment. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria F. Paraprofessionals Inservice 10/22/93 10/22/93 G. Elementary Resource Inservice 11/09/93 11/09/93 H. Speech Therapists Inservice 11/09/93 11/09/93 I. Secondary Resource Inservice 11/09/93 11/09/93 J. Elementary Self-Contained Inservice 11/16/93 11/16/93 K. Secondary Self-Contained Inservice 11/16/93 11/16/93 L. Inclusion training 01/07/94 01/10/94 M. Materials Fair 02/03/94 02/03/94 N. Abacus Training 02/02/94 02/25/94 0. Schools Are For All Kids training 03/07/94 03/08/94 P. Statewide Inclusion Conference 05/12/94 05/13/94 Q. Special Education Committee meeting 05/31/94 05/31/94 4. Provide homebound and hospital instruction to eligible students in accordance with each child's lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process 4.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students 07/01/93 08/16/93 Director. Human Resources, Supervisors 4.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided A. All teachers hired 07/01/93 08/16/93 4.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students 07/01/93 12/17/93 Director, Teachers, Supervisors 4.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified A. Materials ordered, disseminated 07/01/93 12/17/93 4.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates 07/01/93 06/30/94 Supervisors, Examiners, Principals, Teachers 4.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates A. Test materials ordered, reviewed 07/01/93 26 12/17/93Page: 7 Program Seq #: 203 Revision Date: July 11. 1994 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each child's least restrictive environment. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 8. New forms ordered, delivered 10/01/93 01/05/94 C. All folders monitored 10/06/93 12/02/93 D. Annual reviews completed 01/31/94 06/06/94 4.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately 07/01/93 06/30/94 Director, Supervisors 4.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be provided A. Preschool inservice 08/17/93 08/17/93 B. Functional vision inservice C. AAMR inservice attended by 2 examiners/4 supervisors D. Memo to Romine re: inservice E. Hearing Impairment Inservice F. Paraprofessionals Inservice G. Elemenatry Resource Inservice H. Speech Therapists Inservice I. Secondary Resource Inservice J. Elementary Self-Contained Inservice K. Secondary Self-Contained Inservice L. Inclusion training M. Materials Fair N. Abacus Training 0. Schools Are For All Kids Training P. Statewide Inclusion Conference Q. Special Education Committee meeting 27 09/13/93 08/11/93 09/22/93 10/20/93 10/22/93 11/09/93 11/09/93 11/09/93 11/16/93 11/16/93 01/07/94 02/03/94 02/02/94 03/07/94 05/12/94 05/31/94 09/13/93 08/11/93 09/22/93 10/20/93 10/22/93 11/09/93 11/09/93 11/09/93 11/16/93 11/16/93 01/10/94 02/03/94 02/25/94 03/08/94 05/13/94 05/31/94Page: 8 Program Seq #: 203 Revision Date: July 11. 1994 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each child's least restrictive environment. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5. Provide extended year services to eligible students in accordance with State and Federal Mandates 5.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students 07/01/93 06/30/94 Director, Human Resources, Supervisors 5.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided A. Work with UALR to identify staff 5.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Materials identified and place in schools 5.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates A. All conferences completed 5.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. Inservice conducted at UALR 28 04/01/94 05/01/94 03/15/94 06/10/94 06/06/94 06/17/94 06/06/94 07/22/94 Director, Teachers, Supervisors Supervisors, Examiners, Principals, Teachers Directors, Supervisors 5.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified 5.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates 5.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be providedLRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #: 204 Page: 1 Program Name : Vocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader\nCarol Green Revision Date: August 9, 1994 Program Description: Vocational education is designed to provide a program of learning experiences to develop skilled and adaptable workers who are prepared to pursue additional learning opportunities that will result in more productivity. Vocational education also develops abilities, attitudes, and appreciations that contribute to a satisfying life enhancing family, civic, and personal responsibilities. Education is vocational when it provides instruction in the \"why\" and \"how\" to students, rather than instruction \"about\" things. - . ___... _____ -......It is concerned with the development of the individual student in five areas: (1) personal skills and attitudes, (2) communication, (3) employability skills, (4) broad and specific occupational skills and knowledge, and (5) a foundation for career planning and lifelong learning. The content of the vocational curriculum includes any and every source which will add specifically to the students proficiency in a chosen occupation. Such a course of study may include related physics, English (applied communications), applied math, applied biology and chemistry, or other subject matter or information needed to make the learner a more efficient worker. Course offerings in vocational education are available in all secondary schools and include the following programs: (1) Business arxi Marketing, (2) Home Economics, and (3) Trade and Industrial Technology. On the junior high level, vocational courses include: Career Orientation, Keyboarding, Computer Technology and Exploring Industrial Technology Education I and II. Specialized courses are offered at Metropolitan Area Vocational Center. Vocational education instruction is offered to all students who need, desire and can profit from it. backgromd, or handicapping conditions are included within the scope of vocational education. All youth, regardless of race, gender, economic or social District Goal Support: (1) Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. (2) Develop and maintain a staff that is well trained and motivated. (3) The Little Rock School Board administration staff and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contribution to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st century. (4) Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan (5) Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operation. Program Goal: To provide the opportunity for all students to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. Plan References: FY Program Budget\n$5,217,443.54 1st Qtr Expend: YTD Expenditures: $5,057,740.99 2nd Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $1,620,836.15 FTE 120 [ Related Function Codes\n1321, 1331, 1332, 1333, 1341, 1351, 1352, 1353, 1354, 1362, 1371, 1392, 1360, 1362, 2410 1 29LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Program Seq *: 204 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Vocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Associate Superintendent for Curriculum Secondary Leader: Director of Vocational Education Program Goal: To provide the opportunity for all students to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. Plan Reference Page Ntirber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Provide quality instruction to all students enrolled in vocational courses. 1.1 Identify and employed certified teachers to deliver quality learning experiences and skilled training to students. 07/01/93 08/10/93 Director, Assistant Director, Principals, Human Resources Director and Teacher Recruiter 1.1 A list of certified teachers or applicants will be provided. A. Teachers have been identified through an audit and information disseminated regarding planned inservice. 07/01/93 54X have completed this training 1.2 Identify equipment, materials and supplies needed. 07/01/93 04/15/94 Director, Assistant Director, Teachers 1.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed and prioritized A. Teacher requested purchase orders approved upon submission if proper forms. B. Task Force recoirmendation submitted to the Review Board for approval. 1.3 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to deliver quality instruction to students. 07/01/93 06/01/94 Director, Assistant Director, Staff Development Director 1.3 A listing of inservice dates, topics, and participants will be provided. A. Pre-school inservices held August 4 and August 11. B. Race Relations Inservice October 18, 1993 C. Exploring Industrial Technology Education Teachers Inservice, UCA, Conway 30 07/01/93 08/11/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 10/18/93 03/17/94Page: 3 Progran Seq *: 204 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Prograa Naae: Vocational Education Program Code: Priaary Leader: Associate Superintendent for Curriculum Secondary Leader: Director of Vocational Education Prograa Goal: To provide the opportunity for all students to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. Plan Reference Page Nudier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. Review, update, or revise course offerings to reflect the needs and trends of the 21st century. 3. Maintain all equipment used in skilled training labs. 4. Awareness activities to promote vocational education will be made available to all students. 1.4 Provide an opportunity for teachers to keep abreast of changing technological needs and training in the workplace. A. Business Education teacher sent to Authorized Training Associate for WordPerfect Corporation and Southwestern Bell. 2.1 A vocational task force will be organized to address issues of the course offerings. A. Task Force meetings held December 9, January 5, and January 20. 3.1 Identify equipment in need of repair or replacement in the vocational skilled training labs. A. Requests for equipment repair submitted as needed to the Vocational Office. B. Equipment inventories completed by all vocational teachers. 4.1 Recruitment activities through advertisement, flyers, videos, and student presentation will be made available to all students. A. recruitment flyers and course offerings flyers developed for teacher recruitment. 31 07/01/93 04/02/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 05/26/94 07/01/93 01/05/94 06/30/94 SOX complete 06/30/94 06/30/94 100X completed 06/30/94 03/01/94 Director, Assistant Director Vocational Director, Staff Development Director Director, Assistant Director Director, Assistant Director, Principals, vocational teachers. Vocational teachers, Director, Task Force, and Advisory Committees. 1.4 A list of professional meetings and conferences teachers have attended will be provided. 2.1 Recommendations made by the task force wi11 be identified and completed. 3.1 All skilled lab equipment wi11 be identified for needed repair and maintenance. 4.1 a) Surveys will be conducted to determine how students became aware of vocational education (b) Monitoring of student enrollment will determine the success of the awareness sessions.Page: 4 Prograa Seq *: 204 Revision Date: June 23. 1994 Program Name: Vocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Associate Superintendent for Curriculum Secondary Leader: Director of Vocational Education Program Goal: To provide the opportunity for all students to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. Plan Referervze Page Nuitier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Vocational teachers begin student recruitment for 94-95. C. Public Service announcements done on KARK-TV, and KATV-7. D. Public Service announcements done by radio stations KKYK, KHLT, KHJX. KOLL. KSYG, KYTN. KAAY, KSSN. E. Assistant Vocational Director appeared on Dave Woodman early morning show to talk about vocational offerings at Metropolitan. F. Vocational Director appeared on radio talk show with T.J. Raney, K-LITE to discuss course offerings at Metropolitan. 4.2 Tech Prep committee auareness campaign to inform parents about Tech Prep and it's benefits. A. Vocational Director addressed PTA Council on Tech Prep B. Vocational Director briefly explained Tech Prep to televised LRSD Board Meeting audience C. Vocational Director spoke to parents at Cloverdale Junior High's College Might about Tech Prep. 0. Tech Prep brochures developed, printed and distributed at junior high levels. E. Vocational counselor and Tech Prep Coordinator visited Pulaski Heights Junior High to talk with ninth grades about Tech Prep. 03/01/94 06/01/94 06/01/94 04/26/94 06/02/94 07/01/93 12/14/93 01/20/94 01/25/94 02/01/94 03/07/94 35X complete 100X complete 100X complete 100X complete 100X complete 04/15/94 100X complete 100X complete 100X complete 03/18/94 25X complete Director, Assistant Director, Tech Prep Coordinator 4.2 List of all awareness sessions and Public Relations Activities will be compiled. 325 Page: Prograa Seq f: 204 Revision Date: June 23. 1994 Prograa Naae: Vocational Education Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Associate Superintendent for Curriculum Secondary Leader: Director of Vocational Education Prograa Goal: To provide the opportunity for all students to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. Plan Reference Page Nurbcr Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coirpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria F. Vocational Director attended Parent Cluster Meetings at Mann Jr. High and Fair High Schools to explain/discuss Tech Prep. G. Vocational Guidance Counselor attended Parent Cluster Meeting at Hall High School to explain/discuss Tech Prep. H. Declaration Forms for College Prep/Tech Prep developed, printed and distributed to jr. high schools. 04/04/94 04/94 06/10/94 100% complete 100X complete 100X complete 33Program Seq #: 205 Program Name: Adult Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Program Description\nDistrict Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Plan References: FY Program Budget\nYTD Expenditures: Related Function Codes: LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Page: 1 Revision Date: August 9, 1994 Paulette H. Martin Adult Education is specially designed instruction at no cost to students to upgrade their educational level and or to help them obtain a high school equivalency (GEO) diploma. This includes instruction at the Adult Education Center and its satellite programs in businesses, industries, various conmunity and state agencies and chures. Scope and content Adult Education services are provided in accordance with each student's needs and goals. A student is eligible for Adult Education services if he/she is at least sixteen years of age or older and has been released from regular public school by the superintendent or his/her designee or is eighteen years of age and has withdrawn or dropped out of public school. school. During the 1992-93 school year, 3078 students received Adult Education serves. Participants/beneficiaries Students served in Adult Education are identified as having withdrawn or dropped out of public Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that willl ensure that all students grow academically, socially, and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment whiUe closing disparties in achievement. Goal #3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the conmunity as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. support our schools. school activities and operations. Goal #4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to full Goal # 5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal # 6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of The goal of the Adult Education Program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adults and to assist adults in obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma. 1 $753,499.46 $792,080.93 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend\n3rd Qtr Expend\n4th Qtr Expend: $314,702.47 1410, 1420, 1445, 1490 1 34Program Seq 205 Program Name: Adult Education Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number NA LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: June 27, 1994 Paulette H. Martin The goal of the Adult Education program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adult and/or to assist adults in obtaining their high school equivalency (GEO) diploma. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Provide instruction to eligible students in Basic Literacy, General Adult Education, and Computer Literacy using the annual Effective and Efficient Criteria as mandated by the State Department of Education for review of programs. 1.1 Identify and employ qualified teachers to deliver services to students 07/01/93 06/30/94 Director, Human Resources\nDirector, Adult Education 1.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided A. Al) teachers hired 08/02/93 08/16/93 1.2 Identify equipment, materials, and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students 07/01/93 06/30/94 Director, Ass't Director, Teacher, examiners 1.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed A. Materials Ordered 08/02/93 08/17/93 B. Materials disseminated 08/02/93 09/20/93 1.3 Provide Inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately 07/01/93 06/30/94 Director 1.3 Inservice participants, dates and topics wilt be provided A. Preschool Inservice 08/17/93 08/18/93 B. Safety \u0026amp; Security 09.23/93 09/23/93 1.4 Promote the Adult Education Program A. Recruiter distributes posters/brochures to grocery stores, barber/beauty shops, medical clinics, public health units, churches B. Tapes made and running on local TV and radio stations C. Assistant Director speaks to Incentive School parents about services offered 35 07/01/93 08/02/93 11/15/93 10/18/93 06/30/94 50% 50% 10/18/93 Director, Ass't Director, Recruiter, teacher 1.4 Copies of tapes, brochures, and posters will be provided as well as a schedule of places visited by the recruiter.Page: 3 Program Seq #: 205 Revision Date: June 27, 1994 Program Name: Adult Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Paulette H. Martin Program Goal: The goal of the Adult Education program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adult and/or to assist adults in obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.5 Submit Proposals and secure financial resources that are necessary to support the Adult Education Program A. Direct and Equitable proposal B. Correctional/lnstitutionalized C. Adult Basic Education, General Adult Education 1.6 Set up additional satellite Adult Education classes when requested A. McClellan Community School B. Tomberlin Church of God In Christ C. Word of Outreach Christian Church D. Crystal Hill Baptist Church E. University of Arkansas Medical Services F. Old Martin Luther King G. Sysco Foods, Inc. H. Salvation Army I. IRC J. Timex 36 07/01/93 01/06/94 03/04/94 06/08/94 07/01/93 11/08/93 10/04/93 01/10/94 01/03/94 02/08/94 09/08/93 02/07/94 03/07/94 05/07/94 05/31/94 06/30/94 01/11/94 03/08/94 06/09/94 06/30/94 05/12/94 05/26/94 05/26/94 05/26/94 03/15/94 06/07/94 04/20/94 06/05/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Director Director 1.5 Copies of proposal will be provided 1.6 List of satellite classes will be providedLRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq 206 Page: 1 Revision Date: August 9, 1994 Program Name\nCompensatory Education Program Code\nPrimary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader\nAdams/Stovall/Trowell/Parker Program Description\nCompensatory Education funded programs are designed to improve the quality of LRSD's academic programs. Activities include supplemental instruction for students, resource materials, inservice education for teachers, and support for parental invokement. District Goal Support: (1) Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. (2) Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Program Goal: Disparity reduction - to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning for all students in the mainstream setting. Plan References\n1 FY Program Budget: $1,119,707.27 1st Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 37 YTD Expenditures: $802,122.85 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $157,972.90 Related Function Codes: 1560, 1570. 1595 37Program Seq 206 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: August 3, 1994 Adans/Stovail/Trowe1l/Pafkof To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To use an integrated shared reading/writing approach of instruction to promote student independence as readers, writers, and learners, (fourteen schools, K-3) 03/01/94 06/03/94 Principals and Teachers 1. Student profiles on LRSD Language Arts Curriculum will be used to assess student achievement. 1.1 Purchase and distribute materials and supplies to schools. A. Materials distributed with coding instructions to participating schools. 1.2 Provide additional time for instruction using the Shared Reading/Writing Approach through thematic units utilizing these materials. A. Fourteen on-site visits by reading specialists reflect additional time provided for instruction utilizing these materials. 1.3 Provide whole group instruction for all K-1 students and additional small group and individual instruction as needed. A. Daily whole/smalt group instruction was provided to K-1 students in shared reading/writing instruction. 1.4 Provide secorxt and third grade students with instruction using the Shared Reading/writing Approach. A. Reading teachers schedules reflect the additional instructional time for identified students. 38 02/16/94 02/25/94 03/01/94 03/07/94 03/01/94 02/25/94 03/01/94 03/07/94 02/25/94 02/25/94 06/03/94 04/21/94 06/03/94 06/09/94 06/03/94 04/21/94 Director of Reading and IRC Reading Specialists Principals, First Grade Teachers, and Reading Specialists Principals and Classroom Teachers Classroom Teachers Principals, Classroom Teachers, and Reading Specialists 1.1 Documentation of purchase orders. 1.2 The number of developed thematic units will comprise the evaluation. 1.3 Record of classroom observation and schedules. 1.4 Schedules and list of students.Page: 3 Program Seq 206 Revision Date: August 3, 1994 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Adams/Stovall/Trowell/Parker Program Goal: To assist tow achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.5 Provide participating teachers and administrators with a minimum of nine hours staff development. A. Shared Reading/Writing Workshop (6 hours) B. Shared Reading/Writing Workshop (6 hours) C. Shared Reading/Writing Workshop \u0026lt;3 hours) 1.6 Provide summer scholarships to train the trainers. A. Eight teachers are scheduled to attend training in July, 1994. B. Participating schools: Mabelvale - 3 teachers\nCloverdale - 1 teacher\nBrady - 1 teacher\nIRC  2 Reading Specialists (Director of Reading to attend a 3-day workshop in Chicago July 28-30, 1994.) 11/02/93 11/02/93 11/03/93 04/06/94 06/30/94 04/20/94 06/03/94 11/02/93 11/03/93 04/06/94 08/01/94 08/01/94 Director of Reading and Rigby Consultants Director of Reading and Rigby Consultants 1.5 List of participants with evaluations. 1.6 List of trainers. 2. To improve students' abilities to analyze, explain, arxJ summarize materials from books and tapes utilizing the reading styles approach, (two schools) 03/01/94 06/03/94 2. The evaluation criteria includes the recognition of the sound of letters in isolation and in words, and in how to blend sounds together. 2.1 Diagnose students' reading styles in four areas: tactic, visual, kinesthetic, auditory. A. Thirty-three reading style inventories were completed at Chicot. 2.2 Structure students' work around identified reading styles. A. Reading styles inventories have been completed by 173 students. 03/01 /94 01/14/94 03/01/94 01/05/94 06/03/94 06/03/94 06/03/94 Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Classroom Teachers 2.1 The number of Reading Styles Inventories completed. 2.2 Students' Individual Learning Plan. 39Page: 4 Program Seq #: 206 Revision Date: August 3. 1994 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Adams/Stovail/Trowell/Parker Program Goal\nTo assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.3 Actively involve students in learning activities. A. Thirty-three individual learning plans have been completed, placing the learning styles inventory into group instruction and individuals. 2.4 Send home appropriate books arxf corresponding tape recordings for the reading styles of targeted students. A. Four purchases have been completed and 3,185 items have been received and categorized. 03/01/94 01/14/94 03/01/94 01/14/94 06/03/94 03/24/94 06/03/94 03/24/94 Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Classroom Teachers 2.3 Students' Individual Learning Plan. 2.4 The number of purchases and record of usage. 3. To improve students' vocabulary and comprehension skills through phonics related reading, (one school) 4. To promote communications between home and school. 03/01/94 06/03/94 3. The criteria consists of: a) reference data in reading\nb) amount of peer tutoring\nc) number of discipline problems\nd) parental communication\ne) number of identified reading styles. 3.1 Use the Direct Instruction Program in phonics to teach students. A. Kindergarten, 60% students showed gains\ngrade 1  improvement plan will be developed, 1994-95. 3.2 Provide target students with presentation books, story books, homework, and materials. 40 03/01/94 04/01/94 03/01/94 03/01/94 06/03/94 06/03/94 06/03/94 06/03/94 Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals arxl Classroom Teachers 3.1 Activities contained in the daily lesson plan will comprise the evaluation. 3.2 Record of books students read annually. 4. Record of take-home materials.Page\n5 Program Seq 206 Revision Date: August 3, 1 994 Program Name\nCompensatory Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader\nAdams/Stovall/Trowell/Parker Program Goal: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.1 Inform parents regarding instructional approaches. A. Organized instructional setting  24 hours of training. B. Three workshops have provided thirteen hours of staff training in Corbo's Reading Styles Based Instruction. 4.2 CoruJuct conferences with parents on student progress. 4.3 Provide take-home books and materials for parents. 03/01/94 08-12-93 01/05/94 03/01/94 03/01/94 06/03/94 06/23/94 03/16/94 06/03/94 06/03/94 Principals and Teachers Principals and Teachers Principals and Teachers 4.1 Documentation of communications. 4.2 Documentation of conferences. 4.3 Record of send-home materials. 5. To reduce education deficit in reading of target students in grades seven through twelve by reinforcing the regular education program with Language Arts Plus. 6. To prevent school failure and dropout with additional assistance from tutors in reading and mathematics. 08/23/93 06/03/94 Language Arts Supervisor 5. Criteria consists of Pre and Post Norm Referenced data in Reading/Language Arts for participating students. 5.1 Reduce language arts class size arxJ add an enrichment class to the schedule. 5.2 Provide tutorial and remedial learning experience in the enrichment class. A. Three secondary schools served 96 students showing 51% of students with an NCE gain. 5.3 Employ a variety of instructional strategies which permit teachers to clarify, enhance or remediate in the academic setting. 07/01/93 08/23/93 04/01/94 08/23/93 08/23/93 41 08/23/94 06/03/94 06/03/94 06/03/94 06/03/94 Principal Principal/ Classroom Teacher Principals and Language Arts Teachers 5.1 Class size at each school site and schedules will comprise the evaluation. 5.2 The number of students, tutor and schedule of session will comprise the evaluation. 5.3 Daily lesson plans will comprise the evaluation.Page\n6 Program Seq iV: 206 Revision Date\nAugust 3, 1994 Program Name\nCompensatory Education Program Code: Primary Leader\nEstelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Adams/Stovall/Trowell/Parker Program Goal: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.1 The Little Rock School District will purchase the following tutoring services from the Cornerstone Project: A) Ten certified tutors who has special training in working with remedial students: B) Tutors will work with students through one-on-one situation or in groups not to exceed four students\nCj Students will receive one hour of instruction in reading and one hour in mathematics\nDi Review individual student performance with parents\nE) Cornerstone Project's Parent Action Committee will provide a forum for communication among parents, tutors and staff: F) Parent education seminars will be offered for parents awareness\nG) The service will be Monday through Thursday for nine months or 160 days. A. Forty-two students show gains in reading (62%) and math (43%). 08/23/93 06/10/94 Director of Federal Programs 6.1 Students' progress will be monitored by receiving school report, quarterly grade reports, contact with school counselors, and progress with tutoring materials.LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #: 207 Page: 1 Revision Date: August 9, 1994 Program Name: Gifted Programs Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Mable Donaldson Program Description: The Little Rock School District's Gifted Program offers to its students through a design that consists of observation and enrichment for all students in grades K-2. Resource rooms and indirect services are provided for grades 3-6 and special classes for students in grades 7-12 . The program operates in compliance with the Arkansas Depart of Education's Gifted and Talented Approval Standards. The Standards provide the framework for establishing equitable criteria for the identification of gifted and talented students. Services are provided Io these students by teachers (specialists and facilitators) who have completed or who are pursuing graduate credit in gifted education. District Goal Support: Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal # 2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal # 3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Goal # 4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal # 5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conductive to learning for all students. Goal # 6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to all identified students. Plan References: Ff Program Budget: $1,106,358.49 1st Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 42 YTD Expenditures: $1,099,215.02 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $436,130.97 Related Function Codes: ] 43LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Program Seq #: 207 Revision Date: June 13, 1994 Program Name: Gifted Programs Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Mable Donaldson Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to all identified gifted students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Provide resource room and indirect instructional services to identified students according to district and state curriculum guidelines 07/01/93 06/30/94 G/T Supervisor, Coordinator, Teachers 1.1 Identify certified teacher(s) (specialists) to provide needed services at each school. A. Specialist positions filled at all schools. 1.2 Aid schools in providing materials, supplies, external laboratory experiences and participation in local, state and national activities. A. Invoices and requests received from schools. B. Requested materials and supplies ordered. 1.3 Ensure proper documentation and evaluation of student records (placement) according to district and state guidelines. A. Monitoring of school records scheduled B. Monitoring visits conducted 1.4 Provide inservice training for teachers (specialists) to ensure that students are receiving appropriate instructional services /4 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 11/9/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 01/10/94 07/01/93 06/30/94 09/17/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 04/05/94 06/30/94 06/03/94 06/03/94 06/30/94 Supervisor, Coordinator, Human Resources Dept. Supervisor, Coordinator. Principals Supervisor, Coordinator, Principals, Specialists Supervisor, Coordinator, Staff Development, Curriculum Supervisors List of certified teachers serving each school. Invoices, copies of requests and memberships and/or participation in various activities. Copies of monitoring report and school visitation logs Agendas, participation roster, inservice evaluationsPage: 3 Program Seq #: 207 Revision Date: June 13, 1994 Program Name: Gifted Programs Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Mable Donaldson Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to all identified gifted students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Eleven workshops/inservices were held for curriculum and instructional enhancement. 08/17/93 03/22/94 ^5LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #: 206 Page: 1 Revision Date: August 10, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Description: The Little Rock School District's Division of Curriculum Services seeks to improve curriculum design and delivery K-12 that is consistent with state guidelines and national recommendations. This division works to ensure alignment between the written, taught, and tested curriculum as determined by student assessment. Finally, efforts are made to ensure that Instructional delivery is based on sound teaching principles and grounded In educational research. To accomplish these ends, this division strives to identify, develop, and provide educational resources, staff development, and technical assistance to the schools. District Goal Support: Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal #2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is welLtrained and motivated. Goal #3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Goal #4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal #5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan References: ] FY Program Budget: $1,959,459.27 1st Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 45 YTD Expenditures: $1,923,426.92 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $528,190.17 Related Function Codes: 1190, 1193, 2211, 2212, 2490, 3800, 4900, 2219 /6LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq 208 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Develop a coordinated and articulated curriculum that is comprehensive and demonstrates congruence between what is written, taught, and tested. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals 1.0 Revised curriculum is in place that responds to the recommendations of the curriculum audit. Comprehensive review process is in place. 1.1 Development of curriculum guides through the assistance of district-wide committees 07/01/93 80% Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Certified Teachers, Principals 1.1 Curriculum guides are in place and are aligned with District objectives A. Curriculum guides were revised in all areas in July, 1992 B. Business case was prepared to revise the science curriculum guide during the 94-95 school year C. Additions made to G/T K-6 Resource Guides to provide additional support in K-2 area D. Revision of Special Education Appraisal Guide 09/01/91 02/01/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 E. Revision of Language Arts Curriculum Guide 05/16/94 F. Business case was prepared, presented, and approved to revise language arts curriculum guide during spring of 1994 02/01/94 07/01/92 03/09/94 03/15/94 06/01/94 06/30/94 03/09/94 G. Business case was prepared, presented, and approved to write a K-12 foreign language curriculum guide during spring of 1994 H. Business case was prepared, presented, and approved to revise mathematics curriculum guide during spring of 1994 /I? 02/01/94 02/01/94 03/14/94 03/09/943 Page: Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.2 Provide inservice training for teachers to assist in effective delivery of the curriculum 07/01/93 06/30/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals 1.2 Documentation of inservice activities are available 1.2 Test scores will demonstrate improvement A. Inservices provided for G/T specialists and facilitators B. Inservice training provided in social studies and multicultural education with an emphasis on integrating the curriculum C. Eisenhower Staff Development Specialists in science and math provide inservice for individual teachers and groups of teachers regarding strategies and techniques for delivering the curriculum D. Approximately eighty-five (85) inservices and/or minicourses were conducted to assist in effective delivery of the core curriculum areas E. Inservice provided to all special education staff F. Reading inservice provided to all K-6 new teachers G. Inservice provided to all academic support teachers H. Inservice training provided in writing, grades K-6 I. Inservice training provided in integrating the language arts curriculum, grades 7-12 J. Inservice training provided for language arts plus teachers K. Inservice training provided in planning the instructional process in language arts, grades 7-9 /18 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/16/93 08/16/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 02/01/94 08/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 01/04/94 06/09/94 06/07/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 05/30/94 05/30/94Program Seq #: 208 Page: Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram 4 Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 Provide technical assistance as needed for individual school sites and/or individual teachers 08/17/93 06/30/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development 1.3 Weekly visitation logs reflect visits for technical assistance 1.3 Test scores will demonstrate improvement A. Technical assistance is provided as needed or requested in all curricular areas B. Special education supervisors are assigned to and visit all schools regularly C. Reading specialists are assigned to and visit all schools regularly D. Technical assistance provided to principals and teachers in coordinating language arts plus programs E. Technical assistance provided to principals and teachers in serving ESL students 1.4 Assist schools in the selection of appropriate materials and resources for delivering the curriculum effectively to students A. Assistance provided to twenty-four (24) schools in the selection, purchase, and delivery of materials and resources for all K-1 B. Assistance as requested was made to schools in the area of multicultural materials C. Replacement \"hands-on science supplies are provided for schools to help in the implementation of the curriculum 07/01/93 08/07/93 08/16/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/16/93 08/01/93 08/16/93 06/30/94 06/01/94 06/07/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 10/01/93 06/30/94 06/01/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development 1.4 Materials and resources are in place 1.4 Requisitions for materials are on file5 Page: Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Curricuium Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelie Matthis Secondary Leader: Steriing ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria D. Appropriate G/T materials ordered for all programs E. Assistance provided to equip new King school with appropriate G/T materials for students and curriculum development F. Special education supervisors assist in selection/provision of materials G. Assistance was made to schools in purchase of reading materials H. Foreign languages textbooks were selected and adopted I. Assistance as srequested was made to schools in the area of language arts materials J. Assistance was made to all schools in the area of ESL materials 1.5 Analyze standardized test results together with Abacus and/or other appropriate data to revise and/or modify curriculum as needed 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 02/01/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 10/01/93 08/16/93 06/01/94 05/15/94 04/21/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals, Teachers 1.5 School improvement plans reflect emphasis on identified areas of need A. Results of tests and other data were used to identify target schools for assistance by Eisenhower Staff Development Specialists in science 07/01/93 09/01/93 2.0 Identify and secure resources, both material and human, to support the program of studies offered by the District 07/01/93 06/30/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Director of Procurement, Principals 2.0 The courses in the program of studies have resources available for full implementation 50Page: 6 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.1 Identify and order equipment and supplies needed by schools to implement their instructional program 07/01/93 04/19/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Teachers, Principals, Director of Procurement 2.1 Requisitions/purchase orders reflect the equipment and supplies ordered by/for the schools to implement their instructional program A. Science equipment and supplies requested by schools to help implement their science program were ordered and provided B. Social Studies instructional materials identified and ordered for all schools to implement the curriculum C. Materials identified and ordered for G/T program D. Equipment needs for children with disabilities have been addressed through lEPs E. Materials, supplies, and equipment identified and ordered for pre-K and kindergarten programs P. Language arts materials were identified and ordered 2.2 Provide direct services to schools through the deployment of curriculum and technical specialists to help implement the schools' instructional program 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 03/24/94 04/19/94 03/24/94 06/01/94 08/16/94 09/01/93 06/30/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Curriculum and Technical Specialists, Principals 2.2 Weekly visitation logs document the direct services to schools provided by curriculum and technical specialists A. Eisenhower Staff Development Specialists in science and math provide technical assistance to elementary schools 08/17/93 06/30/94 51Page: 7 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date\nJune 23, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader\nSterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Supervisory staff made over 250 on-site visits for technical assistance to schools and 22 visits by Dennis Glasgow during the fourth quarter C. Technical assistance provided to schools by G/T Supervisor and Coordinator D. Technology provided for students with disabilities through lEPs E. Technical assistance provided to schools by Reading Supervisor and specialists 2.3 Maintain a library of audio-visual materials, staff development materials, and other specialized materials for loan to schools A. G/T library established in G/T office. Materials available for checkout upon demand and sent to schools to provide curriculum support B. Specialized reading, language arts, E.S.L. and math materials are available through checkout at the reading/English/math offices C. Instructional social studies multicultural materials loaned to schools periodically D. Library of audio visual materials is maintained at the IRC and circulated to the schools E. Library of Scottish Rites and related materials established in Special Education office 08/17/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 08/16/93 07/01/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/01/94 06/07/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/01/94 Director of Staff Development, Coordinator of Library Services, Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators 2.3 An audio-visual catalog and staff development library catalog will document the materials available for loan to schools\ncheck-out logs will document the loan of other specialized materials to the schools 52Page: Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram 8 Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.4 Interview prospective candidates for teaching positions as well as other certified and non-certified positions to assure the best qualified applicants are selected for employment 07/01/93 06/30/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Director of Human Resources, Principals 2.4 Appointment books and feedback information will record the applicants who were interviewed by the curriculum supervisors A. Forty-three 143} teacher candidates were interviewed in the areas of reading, language arts, E.S.L., and math B. Prospective G/T Specialists were interviewed and hired to fill vacancies C. Curriculum staff members interview prospective teachers in their area of expertise D. Special education supervisors monitor placement of all special education staff E. Prospective Early Childhood teachers were interviewed and hired for expanded programs F. English supervisor assisted in interview process for teachers, ESL tutors, communications assistants, and principals G. Interviewed minority candidate for a science position H. Interviewed candidates for principalship vacancies at Carver and Forest Heights Jr. High 53 07/01/93 07/15/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/09/93 07/01/93 05/25/94 06/06/94 03/24/94 09/01/93 06/30/94 06/01/94 08/16/93 06/30/94 05/25/94 06/08/949 Page: Program Seq tf: 208 Revision Date: June 23. 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.5 Print District documents for dissemination to teachers, principals, students, and/or parents 07/01/93 06/30/94 Curricuium Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Administrative Assistant to the Manager of Support Services, Printer at printshop 2.5 Teachers and principals have copies of applicable curriculum guides\nsign-off lists document the distribution of parent home study guides to parents\nstudent/parent records document that students and parents received \"Rights and Responsibilities Handbook\" A. Revised curriculum guides distributed in August, 1992 B. Phased in social studies guides distributed in August, 1993 C. Curriculum guides provided for newly assigned teachers and specialists in all areas 0. Regular correspondence regarding special education updates are mailed to all schools 2.6 Prepare instructional activities and materials for teachers and explain/demonstrate their use A. IRC staff prepares and explains materials and activities for teachers at monthly IRC open houses 6. Eisenhower Staff Development Specialists in science prepare model materials and equipment and demonstrate its use during demonstration lessons and teach teaching 09/01/91 08/17/93 08/16/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 10/07/93 08/17/93 08/15/92 08/17/93 09/01/93 06/08/94 06/30/94 05/05/94 06/01/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, and Specialists at IRC 2.6 Monthly IRC Thursday Night Workshops are held to share instructional activities and materials with teachers\ncopies of other activities and materials prepared for teachers are on file at the IRC 54Page: 10 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.0 Provide technical assistance to principals, teachers, and other personnel to facilitate the effective implementation of District programs C. Copies of reading/language arts/mathematics/E.S.L/ foreign language materials and activities are on file D. Editorial cartooning materials developed and dissiminated by G/T and Social Studies Departments E. Thematic units developed monthly for Early Childhood F. Special education supervisors work with individual teachers/students through lEPs 3.1 Assist the schools through the services of roving computer technicians to keep computer labs and equipment up and running 08/17/93 01/06/94 09/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 03/24/94 05/05/94 06/01/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators Coordinators of Technology, Computer Technicians, Principals 3.0 District programs in the area of curriculum operate smoothly, without undue break-downs of equipment, lack of training of personnel, or lack of information by district personnel 3.1 Computer labs provide good service and have little \"down\" time A. Computer specialists and technicians maintain regular schedule of school visits to monitor lab operation 08/17/93 06/30/94 3.2 Assist teachers with self-identified or principal-identified needs to improve the teaching/learning process through content specific training as well as training in using various instructional strategies 07/01/93 06/30/94 Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators. Director of Staff Development, Principals 3.2 Weekly visitation logs and visitation reports document technical assistance provided to teachers A. Supervisory staff made over 300 on-site visits for technical assistance to schools 08/17/93 06/30/94 55Page: Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram 11 Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Assistance provided by G/T Supervisor and Coordinator C. Provided assistance to principals/identified science teachers at high schools D. Special education supervisors work with individual teachers/students through lEPs 3.3 Help schools identify staff development needs and plan inservice to address those needs A. All schools were provided assistance in identification delivery and/or resources needed for staff development B. Each school has an assigned staff development specialist to provide ongoing assistance as needed or requested C. Inservice has been conducted for all groups working with students with disabilities 3.4 Monitor program implementation through classroom visitations A. Over 350 on-site visits were made to schools by supervisory staff to monitor classrooms for program implementation B. Monitoring of G/T program ongoing by Supervisor and Coordinator C. Monitoring of Early Childhood programs ongoing by Supervisor 08/17/93 02/01/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/15/93 07/15/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 06/30/94 03/25/94 06/01/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/01/94 06/30/94 03/24/94 06/10/94 06/10/94 Director of Staff Development, Principals, Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators Curriculum Directors, Supervisor and Coordinators 3.3 The Staff Development Catalog contains training that meets the needs identified in the schools' Schoo! Improvement Plan 3.4 Weekly visitation logs document program monitoring ^6Page: 12 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code\nPrimary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader\nSterling Ingram Program Goal\nThe purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as vrell as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria D. Special education supervisors visit schools regularly E. Monitoring of language arts plus program is ongoing F. Monitoring of ESL program is ongoing 3.5 Provide information to appropriate school personnel concerning academic events, training opportunities, funding sources, content-related questions, and special programs to enhance the instructional program A. Multicultural and social studies related events/activities and opportunities to enhance the District's instructional program has been disseminated to all schools periodically B. Twenty mailings per month are distributed district-wide through reading, language arts, and math departments C. Supervisory staff provide information to teachers and other staff through council meetings and mail-outs about special events and opportunities D. Information on academic events, opportunities, etc. provided to schools by G/T Supervisor and Coordinator E. Inclusion grant received/implemented 3.6 Assist schools with special needs students to address the identified needs to improve the learning process 57 07/01/93 06/01/94 09/01/93 09/01/93 07/01/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 08/17/93 08/01/93 07/01/93 05/30/94 05/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 03/24/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/01/94 06/01/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals 3.5 Memos, council agendas, and other written correspondence containing pertinent information is on file in each curriculum area 3.6 Programs to address special needs students are in placePage: 13 Program Seq 208 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curricuium design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4. Provide staff development experiences for the effective implementation of the curriculum A. G/T Supervisor and Coordinator provide assistance for schools in providing needed services to identified gifted students 8. Academic support programs and E.S.L. programs are in place at all schools C. Early Childhood Coordinator worked through Division of Exceptional Children to meet the needs of identified children D. Special education supervisors work with individual teachers/students through lEPs 4.1 Provide inservice training through district- wide minicourses, training courses as well as school-based workshops to maximize the delivery of the curriculum A. Twenty-six (26) training courses were offered district-wide to assist teachers in effective instruction and classroom management B. Fifteen (15) follow-up training sessions for Abacus were offered district-wide C. Sixty (60) minicourses designed to assist teachers with hands-on delivery of the curriculum were offered district-wide D. Forty-six (46) school-based inservice programs with emphasis on content methodology were presented 08/17/93 08/23/93 09/15/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 06/15/94 03/24/94 06/10/94 06/01/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 03/24/94 03/24/94 06/10/94 06/10/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development 4.0 Inservice programs offered are in response to identified needs district-wide as well as local school sites 4.1 Catalogue reflects inservice opportunities 4.1 Computer generated record reflects all inservice topics, dates, participants 4.1 Evaluations are on file S8Page: 14 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria E. Approximately eighteen (18) inservices were provided to teachers and/or instructional aides who work in the Early Childhood Program F. Inservice provided to all special education staff 4.2 Maintain professional materials and supplies that can be accessed by local school sites for identified needs and/or professional development A. Science office maintains a library of professional science tradebooks for use by teachers who desire assistance 8. Professional materials incorporated into G/T office library. Materials available for checkout C. Specialized reading, language arts, E.S.L., and math materials are available through checkout at the reading/English/math offices D. Materials kept in central office for checkout by special education staff E. English office maintains a library of ESL materials for use by school personnel 4.3 Provide technical assistance to individual schools/teachers through demonstration lessons, team-teaching as well as individual/group planning at the local school 59 08/17/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/10/94 06/01/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development Specialists Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development Specialists 4.2 Record of available materials is on file as well as documentation of materials that have been checked out for local schools 4.3 Copies of weekly visitation logs as well as staff development plans are availablePage: 15 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Eisenhower Staff Development Specialists in science and math conduct demonstration lessons, team teaching, and small group inservice sessions at the local school level B. Individual/group planning of G/T curriculum provided by G/T Supervisor and Coordinator C. Supervisory staff made over 250 on-site visits for technical assistance to schools D. On-site assistance provided by special education supervisors E. On-site assistance provided by reading specialists 4,4 Provide opportunities for teachers to work at the IRC to design and create their own activities A. G/T inservices held to provide opportunities for teachers to develop materials 6. Copies of reading/language arts/mathematics/E.S.L./foreign language materials and activities are on file C. Monthly IRC open houses provide teachers an opportunity to design and create instructional materials 4.5 Provide specialists and technicians to'assist local schools in the implementation of the Abacus Instructional Management Program 60 08/17/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 08/17/93 10/07/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 10/07/93 07/12/93 06/15/94 06/15/94 03/24/94 06/10/94 06/07/94 05/94 03/24/94 06/30/94 05/05/94 06/30/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development Staff Development, Computer Central 4.4 List of available dates and participants is available 4.5 Weekly visitation logs document direct services to the schools 4.5 Increased use of the Abacus systemPage: 16 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: June 23. 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.0 Develop and evaluate programs to meet needs established by the district in the curriculum area A. Three (3) specialists and five (5) technicians provide bi-weekly visits to schools as well as any requests for additional assistance as needed B. Abacus training provided to alt elementary special education resource teachers 5.1 Plan programs for magnet, interdistrict, incentive, and other schools established by the District to incorporate selected themes A. Assistance by Department of Instructional Technology provided to three (3) Incentive Schools with theme implementation B. Supervisory staff helps plan programs for schools with identified themes or areas of emphasis C. Supervisory staff reviewed and revised the Incentive Schools' brochures 61 08/17/93 02/01/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 01/03/94 07/01/93 02/01/94 06/15/94 03/01/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 03/24/94 06/30/94 03/25/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Director of Planning Research and Evaluation Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Assistant Superintendents, Principals, Associate Superintendent for Desegregation 5.0 Programs are developed to meet needs established by the District\nthe program budgeting process and \"Fast-track\" evaluations are used to evaluate new and existing programs 5.1 Schools with special themes have programs in place that infuse the theme throughout the curriculumPage: 17 Program Seq #\n208 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.2 Develop District-wide programs to meet the special needs of identified populations of students 07/01/93 06/30/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals, Director of Federal Programs 5.2 Student populations with special needs identified by the District in the curriculum area have programs in place to address their needs A. Academic Support Programs and E.S.L. programs are in place at all schools B. Programming for identified gifted students available at all schools C. Special education supervisors work with individual teachers/students through lEPs 5.3 Assess the effectiveness of District programs in the curriculum area A. Program evaluation of gifted program conducted each spring B. Standardized test results, Abacus results, and various types of alternative assessment results are used to assess curriculum program C. High school and junior high school science fairs were held in February and provided a measure of the science program's effectiveness D. A Sixth Grade Challenge and Quiz Bowls for elementary and junior high students were held in May and provided a meassure of the GT Program's effectiveness 08/23/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 03/01/94 07/01/93 02/01/94 05/03/94 06/07/94 06/07/94 06/01/94 06/30/94 06/01/94 06/30/94 02/28/94 05/27/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Director of Planning Research and Evaluation 5.3 Utilization of manpower and resources in the curriculum area will reflect the use of program assessment results R2Program Seq #: 208 Page: 18 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.4 Seek funding for District programs that qualify for grants from external funding sources 07/01/93 06/30/94 Director of Federal Programs, Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators 5.4 Grant applications are on file in the Office of Federal Programs A. Submitted application for and received funding from Dwight D. Eisenhower Math and Science program B. Researched and prepared grant application Title VII Compensatory Ed Act 453 C. The Early Childhood Department applied for and received $35,000.00 for an Enhancement Improvement Grant from the Arkansas Early Childhood Commission for developmentally appropriate playgrounds for four-year-old children 0. The Early Childhood Department and the HIPPY program applied for and received $233,992.00 from the Arkansas Early Childhood Commission for a Continuance Grant for the Early Childhood Programs E. The Early Childhood Department has applied for and received $3,128.70 from the Early Childhood Commission for a Child Care Training Grant F. The Early Childhood Department. U.A.L.R. and Rockefeller school has applied for and received $7,500.00 from the Arkansas State Department of Education for a Parent Involvement Grant. G. Inclusion grant received/implemented 07/01/93 01/15/94 11/01/93 09/01/93 09/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 04/13/94 12/15/93 08/01/93 11/19/93 12/07/93 04/1 5/94 08/31/93 05/31/94 04/16/94 06/30/94 06/01/94 R3Page: 19 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: June 23. 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria J I 5.5 Plan programs of study for students that meet local, state, and national standards A. New graduation policy and regulations approved by the Board reflect local, state, and national standards B. Foreign language framework pilot program - mathematics/reading/language arts curriculum correlations with state framework C. State special education standards provided to all schools 5.6 Identify or develop alterative means of assessing student achievement of curricular objectives 07/01/93 07/01/93 09/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 03/24/94 06/30/94 12/01/93 80% Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Assistant Superintendents, Principals Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Assistant Superintendents, Principals 5.5 Curriculum and program of studies reflect stale curriculum frameworks, and program of studies meets local and state requirements and reflects national recommendations and trends 5.6 Criterion referenced test items will be cleaned- up/revised in Abacus test item bank for use by pilot schools: kindergarten and elementary report cards will be revised: portfolio assessment workshops will be held for groups of teachers A. Fifty-three (53) workshops on portfolio assessment were conducted to facilitate the use of alternative assessment 08/17/93 06/10/94 B. Portfolio workshops held for G/T specialists 09/14/93 01/25/94 C. Portfolio notebook developed for G/T program D. Portfolio pilot program for third grade identified students 09/29/93 07/01/93 01/23/94 06/30/94 R4 /Page: 20 Ptogram Seq #: 208 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.0 Develop and expand a cooperative relationship between home and school that will encourage positive home learning E. Social Studies test items in Abacus have been revised to better address the district's curriculum F. Elementary and kindergarten report cards were revised for the 93-94 school year G. Completed through lEPs 6.1 Develop and print parent home study guides for distribution that can be used throughout the year to reinforce positive learning 07/12/93 07/15/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 12/15/93 06/01/94 06/30/94 09/15/93 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals, Teachers Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators 6.0 Home and school cooperation and parental involvement will increase as reported on survey of parents and VIPs records 6.1 Guides are available A. Parent Home Study Guides were developed, training at PTA meetings was provided, and the guides were distributed to parents of students in grades K-6 07/01.93 10/01/93 6.2 Prepare information for dissemination to public regarding curriculum and parent home study guides 08/15/93 09/15/93 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators 6.2 Results of surveys from parents reflect their use A. An informational video on the Parent Home Study Guides was produced for use on cable TV B. Special education parent meetings held monthly 07/01/93 08/01/93 09/01/93 06/01/94 R5Page: 21 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: June 23. 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curricuium services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.3 Provide inservice training for local school personnel and identified parents in the appropriate use of the study guide 08/15/93 09/15/93 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development, Principals, Teachers, Parents 6.3 Record of inservices and attendees is available A. Principals, teachers, and parents were provided training on the Parent Home Study Guides 07/01/93 10/15/93 6.4 Participate in recruitment activities for parents and students, particularly for newly developed programs 07/01/93 06/30/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators 6.4 Record of activities 6.4 Increase in number of students recruited for new programs A. Staff Development Director served on Recruitment Planning Committee B. Early Childhood Coordinator participated in recruitment activities for Fair Park and Forest Park C. Early Childhood Coordinator participated in recruitment activities at McCain, Park Plaza, and University Malts and Riverfest 6.5 Share information with parents about trends in the area of curriculum and about features of LRSD instructional programs 01/15/94 02/01/94 01/15/94 05/21/94 07/01/93 03/01/94 05/27/94 06/30/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals, PTA Council 6.5 Agendas or records of information that is shared with parents A. A curriculum staff member has presented each month at the PTA council meetings about a trend or feature of a LRSD instructional program 07/01/93 06/30/94 RRProgram Seq #: 208 Page: 22 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Parent meetings are held in the fall and spring to inform parents of G/T programs and opportunities available in the district C. Three (3) local PTA meetings have requested curriculum specialists to share aspects of instructional program with parents 09/15/93 09/15/93 06/02/94 03/24/94 A 7School Operations Cluster  Elementary  Junior High School  High School  Athletics A 8LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #: 209 Page: 1 Revision Date: August 9, 1994 Program Name: Elementary Schools Program Code: Primary Leader: Larry Robertson, Margaret Gremillion Secondary Leader: Elementary School Principals Program Description: The elementary school program seeks to provide integrated learning experiences which meet the academic, social, and developmental needs of all LRSD students in a desegregated setting. District Goal Support: Central Office staff and principals collaborate to ensure quality educational planning for all students with the support of local school staff, parents, and patrons. Program Goal: To provide a quality integrated education for elementary school students. Plan References: FY Program Budget: $20,801,455.73 1st Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 732 YTD Expenditures: $20,749,645.93 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $8,399,545.10 Related Function Codes: 1120,2410,2590,1120 \u0026lt;59Progran Seq f: 209 Program Name: Elementary Schools Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page NuiRier LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Larry Robertson, Margaret GremiIlion To provide a quality integrated education for elementary school students. Objectives Strategies Page: 2 1.0 Provide sufficient support to achieve a quality integrated education for all students. 1.1 Develop annual school budgets A. Assist principals in the monitoring of their school's budgets. B. Review and update budget with building principals. C. Monitor budget expenditure through purchase request. 1.2 Reconmend appropriate personnel to deliver the educational program. A. Assist in the assignment of appropriate personnel for the school's vacancies in the staff. B. Provide technical assistance to principals in the evaluation process of individual staff members. C. Assist in the scheduling of hours for support staff in under to achieve maximum building coverage. 1.3 Requisition materials, supplies, and equipment necessary to deliver the eciucational program. A. Assist the principal in identifying needed materials and equipment for specific programs in his program. 70 Revision Date: July 21, 1994 Secondary Leader: Beginning Date 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 Elementary School Principals CGaf\u0026gt;letion Date 06/30/94 06/30/94 100X 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 06/30/94 100X 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 06/30/94 100% 03/31/94 Responsibility Principals, Assistant Superintendents Principals, Assistant Superintendents Principals, Assistant Superintendents Principals, Assistant Superintendents 1.1 1.2 1.3 Evaluation Criteria Completed and approved budget document detailing how furxJs will be expended. Annual staff report Educational Equity Monitoring reports, regular site visits by the Assistant SuperintendentsPage: 3 PrograM Seq *: 209 Revision Date: July 21, 1994 Program Naaie: Elementary Schools Program Code: Primary Leader: Larry Robertson, Margaret Gremillion Secondary Leader: Elementary Scho\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\u003cdcterms_creator\u003eLittle Rock School District\u003c/dcterms_creator\u003e\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_219","title":"Little Rock School District (LRSD) Fourth Quarter Status Report, Volume II, part 1","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["Little Rock School District"],"dc_date":["1994-08-15"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Finance","Educational statistics"],"dcterms_title":["Little Rock School District (LRSD) Fourth Quarter Status Report, Volume II, part 1"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/219"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["reports"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nVOLUME II LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT RECEIVED 1993-94 FOURTH QUARTER STATUS REPORT AUG 1 5 1994 Office o( Desegregation Monitoring PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT August 15, 1994 SEQUENCE # Preface Mission Statement Goals District Financial Summary Definitions Organization of the Report Cluster Budget Documents SCHOOL SUPPORT CLUSTER (BLUE) 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Unassigned Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Staff Development Library/Media Computerized Transportation Data Processing Safety and Security Teacher Recruitment Educational Equity Monitoring Commitment to Desegregation/Leadership Summer School (Interdistrict) TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE# 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 34 60 72 76 85 95 109 119 125 SEQUENCE # 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 Summer Learning Program - JTPA Unassigned Unassigned Facilities Guidance/Counseling Program Leadership Employment Practices Bidding Practices (Procurement) RECRUITMENT CLUSTER (PURPLE) 37 38 39 40 Parent Involvement - Recruitment VIPS-Recruitment Public Relations Unassigned INCENTIVE SCHOOLS CLUSTER (YELLOW) 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 Office of Incentive Schools Writing to Read Science Labs Computer Labs Foreign Language Program Computer Loan Program Extended Day/Week Field Trips Unassigned Transportation Unassigned Unassigned PAGE# 134 145 152 166 169 176 196 223 250 261 264 268 272 276 279 294 312 1SEQUENCE it PAGE# SEQUENCE It PAGE# 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 Instructional Aides Extended Year Incentive/Recognition Resident Counseling Service Camp Pfeifer Monitoring Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Staffing Required Staff Development Teacher Stipends for Inservice and Extra 5 Days Other Incentive Schools Academic Programs  Peer Tutors/Retired Teacher mentors  Themes  Kindergarten  Reading Across the Curriculum  Oral Expression Across Curriculum  Learning Styles Inventory  Semi-Departmental  Instructional Tech  Study/Test-Taking  Parent Home Study  Computer Managed Instruction  Student Education Plans - Specialized Programs  Incentive Programs  Homework  Criterion-Referenced Test  Heterogeneous Grouping  Effective Schools  African/American History 315 319 324 332 335 349 361 386 389 ii 65 66 67 68 69 70 Social Skills  Family Folklore - Positive Imaging  Interpersonal Skills  Rites of Passage  Mentoring Program Special Activities -- Peer Tutoring Program  Academic Reinforcement Clubs - Special Interest Clubs Latin Enrichment Program Unassigned Career Skills Development Incentive Schools Operations -- Support Services  Community Access/Field Trip  Community Involvement  Special Skills Program  Special Training -- Parental Involvement - Learning Time Schedule - Home/School Community  Extracurricular Program -- Attendance and Behavior -- Subject Related Extracurriculum 409 420 426 434 444SEQUENCE # PAGE# 71 Counseling/Social Work  Community Services Access  College/Post Graduate Awareness  Study Skills  Home/Neighborhood Meet  Wellness Program 452 72 73 School Policies and Procedures - Other Unassigned 484 74 Unassigned STUDENT CHOICES/OPTIONS CLUSTER (GREEN) 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 Student Choices/Options King Interdistrict School Stephens Interdistrict School Romine Interdistrict School Rockefeller Early Childhood Original Magnets Unassigned M-to-M Magnet Schools (Central, Dunbar, Washington, Henderson, McClellan) 496 501 509 515 518 523 536 ORGANIZATIONAL CHART (WHITE) 538 iiiPREFACE The mission statement and goals for Little Rock School District are the guides for all decision-making. The information gained from the Fourth Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs provides additional direction for quality, interim and/or summative decision-making for the district. Specifically, programs with poor performance or expenditure problems will have been addressed with conective action continuously during the year rather than after the year is completed. The report enhances the districts ability to monitor and report achievements and expenditures relative to the programs identified in the Desegregation Plan for the most efficient and functional program planning on a quarterly basis. Several reporting practices should be noted. First, the fourth quarters report requires an additional volume for desegregation program reporting so that the growth and accumulation of the many achievements reported by schools and programs during the fiscal year of 1993-94 (FY 93-94) are accommodated. Consequently, the fourth quarters report for desegregation programs consists of Volume I (Seq #s 1-18) and Volume 11 (Seq #s 19-82). Principals and Central Office Administrators have reported achievements in the fourth quarters report. 09A is the designated sequence number for reporting by Principals, and 09B is the sequence number relative to Central Office Administrators reporting. The desegregation audit was completed during the third quarter. Additional desegregation obligations continue to be reflected in the program budget documents of the fourth quarter report. These additional obligations come from the desegregation audit which includes Court orders, ODM monitoring reports ordered by the Court, and Court Hearing transcripts. (Underlined print denotes additional desegregation obligations language.) A continued refinement and adjustment period throughout the fiscal year 1994-95 (FY 94-95) will be necessary for language clarification of the additional desegregation obligations. The Little Rock School District will endeavor to make the language more consistent and uniform with the spirit and intent of the various obligations. The Fourth Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs contains the following: (1) The Mission Statement of Little Rock School District\n(2) The Goals of Little Rock School District\n(3) LRSD Quarterly Desegregation Expenses Summary\n(4) Definitions and Data Elements\n(5) Organization of the Report\n(6) Program Budget Documents Grouped by Clusters\nand, (7) The LRSD Organizational Chart. TLITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT MISSION STATEMENT The mission of the Little Rock School District is to provide a quality, integrated educational program which encourages all children to achieve their optimum academic, social, and emotional development. To that end, the students in the Little Rock School District will develop an appreciation for ethnic and cultural diversity, develop skills in problem solving and conflict resolution, and demonstrate mastery of the Districts curriculum. This will be achieved through the collaborative efforts of a Board, a dedicated and competent staff, and of parents and citizens committed to fairness, racial equity and adequate support for education.1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT GOALS The LRSD will implement integrated educational programs that will ensure all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. The LRSD will develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. The Little Rock Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. The LRSD will solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. The LRSD will provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. The LRSD will ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. 3Little Rock School District Quarterly Desegregation Expenses Page 1 Program Code 01 I 02 05 06 07 08 09 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 32 33 34 35 49 51 52 Program Name HIPPY_______________________________ 4-YEAR OLD PROGRAM______________ STUDENT HEARING OFFICER OFFICE OF DESEGREGATION EXTRA-CURRICULAR PARTICIPATION TEACHER RECRUITER STAFF DEVELOPMENT________________ ACADEMIC SUPPORT PROGRAMS MULTICULTURAL PROGRAMS ACADEMIC INC GRANTS/FOCUSED ACT ORIGINAL MAGNETS SPECIAL EDUCATION @ WASHINGTON SECURITY____________________________ D/P SYSTEM STUDENT INFORMATION M-TO-M MAGNET SCHOOLS_________ EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING COMPUTERIZED TRANSP SYSTEM ROMINE INTERDISTRICT THEME_______ McClellan community school IN-SCHOOL SUSPENSION____________ JOB FAIR TESTING ASSISTANCE LIBRARY SERVICES___________________ PARENT RECRUITING VIPS RECRUITING PREJUDICE REDUCTION______________ CONTINGENCY FUND_________________ OFFICE OF INCENTIVE SCHOOLS WRITING TO READ Budget 93~94  266,763.02 1,523,742.24 94,381.61 433,102.41 5,000.51 48,299.53 465,627.29 1,815,582.10 197,446.69 352,294.55 4,488,582.00 55,695.66 756,878.66 792,523.74 2,254,912.65 387,378.66 8,000.00 16,867.82 170,112.24 850,408.55 1,092.82 5,066.96 479,954.32 40,000.00 19,090.73 5,000.00 300,000.00 1,749.42 6,000.00 PTEs 21.0 66.5 2.0 10.0 1.0 7.0 70.0 1.0 38.0 4.0 64.0 4.0 2.0 25.0 30.0 2.0 YTD Expense 262,369.25 1,687,767.37 96,590.16 457,137.16 4,962.82 48,299.53 366,534.47 1,392,556.81 133,733.55 234,362.12 3,944,705.41 53,652.29 779,564.72 788,70249 1,882,670.33 416,602.39 7,420.00 66,047.22 170,112.24 733,656.11 1,667.23 4,608.61 369,772.74 22,400.02 34,478.27 0.00 0.00 29,669.61 0.00 :1st Quarter 31,286.27 138,599.40 22,646.74 100,300.49 4,962.62 9,695.16 69,080.94 158,246.87 19,443.65 26,486.11 _________0.00 8,178.16 91,086.44 593,453.22 287,665.69 149,459.45 _________0.00 0.00 62,090.64 70,413.69 153.36 ________75.16 61,580.87 ________10.26 5,857.49 0.00 _________0^ 76.77 0.00 2nd Quarter 69,819.02 387,557.20 27,973.65 111,334.76 _________0.00 10,475.07 81,164.99 499,040.09 23,307.68 3,860.21 _________0.00 12,566.50 213,556.49 122,425.14 451,600.64 167,904.22 0.00 0.00 38,451.48 195,153.72 212.33 1,643.82 110,920.97 2,012.50 8,585.07 0.00 ________OW 0.58 0.00 3rd Quarter 77,045.71 371,664.65 22,976.74 107,969.35 0.00 6,500.61 80,868.95 409,425.82 23,107.72 43,379.45 ________0.00 13,633.99 225,849.71 37,136.87 456,681.67 174,967.62 7,420.00 53,893.60 28,741.36 206,189.31 323.25 1,215.42 91,974.51 3,671.19 6,361.01 0.00 0.00 752.73 0.00 4th Quarter 84,238.25 789,946.12 22,990.85 137,512.56 _________0.00 21,626.67 137,399.59 325,846.03 67,874.50 160,636.35 3,944,705.41 19,273.64 249,092.08 35,687.26 686,722.33 (73,728.90\n0.00 12,153.62 20,828.76 261,899.39 978.27 1,874.21 105,296.39 16,706.07 13,674.70 0.00 ________0.00 28,859.53 0.00 % Budget Spent 98.36% 110.76% 102.34% 105.55% 99.25% 100.00% 79.15% 76.70% 67.73% 66.52% 87.86% 96.33% 103.00% 99.52% 83.49% 106.06% 92.75% 391.56% 100.00% 86.27% 152.56% 94.90% 77.04% 56.00% 160.60% 0.00% 0.00% 1697.11% 0.00%Little Rock School District Quarterly Desegregation Expenses Page 2 Program Code S3 54 56 57 59 61 64 65 66 72 73 74 75 Program Name SCIENCE LABS________________ _ COMPUTER LABS COMPUTER LOAN PROGRAM EXTENDED DAY FIELD TRIPS_________________________ TRANSPORTATION (ADD'L)____________ INSTRUCTIONAL AIDES_______________ EXTENDED YEAR INCENTIVE/RECOGNIT1ON____________ RECOMMENDED STAFFING REQUIRED STAFF DEVELOPMENT TEACHER STIPENDS/INSERVICE OTHER INCENTIVE SCHOOL ACTIVITIES TOTAL Budget 93-794 ' FTE's 12,000.00 6,000.00 2,500.00 747,247.70 33,000.00 15,000.00 496,451.04 99,938.45 14,581.91 808,481.42 52,878.29 72,725.98 51,088.13 18,253,447,10 42.0 31.0 420.5 YTD Expense 0.00 0.00 0.00 901,086.26 32,998.03 14,960.92 431,734.23. 71,462.59 11,407.45 765,939.27 25,028.78 35,713.00 64,361.65 16,348,997^12 1 st Quarter _________0.00 _________0.00 0.00 25,550.48 3,210.95 0.00 36,306.87 31,884.03 1,428.45 58,107.61 1,459.85 24,542.02 20,724.59 2,136,064^.74 2nd Quarter __________ow 0.00 __________0.00 192,460.04 7,404.63 14,960.92 114,714.15 1,295.45 3,093.35 190,826.11 16,290.74 5,393.24 11,775.22 3,097,75^.18 3rd Quarter $ 0.00 _________0.00 0.00 239,020.26 10,063.17 _________0.00 108,005.96 _________0.00 4,366.15 203,400.97 5,017.06 4,335.48 12,558.44 3,038,560.75 : 4th Quarter 0.00 _________0.00 0.00 444,055.46 12,319.28 _________0.00 170,707 25 36,283jT 2,519.50 313,602.36 2,261.13 1,442.26 19,303.40 i9,Q76,569 45 % Budget Spent 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 120.59% 99.99% 99.74% 86.96% 71.51% 78.23% 94.74% 47.33% 49.11% __125.98% 89 57% 5 '!'DEFINITIONS AND DATA ELEMENTS The following are definitions of terms and data elements used in the Program Budget Documents. Program\nA program is an established plan of operation, composed of a group or series of related activities which are carried out to serve a specific area of identified need. Program Description\nA program description includes a purpose, scope and content, and participants/beneficiaries related to the respective program. Program Goal: A program goal is a broad guiding statement and should describe the overall aim(s), purpose(s), or ambition(s) of the specific program. Objectives: Program objectives present explicitly the desired impact the program should have on a problem. They should provide detail to the goals. Strategies: Strategies are the jobs, tasks, efforts, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the objective. Achievements: Achievements are efforts, tasks, evidence, performance, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the strategy. Achievements are placed in alpha order underneath the relative strategy. Evaluation Criteria: Evaluation criteria are statements which specify the end product of an objective or strategy and establish measurable and observable levels of performance of the product. Page: Each Program Budget Document uses one of two formatted pages. Program Sequence # (Seq. #): The purpose of this sequence number is to establish a reference for placing programs in order within the planning document. Revision Date\nThis date is the actual date the program document was first documented or last changed. Program Name: To eliminate confusion, an established name for each program has been assigned by the district planner. Program Code: This is a unique accounting code assigned by Financial Services which links budget and expenditure information to the associated program.Definitions and Data Elements (cont.) Primary Leader: The Primary Leader is the cabinet-level associate responsible for the management and operation of the respective program. Secondary Leader: The Secondary Leader is the associate who is back-up to the Primary and will function in that capacity in the absence of the Primary (i.e. the Program Manager or the Principal). District Goal Support: Each program directly supports at least one district goal. If more than one district goal is relative, then the appropriate district goals have been listed in descending priority order. Plan Reference: Specific plan and page references will directly cite one of the following desegregation documents: L = LRSD Desegregation Plan\nI = Interdistrict Desegregation Plan\nS = Settlement Agreement\nC = Court Orders\nT = Transcripts\nP = Pleadings\nM = Monitoring Reports. The format should be L23 or 113-20, for example. This element has been left blank if the program is not directly cited in one of the desegregation documents. Plan Reference Page Number: Source references listed for each objective and strategy have been used. If the objective or strategy is desegregation document related, the specific desegregation document and page upon which this objective or strategy has been found should be listed. If the objective or strategy is not related to a desegregation document, then whatever source was used has been listed. This element is contained on page 2 and succeeding pages. Beginning Date: This is the actual date a particular strategy began. For consistency, all dates should be printed in the following manner: MM/DD/YY, (09/30/93). Completion Date. This is the actual date a particular objective or strategy was completed. For consistency, all dates should be entered in the following format: MM/DD/YY, (09/30/93). If an activity toward a strategy has been started but not completed, a percent of completion (75%) should be entered. Responsibility: This is the name of the individual tasked with ensuring an activity has been accomplished. 7 VORGANIZATION OF THE REPORT This section provides guiding information about the text of the Fourth Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs. Pagination. Every page in the text is numbered using Arabic numerals. Pages are consecutively numbered (e.g.,1,2,3,...) throughout the report at the bottom of the page beginning with the \"Preface.\" The \"Table of Contents\" is on page i, page ii, and page iii. Print. The report employs two kinds of print density. Bold Print denotes original language of the desegregation document(s). Lighter print enclosed in parentheses (parenthetical statements) identifies language that is not literal in the desegregation document(s). The parenthetical statements of lighter print have been integrated throughout the program budget documents for clarification of original language in the desegregation document(s) and/or for providing information generalized from the original language of the desegregation document(s). Parenthetical information should not be construed to mean new legal obligations nor expansion of the obligations under the desegregation document(s). Underlined Print. Underlined Print denotes additional desegregation obligations language which has been inserted verbatim in the third quarter report of FY 93-94. These additional obligations come from the desegregation audit which includes Court orders, ODM monitoring reports ordered by the Court, and Court hearing transcripts. Clusters. Programs have been sorted into broad categories called clusters. Clusters include programs or schools grouped together because of similar and related operational functions. For convenience and management of the report, similar programs have been grouped into six color-coded clusters. To locate a program, determine the relative cluster of the program by using the \"Table of Contents\" and then refer to the program sequence number (Seq If) or page number for facilitating program reference in the report. School Operations Program (09A and 09B). The School Operations program description warrants that both Principals and Central Office Administrators provide quality planning for students. Therefore, the School Operations Program is divided into two sections for reporting achievements by both Principals and Central Office Administrators. The sequence number for reporting by Principals (i.e., schools) is 09A, and the sequence number for reporting by Central Office Administrators is 09B. For the fourth reporting period, the inclusionary dates cited in the \"Beginning Date\" column and \"Completion Date\" column are 04/01/94 and 06/30/94, respectively. These inclusionary dates represent the boundaries for the fourth quarter. The generic dates of 04/01/94 and 06/30/94 are used to uniform and conform reporting in the School Operations program budget documents. Specific date information relative to the achievements of Central Office Administrators follows each documented achievement. i Organization of the Report (continued) As a final note, the School Operations Program (09A) classifies the area, interdistrict, and magnet schools into three organizational levels: elementary, junior high, and senior high. Incentive Schools. The Incentive Schools cluster provides program reporting information for the following schools\nFranklin, Garland, Rockefeller, Mitchell, Stephens and Rightsell. Non-Monetary Tracking. No entry on page one in the fiscal year program budget field and/or the quarter expenditure field of a Program Budget Document means desegregation money has not been tracked to the respective program. Organizational Chart. An organizational chart is provided.CLUSTER BUDGET DOCUMENTS 10School Support Cluster *  * * *  * * * * * * *  * Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Staff Development Library/Media Computerized Transportation Data Processing Safety and Security Teacher Recruitment Educational Equity Monitoring Commitment to Desegregation/Leadership Summer School (Interdistrict) Summer Learning Program - JTPA Contingency Facilities Guidance/Counseling Program Leadership Employment Practices Bidding Practices (Procurement) 11LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq 20 Page: 1 Revision Date\nJuly 28, 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Program Description: The Office of Desegregation is charged with monitoring the implementation of the Desegregation Plan which includes the appropriate assignment of students to schools. The capacities of the elementary area schools are determined in accordance with Arkansas accreditation sterxfards which have the following limits: Grade: Maximum Number of Students Per Class (Averagel Maximum Number of Students in Any Class Kindergarten 20 25 First-Third 23 25 Fourth-Sixth 25 28 The overall racial composition of the elementary area schools and the space available for recruitment at those schools depend upon the number of students who enroll in Incentive arxj Interdistrict Schools. The initial racial composition of the Incentive Schools is expected to be predominately black. It is expected that et least 600 black LRSD students will attend Interdistrict Schools. District Goal Support: Ensure that equity occurs in ail phases of school activities artd operations Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan I Plan References: L 139 FY Program Budget: $433,102.41 1st Qtr Expend: $100,300.49 3rd Qtr Expend: $107,989.35 FTE 10 YTD Expenditures: $457,137.16 2nd Qtr Expend: $111,334.76 4th Qtr Expend: $137,512.56 Related Function Codes: IProgram Seq #: 20 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code\n06 Program Goal\nPlan Reference Page Number L 139 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Objectives Strategies Page: 2 Revision Date\nJuly 26, 1994 Secondary Leader: Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (1.0 To implement magnet school assigments) (2.0 To implement interdistrict school assignments) (3.0 To implement elementary area school assignments). The total capacity of the elementary area schools is 9,678. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 1.0 Assignments are consistent with the Desegregation Plan as evidenced by an annual review of assignment data 1.1 Magnet Schools - The assignment process to (original) magnet schools will not change under this Plan. A. Assignment process reviewed to verify need for change. Completed 100% 9/30/93 2.1 Interdistrict Schools - LRSD and PCSSD agree to establish interdistrict schools as described in the Interdistrict Desegregation Plan. A. Five of the six interdistrict schools have been established. Completed 83% 9/30/93 B. Six interdistrict schools have been established. Completed 100% 6/30/94 1 ,5 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 2.0 Assignments are consistent with the Desegregation Plan as evidenced by an annual review of assignment data 3.0 Assignments are consistent with the Desegregation Plan as evidenced by an annual review of assignment dataPage: 3 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: July 26. 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.1 Students will be assigned to the elementary area schools by attendance zones. A. Elementary area school students assigned. Completed 98% 9/30/93 Completed 99% 3/31/94 Completed 100% 6/30/94 B. Parents receive notification of assignment. Completed 98% 9/30/93 Completed 100% 6/30/94 3.2 The elementary area school attendance zones are drawn to establish a racial balance at each school of 55 percent black and 45 percent white with a variance of 5 percent. The recruitment of white students to elementary area schools may increase the percentage of white students at these schools, but no school shall have a racial composition of greater that 60 percent white. A. Attendance zones reviewed prior to and after student assignments. B. Racial balance monitored prior to and after student assignments. Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 98% 12/31/93 Completed 100% 6/30/94 3.3 Students presently assigned to elementary area schools will be given the option to remain in these schools (grandfathered). A. Targeted students were notified of options. 3.4 After grandfathered students have been assigned, students in the attendance zone will be assigned to the elementary area schools. A. Students are assigned and notified of assignments to attendance zone school. Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 98% 12/31/93 Completed 100% 6/30/94 07/01/93 08/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc Supt. for Desegregation Assoc Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 3.3 Student requests to remain in area schools are granted. 3.4 Attendance zone students are assigned based on available seats 14Page: 4 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goat\nTo implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number L 139 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (4.0 To implement incentive school assignments). The capacity of the incentive schools is 2,558. 3.5 If there is no space available at a student's zoned school or if assignment of the student to the school would put the school out of compliance with racial balance requirements, the student will be assigned to the closest school with capacity which meets racial balance requirements. A. Students are reassigned and notified. Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 98% 12/31/93 Completed 100% 6/30/94 3.6 The elementary school zones will provide a feeder pattern for elementary students going to junior high school students going to high school. A. Completed 100% 3.7 Students in elementary area school zones will be given the option to select an incentive school. A. Parents were notified of options. Completed 100% 3/31/94 4.1 Each incentive school will have an attendance zone that encompasses the neighborhood around the school (primary attendance zone). A. Completed 100%. 4.2 Students presently assigned to incentive schools will be given the option to remain in these schools (grandfathered). A. Students were advised of options. Completed 100% 3/31/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 3.5 Students are reassigned in accordance with Deseg Plan. 3.6 A feeder pattern is established for the organizational levels. 3.7 Options were granted in accordance to assignment plan. 4.0 Incentive School Assignments are made in accordance with the Desegregation Plan requirements.Page: 5 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader\nDr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.3 After grandfathered students have been identified and assigned, students in the primary attendance zone will be assigned to the incentive schools. A. Students were assigned as space was available. 4.4 All incentive school students will have the option to be assigned to an elementary area school to be selected by LRSD in accordance with desegregation considerations. Completed 80% 3/31/94 Completed 100% 6/30/94 4.5 In order to assist in meeting the desegregation requirements, a certain number of seats for black and white students will be reserved for each pre-kindergarten and kindergarten class. The seats reserved for white children shall not remain permanently vacant if unfilled. Sufficient time should be allowed for timely, vigorous, and sustained recruitment efforts before filling these seats. A. Seats are reserved. B. Assignments are monitored to ensure acceptable racial balance. Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 98% 12/31/93 Completed 99% 3/31/94 Completed 100% 6/30/94 4 6 The incentive schools will have a maximum pupil/teacher ratio of 20 to 1. 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt.for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 4.5 Reserved seats are available by race for prekindergarten and kindergarten students. ^6Page: 6 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: July 26. 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.7 There may be more than 20 students per classroom, however, there will be an aide in each class and possible a second teacher in those classes. 4.8 Assign students with sensitiyity to the relationship between placement stability and academic progress as well as the need to measure the impact of incentive programs or student achievement. 4.9 Student assignment process must be the result of carefully coordinated decision-making. The incentive school staffs and the LRSD departments responsible for desegregation, student recruitment and assignment, and planning and evaluation must assess the short-and longterm academic and social impact of any anticipated student reassignments. 4.10 The district must be able to demonstrate that the investment has paid the expected dividends for children, if not, changes must be made quickly before children are lost along with the settlement money. 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94  i7 Page: Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: July 26. 1994 Program Name\nOffice of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.11 When making student assignments, keep in mind that there is a relationship between double funding and enrollment figures that represents the greatest return on investment. The district is bound to keep its pledge to double fund each incentive school for six years or as long as the school maintains an enrollment above 80% black. District must also keep in mind that the incentive schools educate only a small portion of the class that prevailed in the desegregation lawsuit. Ensure that a portion of the incentive school funding fulfills the plans commitment that \"the children who are in racially-isolated settings are provided meaningful opportunities for desegregated expehences/activities.\" 4.12 The District is obligated to reserve 40 to 50% of seats in the incentive schools at the kindergarten level for white students. 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 6/30/94 * a8 Page: Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: July 26. 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russeii Mayo Secondary Leader\nProgram Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.13 With regard to reserved seating at incentive schools, the court indicated that the parties' representations to the Eighth Circuit required that a target racial balance at incentive schools be 50% of each race, at least in the prekindergarten and kindergarten levels. It stated that this proportion is to guide the District in the number of seats which are initialiy reserved for pre- kindergarten and kindergarten students. The court \"reluctantly\" allowed seats reserved for white students to be released after a reasonable period only if timely, vigorous, and sustained recruitment efforts to fill the seats with white children were unsuccessful. The court stated that recruitment efforts must be thoroughiy documented by the District to the extent that the court can determine that the parties are diligentiv trying to recruit white students to the incentive schools before releasing any reserved seats. The court encourages the parties to implement any additional recruitment measures that would aid desegregation of the incentive schools as a whole. With regard to pupil-teacher ratio, the court ordered the maximum individual classroom enrollment at incentive schools would be as follows: 16 students in four- year old classes, as agreed by the parties\n20 students in kinder-garten, 23 students in grades 1 through 3\n25 students in grades 4 through 6. In addition, the court ordered that there be at least one full time instructional aide per incentive school classroom in those schools where any classroom contains more than 20 students. XT/Page: 9 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number L 140 L 140 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (5.0 To implement Desegregation Transfers) 5.1 Junior and senior high school students may transfer to another school as long as the reassignment allows both the sending and receiving school to comply with the desegregation requirement and a seat is available. The minimum black percentage is 25 percent below the districtwide percentage of blacks in grades 7*12. The minimum and maximum black percentages constitute the desegregation requirement (for acceptable range) for a desegregation transfer. The desegregation requirements in secondary schools is that all schools will remain within a range of 12 1/2 percent above to 25 percent below the districtwide percentage of black students at each organizational level (i.e., high school and junior high school). Completed 80% 3/31/94 Completed 100% 6/30/94 5.2 Elementary students may transfer to an incentive school only if such a transfer enhances desegregation at the incentive school. Desegregation transfers will be granted to elementary area schools that are difficult to desegregate. A. Requests for transfers were reviewed/approved in accordance with criteria. Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 98% 12/31/93 Completed 99% 3/31/94 Completed 100% 6/30/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 5.1 Racial composition of student enrollments are within acceptable ranges. 5.2 Transfers reflect an improvement in racial balance. 0 OPage: 10 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (6.0 To implement Sibling Transfers) 5.3 A student may make two desegregation transfers at each organizational level (primary, intermediate, junior or senior high school). The purpose of the second desegregation transfer is to allow a student to return to his or her previous school assignment. A. Requests for desegregation transfers are reviewed to ensure compliance. Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 98% 12/31/93 Completed 99% 3/31/94 Completed 100% 6/30/94 5.4 Desegregation transfers will be granted during a limited period once each year (Secondary Schools only). A. Completed 80% 3/31/94 Completed 100% 6/30/94 5.5 LRSD will provide transportation for desegregation transfer students where it is cost effective to do so. A. Requests for transportation are fonwarded to transportation deparbnent. (Desegregation Transfer Students assigned to existing bus routes.) Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 98% 12/31/93 Completed 99% 3/31/94 Completed 100% 6/30/94 21 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 5.3 Desegregation transfer reports reflect appropriate utilization by students. 5.4 Desegregation transfer reports reflect appropriate use by students. 5.5 Maintain records of number of students transported using desegregation transfers.Page: 11 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date\nJuly 26, 1994 Program Name\nOffice of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (7 To implement Transfer of Children of Employees Assignments) 6.1 Sibling transfers do not apply to magnet schools. (NOTE\nSiblings are brothers/sisters, or half-brothers/sisters, residing at the same address with brothers/sisters, or half-brothers/sisters, who are enrolled in the LRSD. A. Patrons/schools advised of constraints. Completed 100% 3/31/94 6.2 A student entering the LRSD after the 1991- 92 school year will not be allowed to make a sibling preference transfer to a school outside the student's attendance zone. 6.3 Any student who makes a sibling preference transfer before the 1991-92 school year may remain at the school to which the student transferred until graduation to the next organizational level. 6.4 Sibling preference transfers will be granted if a seat is available and the transfer will allow both the sending and receiving schools to comply with the desegregation requirements. Completed 60% Completed 100% 6/30/94 6.5 Sibling transfer applicants must have a sibling current enrolled in LRSD. Sibling transfers will be granted only to siblings of grandfathered students. 22 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation, Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 6.1 Publish/distribute procedures regarding sibling transfers. 6.2 Publish/distribute procedures regarding sibling transfers. 6.3 Student transfers reflect acceptance/ rejection of transfer options. 6.4 Documentation of sibling transfers meet desegregation requirements. 6.5 Sibling transfer requirements are in accordance with established requirements.Page: 12 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 7.1 LRSD employees may enroll their children at the schools where they work. A. LRSD employees advised of options via printed materials. Completed 60% 2/3/94 Completed 100% 6/30/94 7.2 This provision is not intended to authorize interdistrict transfers (transfers to NLRSD or PCSSD) other than those authorized by the court- approved desegregation plan. Completed 100% 7.3 The transfer of the children of employees is subject to desegregation requirements and the capacity of the particular school. Completed 60% Completed 100% 6/30/94 7.4 LRSD is not obligated to provide transportation. 7.5 This provision Does not apply to magnet schools. A. In compliance 100%. 7.6 The order of preference for assigning the children of employees is listed below\nA. In compliance 100% 23 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Human Resources Director Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 7.1 Employees' children are enrolled in schools requested in accordance with established requirements. 7.2 All interdistrict transfers are court approved 7.3 Student transfers are consistent with capacities and desegregation requirements. 7:4 Transportation is provide by patrons of employees. 7.6 Documentation of assignments.Page: 13 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: July 26. 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (8 To implement the Reassignment Process) 7.6.1 First preference: attendance zone students with siblings 7.6.2 Second preference: attendance zone students without siblings 7.6.3 Third preference: children of employees 7.6.4 Fourth preference: desegregation transfers 7.6.5 Fifth preference: M-to-M transfers 7.6.6 Sixth preference: Act 609, Act 624, legal transfers. 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 and 8.1 Every effort will be made to install portable buildings in order to accommodate overflow situations at a particular grade level. Only if a building cannot be installed, the student will be reassigned to the nearest school that has a seat available in the students feeder zone. If the student cannot be assigned to any of the schools in the student's feeder zone, the student will be reassigned to a school in a contiguous feeder zone. The Student Assignment Office will be responsible for all reassignments. Reassigned students will be placed on the waiting list for the appropriate attendance zone school. A. Requests for portables are reviewed. Alternate assignments made in compliance with capacity requirements and court mandates. Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 98% 12/31/93 Completed 100% 6/30/94 B. Waiting lists compiled for area schools. Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 98% 12/31/93 Completed 99% 3/31/94 Completed 100% 6/30/94  24 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation  Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 8.0 The assignment process is consistent with the desegregation requirements. 8.1 Portables are installed in accordance with Deseg. PlanPage: 14 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (9 To establish effective and efficient student assignment procedures) 6.2 The minimum black percentage for each elementary area school is 40 percent black. Any assignment that causes a school to fall below the minimum black percentage will not be granted, in such cases, the student will be reassigned to the nearest school that meets the minimum black percentage requirement and has a seat available. If the student cannot be assigned to any of the schools in the student's feeder zone, the student will be assigned to a school in a contiguous feeder zone. A. Alternate assignments made in compliance with desegregation requirements. Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 96% 12/31/93 Completed 99% 3/31/94 Completed 100% 6/30/94 25 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 6.2 Rosters reflect student assignment percentages are within acceptable racial balance. 9.0 Assignment procedures are effective and consistent with the desegregation requirements.Page: 15 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: July 26. 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goat: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 9.1 The Student Assignment Office will\nmonitor new assignments\nprocess all data entry work for elementary schools (data entry tasks decentralized 1992-93 school year)\nprocess interdistrict M-to-M transfers and magnet assignments\nreassign students because of overcrowdedness or desegregation requirements\nconsider appeals\nconduct recruitment efforts (transferred to recruitment program)\nprocess desegregation transfer\nassign all earty childhood and incentive school students\nand process all special transfers (Act 609, Act 624, etc.). A. Assignments are reviewed to ensure racial balance. Completed 97% 9/30/93 Completed 98% 12/31/93 Completed 99% 3/31/93 Completed 100% 6/30/94 B. Appeals committee reviews/approves/rejects assignment appeals. Completed 25% 9/30/93 Completed 50% 12/31/93 Completed 80% 3/31/93 Completed 100% 6/30/94 9.2 New students to the District who enroll after May 17, 1989 will not have to come to the Student Assignment Office to obtain an assignment. Each school will be authorized to enroll students who live within the attendance zone of that school. 26 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/93 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 9.1 The student assignment process will be effective in assigning students and process special transfers to assist with racial balance. B. Roster of committee members Agendas from meetings 9.2 Each area school will have the ability to assign students with their attendance zone.Page: 16 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: July 26. 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (10 To monitor all aspects of the Desegregation Plan) 9.3 The Student Assignment Handbook includes the timeline and procedures used by the schools and the Student Assignment Office to assign students. The Student Assignment Handbook will be revised each year, as necessary, to reflect any changes in the procedures for assigning students. Changes will be made as needed to include new deadlines and to improve the implementation of the court-approved student assignment plan. The handbook wiil be developed by the Student Assignment Office and distributed to the schools and the parties each year. A. Edit and update Student Assignment Handbook. Completed 50% 12/31/93 Completed 100% 2/10/94 10.1 Review Program Budget Documents to identify potential problems. A. Completed 80% 3/31/94 Completed 100% 6/30/94 10.2 Conduct site visits as necessary. A. 50% of necessary sites are visited. B. Completed 60% 3/31/94 Completed 100% 6/30/94 27 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt.for Desegregation, Desegregation Facilitator Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation, Desegregation Facilitator Revised Student Assignment Handbook is published and distributed. 10.0 Identification of implementation and effectiveness problems as evidence by the Program Budget Document 10.1 Budget Documents are reviewed and problems are listed. 10.2 Site visits are documented.Page: 17 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr, C Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10.3 Develop and implement improvement plans as needed. A. Improvement plans are developed at Building Level and implemented by principals and staff. Plans are reviewed by Desegregation office. Completed 80% 3/31/94 Completed 100% 6/30/94 10.4 Monitor implementation of improvement plans. A. Recruitment plans are monitored. Improvement plans are monitored by Assistant Superintendents. Completed 80% 3/31/94 Completed 100% 6/30/94 10 5 LRSD will assist the ADE in identifying existing and proposed statutes and regulations that impede desegregation. 10.6 LRSD, if applying for approval of new construction or major school expansion shall provide a desegregation impact statement setting forth evidence that the proposed improvements do not have a segregative effect (Submission to ADE). 10.7 Loan proceeds from State shall be used for desegregation purposes and will not be utilized or indirectly as a vehicle for generating income for LRSD through higher interest rates. 10.8 A desegregation facilitator will be hired to work directly with building principals. The desegregation facilitator will be solely responsible for identifying problems or practices that impede the implementation of qualitv desegregated education in each building. The facilitator will also be responsible for providing technical assistance to building principals and their staffs, for desegregation related concerns. 28 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 07/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation, Desegregation Facilitator Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation, Desegregation Facilitator 10.3 Improvement Plans are developed and implemented. 10.4 Scheduled observations of Improvement Plans are documented.Page: 18 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code\n06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader\nProgram Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10.9 The desegregation facilitator will report directly to the Associate Superintendent for Desegregation. However, the desegregation facilitator will work very closely with the remaining associate superintendents as needed. 10.10 The desegregation facilitator will focus on all aspects of desegregation implementation. This includes, but is not limited to. achievement disparity, extracurricular activities, class assignments, guidance and counseling, staffing and staff interaction, student interaction, and parent involvement. 10.11 LRSD shall make quarterly reports to the Office of Deseqregation Monitoring. 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 10.11 At the end of each year a determination of the effectiveness of the District's implementation of the desegregation plans shall be conducted by the District subject to the Court's review. LRSD's monitors will be provided reasonable access to records and facilities, provided that requests for access are not disruptive, unreasonable or intrusive. 29Page: 19 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code\n06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10.12 Where disparities in programs and activities exist, LRSD will identify, analyze for cause and share with the appropriate monitoring authorities. A recommended course of action in remediation will then be implemented. LRSD shall give special attention to any imbalance and placement into special education, honors, talented and gifted, advance placement classes, extra curricular activities, expulsions and suspensions, and reward and punishment systems. An objective of this appraisal shall be to eliminate negative stereotyping based upon race or socjoeconomic status. 10 13 Long-term goals and desegregation goals have to be incorporated into the study of junior high capacity. 10 14 The court wants a plan to address junior high capacity, relieving busing burden on blacks and recruiting white students into junior high schools. 1015 This order concerns LRSD's motion to close Ish Incentive School on the ground that the survey process approved by the court indicated that only 82 students wish to attend Ish. The court granted the motion. The court notes that its approval of LRSDs motion to close Ish does not excuse LRSD from its obligation to recruit white students to desegregate the remaining incentive schools. The court states that it will closelv watch all proposed school closings and school capacity alterations to determine whether there is a developing pattern of closing schools in areas largely inhabited by black citizens white increasing the capacity of schools in areas largely inhabited by white citizens. 30 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94Page: 20 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10.16 Court grants in part a motion of LRSD for approval of various construction projects. The court approves construction of a cafeteria at Chicot Elementary School as long as the new construction does not increase the schools capacity. The construction project at Jefferson Elementary School is not approved because of potential effect of the attendance zones of the new King Interdistrict School on the Jefferson satellite zones. The court indicates that LRSD may petition the court for approval of the Jefferson construction after the attendance zones for King are firm and court approved. In its renewed petition, the court states LRSD must include the following information: the current capacity of Jefferson, any changes in school capacity that will resuH from the proposed construction: and the precise number of portable buildings that will be removed and the number that wiil remain at the school as a result of the proposed construction. 10.17 Prior to granting approval for the Williams Elementary School construction project, LRSD must provide the court with the following information: the school's current capacity\nthe number of square feet that will be added to the school by the construction: any change in the proportional allotment of the school's magnet seats among the LRSD, NLRSD, and the PCSSD\nthe precise number of portable buildings that will be removed and the number that will remain at the school as a result of the proposed construction\nand clarify how the present administration area will be rearranged, i.e., a single muHi-putpose area or two separate areas, one for expanded cafeteria space and one for indoor recreation. 31 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94Page: 21 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: July 26. 1994 Program Name\nOffice of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10.18 Before the court will consider approving the construction project at J. A. Fair High School, the LRSD must account for the 1,270 sguare feet difference between the 3,450 square feel of the old space and the 2,180 of new space and specify the exact number of new classrooms that will result from the construction. 10.19 This LRSD motion seeks approval of construction projects at Chicot, Jefferson, Williams and Fair. The court approved only the construction of the cafetorium at Chicot Etementary School (see Order dated April 30, 1993 (Docket No. 1815). The combination of the LRSD motion and the court Order approving it in part requires LRSD to construct a cafetorium at Chicot School which will increase the size of the school by approximately 3,000 square feet and have sufficient capacity to seat at one time more than one-half of the children enrolled at Chicot. The cafetorium should have been constructed in time for the beginning of the 1993-94 school year. 10.20 LRSD filed its \"Special Study  Jr. High Capacities and Projections\" and \"Custodial Calculation - Omaha Formula\". The Jr. High Capacity Study contains no desegregation reguirements and is in the process of being revised. With respect to the calculation of the required number of custodians per building. LRSD has told the court that it utilizes the Omaha formula, that this calculation is checked at least once per year and that the number of full-time equivalent positions is adjusted where specific building requirements require an adjustment. 10 21 Limit enrollment in the four-year-old program to 18 students per class. 10.22 Limit enrollment in grades K-6 to class sizes that are consistent with state standards. 32 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94Page: 22 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: duty 26, 1994 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10.23 With respect to grandfathering, students are encouraged to return to their school zones. They were notified by letter March, 1994. 07/01/93 06/30/94 ^3LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #\n21 Page\n1 Revision Date\nJuly 28, 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Description: The Staff Development Department was established to promote the implementation of the desegregation plan through activities that will result in improved academic achievement. Inservice opportunities designed to increase the effectiveness of curriculum delivery together with training tailored to improve interactions among and across all lines will occur. Additionally, this department will provide support and resources for site-based staff development experiences. District Goal Support: Goal No. 1. Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrighment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal No. 2. Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal No. 3. The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate behavior and human relations skills that value people as human beings and that are consistent with an appreciation and understanding of multicultural diversity. Goal No. 5. Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal No. 6. Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: The Staff Development Department wilt provide activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement. In support of the goal of providing ongoing staff development and information to parents relative to student success, LRSD will pursue the following objectives by the following means: Update skills of all district staff on a regular basis and to keep all staff abreast of developments in their field of endeavor. Plan References: L 126-128 Pf Program Budget: $465,627.29 1st Qtr Expend: $69,080.94 3rd Qtr Expend: $80,888.95 FTE 7 YTD Expenditures: $368,534.47 2nd Qtr Expend: $81,164.99 4th Qtr Expend: $137,399.59 Related Function Codes: 34Program Seq 21 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L 126 L 126 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: June 23. 1994 Donita Hudspeth To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To provide staff development inservice to improve race relations and equity (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (Superintendent, Staff Development, Central Office Staff) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 Continue to articulate vision/mission of LRSD to community Fall 1988 (07/01/93) Ongoing (06/30/94) Superintendent (Central Office, Director of Communications) 1.1 1.1 1.1 A. Six Community Forums were held by the Superintendent to articulate vision/mission as well as to hear ideas from the public 10/11/93 12/06/93 B. Three (3) District dialogues with employee groups 01/06/94 02/03/94 C. Washington Magnet PTA 01/18/94 01/18/94 D. Two (2) dialogues with Little Rock City Board 02/01/94 02/28/94 E. Press Conference in concert with Little Rock City Hall 02/03/94 02/03/94 (Increased minority staff representation in areas needed) (Increased representation of minority students in programs currently under- represented) (Administration of Human Relations Survey will reflect improvement in race relations and equity) Public participation Dissemination of material (Increase in number of students returning to public school) (School District's required Annual Report to Community will include mission/goals for LRSD)Page: 3 Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria F. Forest Part PTA 02/07/94 02/07/94 G. Garland PTA 03/01/94 03/01/94 H. Mann Magnet PTA 03/03/94 03/03/94 I. Hall High Kindergarten parents 03/07/94 03/07/94 J. Dunbar PTA 03/08/94 03/08/94 K. Early Childhood Task Force 03/14/94 03/14/94 L. Two (2) Community Forums 03/21/94 03/24/94 M. Romine Interdistrict PTA 03/22/94 03/22/94 1.2 Schedule and implement workshops and activities related to improving race relations for the following grouops: a. Board of Directors b. District Administrators c. Certified Staff d. District Support Staff A. Desegregation Inservice - New Principals B. Desegregation - All District Administrators C. Everybody Means Everybody (Inclusive for all students) All District Administrators D. Human Relations/Race Relations - Martin L. King, Jr. Interdistrict Staff E. Operationalizing Equity  Dunbar Junior High 36 1988-89 School Year (07/01/93) 07/27/93 07/28/93 07/28/93 08/04/93 08/19/93 Ongoing (06/30/94) 07/23/93 07/28/93 07/29/93 08/04/93 08/19/93 Deseg. Asst. Center (DAC) and Central Office Staff (Staff Development Department, Principals) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Roster of participants (Increased minority staff representation in areas needed) (Increased representation of minority students in programs currently under- represented) (Administration of Human Relations Survey will reflect improvement in reace relations and equity)Page: 4 Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name\nStaff Development Program Code\n09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria F. Human Relations/Race Relations - Stephens Incentive School G. Human Relations/Race Relations * Garland Incentive School H. Staff Development Specialists - two days training  Inclusion for 21st Century I. Race Relations Inservice - Metropolitan J. Race Relations Inservice - Baseline 09/13/93 09/27/93 10/05/93 10/18/93 11/01/93 09/13/93 09/27/93 10/06/93 10/18/93 11/01/93 K. Staff Development Director - Equity Assistance Center - Healing Racism 11/05/93 11/05/93 L. Operationalizing Equity - Fair Sr. High 12/06/93 12/06/93 M. Building an Effective Multicultural Climate - Department of Exceptional Children N. Cultural Diversity (Variants Across the Curriculum) Grades 3-6 0. Race Relations - Dodd P. Race Relations - Brady Q. Human Relations - Mitchell R. Race Relations - Baseline S. Cross Cultural Relations/Operationalizing Equity Leadership Class 1.3 Plan and implement an evening symposium for the community on \"Community Involvement in a Desegregated School Setting\" 01/14/94 01/19/94 01/31/94 02/07/94 02/07/94 03/07/94 03/15/94 Fall 1988 01/14/94 01/19/94 01/31/94 02/07/94 02/07/94 03/07/94 03/15/94 Fall 1988 DAC Consultant 1.3 Roster of participants 1.3 (Symposium was held in April and August, 1988) 1.3 (Item completed in April and August, 1988, and is not recurring) Page: 5 Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date: Jutie 23. 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L 126 L 126 2. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.4 Monitor implementation of above strategies Fall 1988 (07/01/93) Ongoing (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educational Prog (Superintendent, District Biracial Committee) 1.4 1.4 1.4 Meetings held (Attendance at public meetings) (District-wide Biracial Monitoring Report will reflect improvement in minority representation in all areas needed) Provide inservice on cooperative learning strategies in a heterogeneous classroom (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (Staff Development s Department, Content Area Supervisors) 2.0 2.0 (Increased involvement in group activities in the classroom) (Improved classroom climate and social interactions among all students) 2.1 Inservice teachers and administration on cooperative learning based on Slavin and Johnson and Johnson (or other appropriate cooperative learning models) A. Cooperative Learning Inservice - Martin L. King, Jr. Interdistrict School B. Cooperative Learning Refresher (Voluntary District-wide) C. Cooperative Learning Cycle (Voluntary District-wide) D. Cooperative Learning Refresher (Voluntary District-wide) E. Cooperative Learning in Social Studies and Science - Williams Magnet 38 July 1991 (07/01/93) 08/05/93 10/29/93 11/10/93 11/30/93 12/06/93 Ongoing (06/30/94) 08/05/93 10/29/93 11/17/93 11/30/93 12/06/93 Staff Dev Dept Content Area Supvs 2.1 2.1 2.1 Training model (Increased involvement in group activities in the classroom) (Improved classroom climate and social interactions among all students)Page: 6 Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader\nDennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L 126 L 126 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria F. Two Cooperative Team Learning Cycles (Voluntary District-wide) G. Cooperative Team Learning Overview - Geyer Springs 2.2 Monitor teachers' use of cooperative learning strategies 01/27/94 03/21/94 (07/01/93) 03/17/94 03/21/94 (06/30/94) Principal (Staff Development Department, Content Area Supervisors) 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 Classroom observation and documentation (Random observation of classrooms where teachers have been trained) (Random survey of cooperative learning participants regarding effects of implementation in their classrooms) (Principal will observe cooperative learning strategies during routine classroom visitations) 3.0 Provide inservice on additional strategies to improve instruction in desegregated school setting (To improve instruction through the use of effective teaching strategies in the school setting) (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (Staff Development, Content Area Supervisors) 3.0 (Increase in achievement of students of teachers in identified programs) 3.1 Provide inservice opportunities on: a. Effective Schools Model PET b. Teaching/Learning Styles c. Teacher Expectations and Student Achievement (TESA) d. Classroom Management e. (and/or other appropriate inservice opportunities) 39 July 1991 (07/01/93) Ongoing (06/30/94) Staff Dev Dept (Content Area Supervisors) 3.1 3.1 Roster of participants Workshop evaluations (Number of participants from a cross-section of district staff involved in the identified programs)Page: 7 Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Inservice for Effective Schools Model - PET Teams from Mitchell, Brady, Bale, Otter Creek, and Booker 07/01/93 07/15/93 a. PET Refresher - Voluntary District-wide 01/24/94 01/24/94 b. Effective Schools Training Leadership Class 02/08/94 02/22/94 c. PET Refresher  Geyer Springs 04/06/94 04/06/94 B. Teaching/Learning Styles a. Early Intervention ADHD - District Administrators b. Overcoming the Barriers - District Administrators c. Early Intervention in ADHD - Special Education Teachers) d. Early Prevention of School Failure - All new kindergarten teachers e. Staff Development Director attended 3 day Institute - Making Education Meaningful for African-American Children (should have been included in first quarter report) f. Strategies for Working with At-Risk - Voluntary District-wide g. Strategies for Working with At-Risk - Voluntary District-wide h. Learning Styles Cycle - Voluntary Districtwide i. Early Intervention of ADHD/Developmental Differences - Voluntary District-wide 07/29/93 07/29/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 07/19/93 10/18/93 11/15/93 11/17/93 11/29/93 07/29/93 07/29/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 07/21/93 10/18/93 11/15/93 12/08/93 11/29/93 4 0Page: Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date: June 23. 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth 8 Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria j. Working with At-Risk - Brady Elementary 11/29/93 11/29/93 k. Two (2) Early Intervention of ADHD/Developmental Differences - Voluntary District-wide I. Strategies for Working with At-Risk Children - Voluntary District-wide m. Three (3) Learning Styles Cycle Workshops - Voluntary District-wide n. Learning Styles Overview  Bale Elementary o. Learning Styles Overview - Fair Park p. Two (2) Thinking Skills Training courses - Voluntary District-wide q. Learning Styles Overview - Mabelvale Elementary r. Learning Styles - Washington Interdistrict s. Shared Reading  Voluntary District-wide t. K-3 Summer School Integrated Mathematics Language Arts training C. TESA - Registered four (4) staff members for Trainer of Trainers TESA - October a. Three staff members trained as coordinators for TESA b. TESA (Cycle 1) Sessions 1-2 - Voluntary District-wide c. TESA (Cycle 2) Sessions 1-2 - Voluntary District-wide d. TESA (Cycle 1) Sessions 3-4-5 01/10/94 01/11/94 01/11/94 01/12/94 01/24/94 01/24/94 03/07/94 04/04/94 04/06/94 04/19/94 10/19/93 11/22/93 11/30/93 01/11/94 03/07/94 01/11/94 03/24/94 01/12/94 01/24/94 02/28/94 03/07/94 04/04/94 04/06/94 05/19/94 10/22/93 11/22/93 11/30/93 03/14/949 Page: Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria e. TESA (Cycle 2) Sessions 3-4-5 01/18/94 03/22/94 f. TESA (Cycle 3j Sessions 1-4 02/01/94 03/15/94 g. TESA (Cycle 3) Session 5 04/19/94 04/19/94 D. Classroom Management a. Classroom Management  Martin L. King, Jr. Interdistrict Staff 08/05/93 08/05/93 b. Positive Discipline - Carver Magnet c. Behavior Modification * Mabelvale Jr. High d. Positive Discipline - Rightsell Incentive School e. Positive Discipline - Brady Elementary f. Discipline Management - Cloverdale Elementary g. Classroom Management Cycle - Voluntary District-wide h. Classroom Discipline - Watson Elementary i. Positive Discipline - McDermott Elementary 08/18/93 08/19/93 09/13/93 10/11/93 10/11/93 10/21/93 10/26/93 11/02/93 08/18/93 08/19/93 09/13/93 10/11/93 10/11/93 10/28/93 10/26/93 11/02/93 j. Cooperative Discipline Cycle - Stephens Incentive School 11/08/93 11/29/93 k. Positive Discipline - Garland Incentive School I. Positive Discipline - Mabelvale Elementary m. Positive Discipline  Voluntary District-wide n. Positive Discipline - Mabelvale Jr. High 11/08/93 11/15/93 11/16/93 01/10/94 11/08/93 11/15/93 11/16/93 01/10/94 0. Classroom Management Cycle - Voluntary District-wide 42 01/11/94 01/11/94Page: 10 Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date: June 23. 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria p. Two (2) Positive Discipline Workshops - Voluntary District-wide q. Training Seminar - Working with Difficult Students r. Discipline Management - Wakefield Elementary s. Discipline Management Incentive Schools' Instructional Aides E. (and/or other appropriate inservice opportunities) a. Abacus Training (all teachers at non-pilot elementary schools) b. Abacus Training/Technical Assistants c. Self-Esteem/Elementary - Voluntary District- wide d. Self-Esteem/Secondary - Voluntary Districtwide e. Self-Esteem/Elementary - Voluntary - Districtwide f. Abacus Training (extra assistance) - Voluntary District-wide - 8 sessions g. Performance Management Training - Staff Development Director h. Abacus Training Sessions - Eighteen Voluntary District-wide and all Resource Teachers i. Two (2) Self-Esteem/Elementary/Secondary - Voluntary District-wide 43 01/20/94 02/03/94 02/07/94 03/09/94 08/30/93 09/30/93 10/19/93 11/02/93 11/10/93 10/19/93 09/21/93 01/11/94 01/05/94 02/24/94 02/04/94 02/07/94 03/10/94 09/29/93 10/04/93 10/19/93 11/02/93 11/10/93 12/07/93 10/15/93 03/23/94 02/03/94Page: 11 Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting In improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 127 4.0 Provide inservice on \"Effective Implementation of the LRSD Discipline Management System\" ). Leadership for Change Training Leadership Class/Vice Principals - Voluntary District-wide k. Curriculum Frameworks Training - Director of Staff Development and Six (6) Curriculum Supervisors I. Leadership for Change SEDL Training - Staff Development Director m. Positive Confrontation - Bale Elementary 3.2 Send selected staff to professional development sessions in order to increase the number of available trainers and in return for a commitment to assist with collegial staff development. 3.3 Provide district-wide program of staff development 01/24/94 02/07/94 02/15/94 02/23/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 (07/01/931 01/24/94 02/09/94 02/17/94 02/23/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 (06/30/94) (Director of Pupil Personnel) 4.0 (Decrease in the number of students who receive disciplinary sanctions) 4.0 (Decrease in the disproportionate number of minority students who receive disciplinary sanctions) 44Page: 12 Program Seq 21 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.1 Continue to involve counselors, principals, assistant principals, and teachers in discipline management in a desegregated school setting A. Positive Interventions in the Discipline Management System - Inservice Secondary Administrators B. Each building has a building discipline plan C. Students have received training in Rights/Responsibilities Handbook 0. Focus Group/Peer Sharing - Discipline Management System - Voluntary District- wide/Administrators 4.2 Monitor use of discipline managment system July 1991 (07/01/931 07/29/93 08/16/93 08/30/93 12/08/93 Fall 1988 (07/01/931 Ongoing (06/30/941 07/29/93 09/03/93 09/30/93 12/08/93 Ongoing (06/30/94) Director of Pupil Services (Pupil Services Department, Principals. Counselors) Principals Counselors School Teams 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 Roster of participants (Building Level Discipline Managment Plans established for all schools) (Counseling classes will include orientation to the building level plan and district-wide Rights and Responsibilities Handbook) Documentation (Quarterly Behavior Managment Reports) (Building level biracial committee reports will be used to monitor and/or adjust discipline plans) (District-wide Biracial Committee) \u0026amp;Page: 13 Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L 127 L 127 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.0 Provide PAL (Academic Support) teachers with strategies for planning and delivering more than one type of instructional grouping (To provide academic support teachers with strategies for planning and delivering more than one type of instructional grouping) (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (Assoc. Superintendent, Academic Support Supervisors, Content Area Supervisors, Staff Development) 5.0 5.0 5.0 (Increase in achievement for all students in Academic Support Programs) (Decrease in achievement gap in representative population) (Decrease in number of students requiring academic support services) 5.1 Continue to investigate and research sources of strategies, models and activities of successful small and large group instructional practices within heterogenous classes A. Five articles distributed to Academic Support teachers B. Six articles distributed to Academic Support teachers C. Six articles distributed to Academic Support Teachers D. Five articles distributed to Academic Support Teachers 46 Fall 1988 (07/01/93) 08/16/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/04/94 Ongoing (06/30/94) 09/30/93 12/17/93 03/24/94 06/09/94 Assoc Supt for Eductional Prog (Staff Development Department, Content Area Supervisors, Academic Support Supervisors) 5.1 5.1 Identification of sources (Provide staff with information from current research monthly)Page: 14 Program Seq Xf: 21 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.2 Conduct workshop to address the following: a. grouping theory and strategies b. demonstration of strategies for varied instruction Fall 1988 (07/01/93! Fail 1988 (06/30/941 Supervisor of Math and English (Content Area Supervisors, Staff Development Department) 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 Written evaluation by participants (Increase in achievement for all students in Academic Support Programs) (Decrease in achievement gap in representative population) (Decrease in number of students requiring academic support services) (Principal will observe through classroom observations and teacher conferences) A. Cooperative Learning Inservice - Martin L. King, Jr. Interdistrict B. Language Arts and Reading Workshop - New Teachers C. Integrated Learning  Garland Incentive D. Hands-On Science - Rightsell Incentive E. Making Language Learning Meaningful Session 1-2 - Southwest Jr. High F. Making Language Learning Meaningful Session 1-2 - Cloverdale Jr. High G. Applied Math 9th Grade Teachers - Districtwide H. Developing Thematic Units - Voluntary District-wide 08/05/93 08/05/93 10/04/93 10/04/93 10/04/93 10/08/93 10/15/93 10/12/93 10/21/93 10/14/93 10/04/93 10/04/93 11/11/93 11/12/93 10/13/93 10/21/93Page: 15 Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date: June 23. 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.! Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria I. Cooperative Learning Refresher - Voluntary District-wide J. Literature Instruction/Shared Reading and Writing - Voluntary District-wide K. Literature-Based Instruction Grades 1-3 - Voluntary District-wide L. Hands-On Equations Grades 5-8 - Voluntary District-wide M. Cooperative Learning Cycle - Voluntary District-wide N. Hands-On Science Grade 3 - Voluntary District-wide 0. Integrating Math and Science Grades 1-2 - Voluntary District-wide P. Hands-On Science Grade 6 - Voluntary District-wide Q. Hands-On Equations Grades 5-8 - Voluntary District-wide R. Cooperative Learning Refresher - Voluntary District-wide S. Cooperative Learning in Social Studies and Science - Williams Magnet T. Integrating Math and Science - Gibbs Magnet U. Hands-On Science Grade 5, Voluntary District-wide V. Flips, Slides, Turns Grades 4-6 Math Teachers W. Hands-On Science - Bale Elementary 4R 10/29/93 11/02/93 11/04/93 11/09/93 11/10/93 11/11/93 11/15/93 11/18/93 11/29/93 11/30/93 12/06/93 12/07/93 12/09/93 12/09/93 01/05/94 10/29/93 11/03/93 11/04/93 11/16/93 11/17/93 11/11/93 11/15/93 11/18/93 12/06/93 11/30/93 12/06/93 12/07/93 12/09/93 12/09/93 01/05/94Page: 16 Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal\nTo provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria X. Hands-On Math - Science (New Teachers Grades K-6) Y. Three (3) Training Sessions Integrating Math and Science  Voluntary District-wide (2-6) Z. Two (2) Math in Literature - Voluntary District-wide (Grades K-6) AA. Integrating Geography Through Children's Literature (Grades 4-8) 6B. Three (3) Hands-On Science  Voluntary District-wide CC. Making Language Learning Meaningful Session 3-4 - Southwest Junior High School DD. Cooperative Team Learning (2 cyclesi - Voluntary District-wide EE. Skills Through Literature - Stephens FF. Language Arts Integration - Rightsell GG. Increasing Effectiveness in Working with Groups - incentive School Instructional Assistants HH. Fractions, Fractions. Fractions (Grades 4-8) - Voluntary District-wide II. Positive/Negative Numbers (Grades 6-8) - Voluntary District-wide JJ. K-3 Initiative Integrated Mathematics Language Arts Approach 01/05/94 01/11/94 01/13/94 01/19/94 01/20/94 01/27/94 01/27/94 01/31/94 02/07/94 03/09/94 03/10/94 03/15/94 04/19/94 01/19/94 02/17/94 02/24/94 01/19/94 03/17/94 01/27/94 03/17/94 01/31/94 02/07/94 03/10/94 03/10/94 03/15/94 05/19/94 4Page: 17 Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L 127 L 127 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.0 Provide inservice to assist principal and faculties with strategies for promoting student achievement and growth \u0026lt;07/01/931 (06/30/94) (Asst. Superintendent, Planning, Research and Evaluation, Staff Development, Content Area Supervisors) 6.0 6.0 (Increase in achievement for all students) (Decrease in achievement gap in representative population) 6.1 Continue to provide inservice for principals on methods for developing their school improvement plan A. \"What Works\" - directed sharing for new principals B. Evaluating Literature Based Instruction * District Administrators C. Portfolio Assessment * District Administrators D. Monitoring the At-Risk Child  District Administrators E. Monitoring Instructional Effectiveness - District Administrators F. Next Step in Portfolio Writing - Jefferson G. Redesign Portfolios - Garland Incentive 50 Fall 1988 (07/01/93) 07/27/93 07/28/93 07/28/93 07/29/93 07/29/93 09/07/93 09/14/93 Ongoing (06/30/94) 07/27/93 07/28/93 07/28/93 07/29/93 07/29/93 09/07/93 09/15/93 Div of Schools Eval and Testing IRC Specialists (Asst. Superintendents) 6.1 6.1 6.1 Comprehensive and accurate product (Number of workshops in Integrating the Curriculum, Literature-based Instruction, Authentic Assessment and/or other relevant methodologies) (Better school improvement plans are submitted)Page: 18 Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria H. Writing/Getting Started  Pulaski Heights Elementary I. Integrating the Curriculum/Thematic Units - Washington/Woodruff J. Portfolio Assessment - Wilson Elementary 09/23/93 09/28/93 10/18/93 09/23/93 09/28/93 10/18/93 K. Grant Writing Workshop - Academic Incentive Grant 10/27/93 10/27/93 L. Portfolio Assessment - Washington Magnet M. Portfolio Assessment  Watson Elementary N. Portfolio Assessment (2 Sessions) - Rockefeller Incentive School 0. Focus Group - Technical Assistance - Academic Incentive Grants P. Portfolio Assessment - Bale Elementary 11/01/93 11/02/93 11/08/93 11/17/93 12/06/93 11/01/93 11/02/93 12/06/93 11/17/93 12/06/93 Q. Six (6) Portfolio Assessment Training Sessions 01/04/94 03/09/94 R. Effective Schools Training Leadership Class 02/08/94 02/22/94 S. Achieving Equity Leadership Class 03/15/94 03/15/94 T. Seven (7) Reading Inservices to Promote 02/02/94 03/15/94 Instructional Practices U. Learning Styles - Washington Interdistrict 04/04/94 04/04/94 V. Stress Management - Fair Park 04/25/94 04/25/94 W. Scientific Method * Stephens Incentive 05/02/94 05/02/94 X. Social Studies - Bale Elementary 05/04/94 05/04/94Page: 19 Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.2 Continue to assist principals in revising school improvement plans through the analysis of disaggregated data 6.3 Continue to provide special school-based program and content area inservice meetings scheduled on a regular basis with specific sessions on content methodology and interpersonal relations for program implementation in a desegregated setting A. Integrated Learning - Garland Incentive B. Hands-On Science  Rightsell Incentive C. Making Language Learning Meaningful Session 1-2 - Southwest Junior High D. Positive Discipline - Brady Elementary E. Discipline Management - Cloverdale Elementary F. Making Language Learning Meaningful Session 1-2 * Cloverdale Jr. High G. Race Relations Inservice - Metropolitan H. Portfolio Assessment * Wilson 52 July 1991 (07/01/931 1991 School Year (07/01/93) 10/04/93 10/04/93 10/08/93 10/11/93 10/11/93 10/15/93 10/16/93 10/18/93 Ongoing (06/30/94) Ongoing (06/30/94) 10/04/93 10/04/93 11/11/93 10/11/93 10/11/93 11/12/93 10/18/93 10/18/93 Assoc and Asst Supts Staff Dev Dept Content Area Supervisors Principals 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.3 6.3 6.3 Completed plans (Provide written feedback and opportunities for sharing \"What Works\" in various building-level plans) (Plans reflect strategies that evolved from disaggregated data) Workshop agendas and evaluations (A computer based compilation of individual employees/school-wide staff development activities wiil be available) (Student achievement wilt increase\ndisparity gap in representative population will decrease)Page: 20 Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria I. Classroom Discipline - Watson 10/26/93 10/26/93 J. Race Relations Inservice - Baseline K. Portfolio Assessment  Washington Magnet L. Portfolio Assessment - Watson Elementary M. Positive Discipline  McDermott N. Positive Discipline - Garland Incentive 0. Cooperative Discipline Cycle - Stephens Incentive P. Portfolio Assessment (2 Sessions) - Rockefeller Incentive Q. Positive Discipline - Mabelvale Elementary R. Working with At-Risk - Brady Elementary S. Operationalizing Equity - Fair Sr. High T. Cooperative Learning in Social Studies and Science - Williams Magnet U. Portfolio Assessment - Bale Elementary V. Integrating Math and Science - Gibbs Magnet W. Portfolio Assessment - Brady X. Hands-On Science  Bale Y. Positive Discipline  Mabelvale Junior High Z. Compton's Encyclopedia Computers - Franklin AA. Children's Writing  Franklin BB. More Portfolios - Rockefeller 11/01/93 11/01/93 11/02/93 11/02/93 11/08/93 11/08/93 11/08/93 11/15/93 11/29/93 12/06/93 12/06/93 12/06/93 12/07/93 01/04/94 01/05/94 01/10/94 01/10/94 01/14/94 01/24/94 11/01/93 11/01/93 11/02/93 11/02/93 11/08/93 11/29/93 12/06/93 11/15/93 11/29/93 12/06/93 12/06/93 12/06/93 12/07/93 01/04/94 01/05/94 01/10/94 01/10/94 01/14/94 01/24/94Page: 21 Program Seq 21 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria CC. Making Language Meaningful - Southwest Junior High DD. Race Relations - Dodd EE. Language Arts Strategies - Stephens FF. Race Relations - Brady GG. Language Arts Integration - Rightsell HH. Improving Human Relations - Mitchell II. Portfolio Assessment - Dodd JJ. Positive Confrontation  Bale KK. Portfolio Assessment - Hall 01/27/94 01/31/94 01/31/94 02/07/94 02/07/94 02/07/94 02/21/94 02/23/94 03/02/94 01/27/94 01/31/94 01/31/94 02/07/94 02/07/94 02/07/94 02/21/94 02/23/94 03/02/94 LL. Learning Styles - Mabelvale Elementary MM. Cross-Cultural Relations - Baseline NN. Integrating Math/Science - Mitchell 00. Literature in Social Studies - Geyer Springs PP. Cooperative Learning Refresher - Geyer Springs QQ. Learning Styles - Washington Interdistrict RR. Stress Management - Fair Park SS. Scientific Method - Stephens Incentive 03/07/94 03/07/94 03/14/94 03/17/94 03/21/94 04/04/94 04/25/94 05/02/94 03/07/94 03/07/94 03/14/94 03/17/94 03/21/94 04/04/94 04/25/94 05/02/94 TT. Social Studies - Bale Elementary 05/04/94 05/04/94 6.4 To provide special assistance for teachers 07/01/93 06/30/94 as requested, 54Page: 22 Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date: June 23. 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L 128 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 7.0 Form tri-district committee for collaborative procedures July 1, 1991 (07/01/93) Ongoing (06/30/94) (Directors of Staff Development from LRSD, PCSSD, ar^d NLRSD) 7.0 7.0 Ongoing analysis (Tri-district workshops will be held) 7.1 Establish tri-district committee A. Tri-district Committee is formed 7.2 Meet four times per year, two times each semester. The committee functions will be to identify and implement staff development strategies that will assist the districts in fulfilling expectations of \"maintaining quality\" desegregated school districts. A. First meeting is scheduled for October 1, 1993 B. Tri-District Committee Meeting C. Tri-District Committee Meeting 7.3 Plan any activities appropriate for collaboration, e.g., community meetings, etc. A. Teachers from LRSD were recruited for Equity in Excellence class taught by PCSSD and will receive salary credit at its completion July 1, 1991 (07/01/93) 07/01/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 05/10/94 (07/01/93) 08/26/93 Ongoing (06/30/94) 06/30/94 10/01/93 10/01/93 05/10/94 (06/30/94) 12/15/93 (Directors of Staff Development from LRSD, PCSSD, and NLRSD) (Directors of Staff Development from LRSD, PCSSD, and NLRSD) (Directors of Staff Development from LRSD, PCSSD, and NLRSD) 7.1 7.1 7.2 7.3 Ongoing analysis (Tri-district committee was formed in August, 1991) (Record of meetings and collaborative nature of areas addressed) (Documentation of number of activities among the three districts)Page: 23 Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader\nDonita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 128 8.0 Provide staff development component for effective staff development in desegregated school setting B. Meeting with Media Speciaists and Curriculum Specialists from North Little Rock and Pulaski County to plan Multicultural Fair C. Teachers from LRSD were granted salary credit for classes taken through Pulaski County Staff Development Department D. Meeting with Associate Superintendent for Desegregation from Pulaski County E. Teachers from LRSD were recruited for Equity in Excellence class taught by PCSSD and will receive salary credit F. Tri-district Multicultural Fair 56 11/16/93 09/01/93 11/30/93 12/01/93 02/23/94 (07/01/93) 11/16/93 12/17/93 11/30/93 01/07/94 02/23/94 (06/30/94) (Board of Directors, Superintendent Director of Staff Development) 8.0 (Gather and analyze data from school district participants on the effectiveness of the staff development activities designed to address their specific needs)Psge: 24 Program Seq 21 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader\nDennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 8.1 Establish staff development component a. Staff Development Dept Personnel b. Staff Development Office c. Staff Development Catalogue/Calendar July 1991 July 1991 July 1991 (07/01/93) Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing (06/30/94) Board of Directors/Supt Human Resources Dir of Staff Dev 8.1 Implementation of Staff Development Dept Employment of Director, four specialists and one secretary 8.1a (Implementation of Staff Development Department in July, 1991) 8.1b Office is operational 8.1b (Office was established in July, 1991 8.1c Distribution of catalogue/ calendar 8.1c (Staff Development Catalogue/Calendar distributed annually A. Department personnel is functioning at 86% B. Office is operational 07/01/91 06/30/94 C. Catalogue was distributed on October 1 09/01/93 10/01/93 8.2 Certified staff members (administrators and teachers) shall be trained to teach and counsel black an educationally-advantaged students. 8.3 The Little Rock School District will hire a five-member staff development team for this purpose. 8.4 The Little Rock School District Staff Development Department will be responsible for implementing the staff development services. 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94Page: 25 Program Seq if'. 21 Revision Date: June 23. 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 8,5 The staff development goats and programs currently used by the District, such as TESA, PET and others, will be continued, but a far more creative and comprehensive staff development program suitable for the needs of all employees and volunteers will be implemented. 8-6 The districts will cooperate in designing a fresh and extended approach to staff development. Included in the planning will be community resource persons and all district personnel responsible for delivering training to staff, and to parent, volunteer, or student committees or groups. 8.7 Staff development will based upon certain basic principles of human behavior, learning process and change dynamics. 8,8 The diverse training needs of staff at all employment levels will be met. 8.9 The District will establish resource banks which identify the training skills or specialized knowledge of employees and volunteers which can be shared through staff development activities. 8.10 Computer data bases will be used to record each employee's staff development history. 58 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94Page: 26 Program Seq 21 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader: Donita Hudspeth Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 8.11 Carefully planned \"training of trainers\" events will be actively used to expand inhouse training expertise. 8.12 Interdistrict training activities will be frequently offered for groups of employees and volunteers. 8.13 The District will deal decisively with the issue of racism and will involve all staff, students, and parents in a comprehensive prejudice reduction program. 8.14 Certain areas of training and staff development will be specially emphasized: utilization of volunteer resources, preparation of substitute teachers and aids, and training for parents. 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #: 22 Page: 1 Revision Date: July 28, 1994 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Dennis Glasgow Secondary Leader\nLucy Lyon Program Description: Each child in the Little Rock School District should be given access to his/her full measure of the instructional resources. Library/media services will be designed to provide for extension and enrichment of basic skills and will also accommodate the varied learning styles of students in different instructional groups. Because students will have opportunities to work and learn in the library/media center under the direction of a trained teacher-librarian, they will be able to approach learning in a variety of ways, thus accommodating their individual styles and also providing for the additional \"time on task\" or enrichment that many students need in order to internalize the material initially presented. The Districts plan is to offer a library/media program to serve learners with diverse needs, background and abilities through a comprehensive program designed to better support District goals and student needs with regard to learning styles, relevance of instruction, support of multicultural school curriculum, and the application of learning to real-life situations. Library/media services will be designed to provide for extension and enrichment of basic skills and will also accommodate the varied teaming styles of students in different instructional groups. Students will have opportunities to work and learn in the library/media center under the direction of a trained teacher-librarian. The Little Rock School District's library/media program will fulfill its potential as an essential contributor to the District's successful desegregation plan. Upon implementation of the elementary program a review of the secondary program will commence with special attention being given to meeting the interests and needs of the Districts diverse population. District Goal Support: Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal #2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal #3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs in ail phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan. Plan References: L 106, L 107, L 109, L 110 PT Program Budget: $479,954.32 1st Qtr Expend: $61,580.87 3rd Qtr Expend: $91,974 51 FTE 30 YTD Expenditures: $369,772.74 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $105,29639 Related Function Codes\n60Program Seq 22 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L109 L106 L109 L109 L109 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Lucy Lyon The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Implement the district's proposed new elementary library/media program. 1. (To provide equitable access to library resources including multicultural and audiovisual resources for all students.) 1.1 Hire consultant, coordinator, and clerical help A. Consultant, coordinator, clerical help were hired. 1.2 Review recommendation/outline new program. A. New was program outlined. 1.3 Identify equipment and material necessary for new library/media program and determine the necessary equipment to ensure each district student equity of access in standard instructional offerings. (July 1, 19931 09/20/88 09/01/88 (June 30. 1994) 10/16/88 11/01/88 (Coordinator of Library Services, Principals, Librarians) Dir of Human Serv, Supv of Inst Tech Consultant, Supv of Inst Tech. Advisory Committee Librarians Coordinator of Library Services 1. Comparison of survey results 1988-1993 will show increased use. 1. Comparison of data collected monthly will show:  Student visits will increase.  Volume of books checked out wilt increase.  Independent research by students will be documented to show use. Number of classes/groups scheduled by teachers will be documented to show use. 1.1 Contracts (Contracts are on file in Human Resources.) 1.2 Agenda for meetings (Agendas are ort file in the Dept, of Instructional Technology.) 1.3 Report/List (Surveys and list are on file in the Dept, of Instructional Technology.)Page: 3 Program Seq 22 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Ltrcy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number L109 L109 L109 L109 L109 L109 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Equipment/materials were identified. 1.4 Order equipment and materials necessary including AV software. (Determine/purchase core materials needed for each elementary school.) A. Books and reference materials supporting curriculum ordered for each school. 1.5 Prepare a tentative supplemental list of new AV film/videos, etc., and distribute. A. List of film/videos was prepared. 1.6 Develop procedures, guidelines, policy statements, and curriculum guides. A. Procedures, guidelines, policy statements and curriculum guides were completed. B. Library curriculum committee established to examine curriculum. 1.7 Conduct inservice and curriculum development for classes for librarians, principals, and teachers. Library media specialists will provide inservice training to building-level staff in the use of materials and equipment. A. Inservice and curriculum classes were held. 1.8 Process new material including cataloging. A. New material was processed. 1.9 Receive requests for AV materials for fail semester 1989. 62 10/16/88 (July 1, 1993) 01/03/94 02/01/89 (12/01/89) 04/01/94 07/01/93 12/01/89 11/01/88 April 1, 1989 12/05/88 (June 30, 1994) 03/31/94 03/01/89 05/30/90 06/30/94 06/30/94 05/30/90 10/01/89 May 30. 1989 Supv of Inst Tech, Coor of Lib Services, (Librarians) Supv of Inst Tech Consultant, Supv of Inst Tech, Coor and Advisory Committee Consultant, Supv of Inst Tech, Coor and Advisory Committee Librarians, Media Staff Supv of Inst Tech 1.4 Purchase orders (Materials supporting the curriculum will be used in each elementary school.) 1.5 Supplemental list (List on filo in Dept, of InstrucfinnBi Technology.) 1.6 File copies (Cuiriciiliiin guide, polices, and procedures on file in Dept, of Instructional Technology.) 1.7 (Agendas and memos) (Agendas and memos on file in Dept, of Instructional Technology.) 1.8 Completion memo 1.9 Checkoff list (List on file in Dept, of Instructional Technology.)Page: 4 Program Seq 22 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Lticy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. AV requests for fall semester 1989 were received. 04/01/89 05/30/89 L109 1.10 Schedule film$\\videos as possible. (Schedule videos correlated to LRSD curriculum as requested by teachers. Use of 16mm film is outdated.) (July 1. 19931 (June 30, 1994) Supv of Inst Tech (Cool Lib Serv) 1.10 Schedule (Videos correlated to curriculum will be used in each school.) A. Videos are scheduled daily and were current on: September 30, 1993\nDecember 17, 1993\nMarch 25, 1994\nJune 30, 1994 08/23/93 06/30/94 L110 1.11 Hire full-time librarians and full-time clerks for each elementary school as needed. July 1, 1993 June 30. 1994 Dir of Human Serv, Supv of Inst Tech, Coor Lib Serv, Principals 1.11 Contracts (Sufficient staff will be in place to meet state and North Central Standards for librarians. Library clerks will be staffed according to LRSD formula, based on enrollment.) A. Full-time librarians were in place in ail elementary libraries. Clerks were in place according to LRSD formula. 07/01/93 09/30/93 L110 1.12 Develop a maintenance proposal which assures prompt and efficient repair of all AV equipment independent of the time of year. (Maintain procedures for prompt and efficient repair of AV equipment.) July 1. 1993 June 30, 1994 Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) 1.12 Copy of proposal Ninety percent of equipment sent in will be repaired within a week. A. Third quarter repair record: 145 AV machines repaired - 63 within one (1) week or receipt\n70 computer monitors repaired\n33 computer cable jobs completed B. Fourth quarter repair record: 140 AV machines repaired\n7 computer monitors repaired\n22 cable jobs completed 01/03/94 04/01/94 03/31/94 06/30/94Page: 5 Program Seq #: 22 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Esinilo Matlhis Secondary Leader: I (ii\ny t yon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number L110 L109 L110 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.13 Notify teachers via librarians of the fall schedule (films/videos). (Instructional videos correlated to LRSD curriculum are scheduled. Use of 16mm film is outdated.) A. Teachers are notified on a weekly basis of current videos. 1.14 Supply films/videos per schedule. A. Videos are supplied weekly. 1.15 Develop a seven to ten year AV equipment purchase plan based on accepted life spans for equipment and equity considerations. The goal is to devise a plan which will provide the district with consistent line item cost each year to simplify budgetary planning and prevent the necessity for large one-time expenditures as is now required A. An AV equipment purchase plan was developed. B. Revision of AV equipment purchase plan was begun. 1.16 Order supplies and printing. A. Supplies and printing were ordered. 1.17 Conduct inservice for librarians and library clerks. 64 July 1, 1993 09/30/93 July 1, 1993 08/23/93 Sept. 5, 1989 09/05/89 04/01/94 Oct. 15. 1988 August each yr. (July 1) June 30, 1994 06/30/94 June 30, 1994 06/30/94 Nov. 1. 1989 11/01/89 06/30/94 June 30. 1990 Ongoing (June 30) Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) Supv of Inst Tech Supv of Inst Tech Coor of Lib Serv Librarians 1.13 File copy (Videos correlaied to the curriculum will be used in each school.) 1.14 Weekly delivery (Videos correlated to curriculum will show 1.15 Copy of plan (Copy of pl\u0026lt;in on filo in Deparimtjnt of Instructional Technology.) 1.16 Copies of purchase orders (Copies of purchase orders on file in Dept, of Instructional Technology.) Agendas (Quarterly data will reflect an increase in library use.)Page: 6 Program Seq #: 22 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L106 2. (To extend and enrich the basic skills in ways that meet students varied learning styles and promote life long learning.) A. Inservice for elementary librarians held 08/12/93, and for secondary on 08/10/93. 8. Inservice for librarians offered as follows: Abacus - October 26, 27\nGreat Books  December 2, 3, 6, 7\nSecondary Inservice - December 2 C. Inservice offered third quarter as follows: Tri-Oistrict 01/11/04\nCelebrate Literacy 03/09/94\nSecondary Chapter II 03/16/94 D. Inservice for librarians held as follows: Etementary - 04/27-83/94\n05/04/94 Secondary  04/27/94 2.5 Library media specialists will plan with classroom teachers for materials needed for classroom units. A. Librarian/Teacher Planning for Materials: Secondary Librarians have consulted with teachers 1,950 times\nElementary Librarians have consulted with teachers 4,828 times B. Librarians/Teacher planning for Materials for Dec., Jan., Feb.: Secondary Librarians consulted with teachers 4,518 times\nElementary Librarians consulted with teachers 10,375 times C. Librarians/Teachers planning for materials for March, April, May: Secondary Librarians consulted with teachers 4,190 times\nElementary Librarians consulted with teachers 9,197 times 08/10/93 08/12/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/27/94 July 1. 1993 07/01/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 05/04/94 June 30, 1994 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 Principals, Librarians Principals, Librarians 2. (As a result ut increased planning and instruction by LM Specialist, test scores will increase on norm and criterion referenced tests.) 2.1 (linpruved planning with teachers will increase student tests scores.)Program Seq #: 22 Page: 7 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2,6 Library media specialists will itlan with classroom building staff for at least one school - wide reading motivation activity each year. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principals, Librarians 2.2 (Moto books will bo checked out in each school.) A. Reading Motivation Activities Held: Secondary = 20 sessions\nElementary = 23 sessions B. Reading motivation activities held in Dec., Jan., Feb.: Secondary = 36\nElementary  67 C. Reading motivation activities held in March, April, May: Secondary = 22\nElementary = 149 2,7, Library media specialists will plan with classroom teachers for library instruction to be correlated to classroom instruction. A. Librarian/Teacher planning for instruction: Secondary - 345 sessions\nElementary = 774 sessions 6. Libfarian/Teacher planning for instruction: Secondary = 1,146\nElementary = 3,339 C. Librarian/Teacher planning for instruction: Secondary = 994\nElementary = 4,167 2.8 Library media specialists will instruct students in literary skills and reference/study skills. A. Instruction of students in Library skills: Secondary 29,212 sessions 22,674 sessions\nElementary - B. Instruction of students in library skills: Secondary  59,401\nElementary =: 68,254 C. Instruction of students in library skills: Secondary = 42,971\nElementary - 91,263 66 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 07/01/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 07/01/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 Principals, Librarians Principals, Librarians 2.3 (Improved planning with teachers will result in higher achievement for students.I 2.4 (Abacus assessment will show mastery of reference/study skills.)Page: 8 Program Seq 22 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan 133 133 134 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. The selection of materials/resources to support the curriculum in desegregated school districts is a multi-district goal of the library media programs. 2. The inservice training library media staff members to desegregated school districts is a multi-district goal of the library media programs. 3. Utilization of television technology in desegregated school districts is a multi-district goal of the library media programs. 1.1 Continue hosting Multi-District, Multicultural Resource Sharing Fair. In the future, the fair site will rotate among the three districts. A. Two tri-district meetings held to plan Pair. Date of Fair set for 02/22/94 with NLR hosting B. Multicultural Materials Fair, with NLR hosting, held at North Little Rock High School, East Campus. 1.2 Begin hosting Multi-District Resource Sharing Fair with book and AV materials, vendors, rotating the site among the three districts. 2.1 Plan to host multi-district inservice meetings such as the one sponsored by the Pulaski County Educational Service Cooperative in April of 1988 to explain the new national guidelines for school library media program planning. 2.2 Plan to host inservice training for multidistrict library media specialists using district employees. A. Tri District meeting planned for 01/11 /94. B. Tri-District Inservice held 01/11/94. 3.1 Implement utilization of cable channel 19 and/or videotapes produced at Metro to teach basis skills, etc. 67 Annually 11/30/93 02/22/94 07/01/93 Ongoing To be established 11/16/93 01/11/94 To be established Ongoing 11/30/93 02/22/94 06/30/94 Ongoing Ongoing 11/16/93 01/11/94 To be established Library Media Director or responsible person (including NRLSDI 1 ihrary Media Directors or responsible person (including NLRSD) Library Media Directors or responsible person Resources will be selected, purchased, and utilized by teachers and students as they teach the curriculum of the desegregated school districts. liKScrvice iiaiiiing wilt dcvulop skills for litirary medial specialists who work in desegiegaied school districts Students will gain practical vocational experience in running a television studio\nstudents will benefit from instructional units provided over cable system or recorded for later classroom usePage: 9 Program Seq 22 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Est\u0026lt;!lle Matlhis Secondary Leader: I ucy I yon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/niedid services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\u003cdcterms_creator\u003eLittle Rock School District\u003c/dcterms_creator\u003e\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_217","title":"Little Rock School District (LRSD) Fourth Quarter Status Report, Volume II, part 2","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["Little Rock School District"],"dc_date":["1994-08-15"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Finance","Educational statistics"],"dcterms_title":["Little Rock School District (LRSD) Fourth Quarter Status Report, Volume II, part 2"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/217"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["reports"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nLRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Prog raw Seq if: 46 Page: 1 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Program Name: CoMfXJter Loan Program Program Code: 56 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Description: (Portable laptop computers and software will be available for home check-out to students to improve skills In basic core curriculum areas, provided by staff, parents and teachers.) Training on their use will be District Goal Support: I element integrated educational programs that will insure that all students grow academically, socially and eationally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment trfille closing disparities in achievement. Program Goal: The intent of the academic progratas, instructional methodologies and instructional technology is to promote excellence in education for all students in the incentive schools. Plan References: L 153 FY Program Budget: $2,500.00 1st Qtr Expend: 3rd Otr Expend: FTE YTD Expenditures: 2nd Otr Expend: 4th Otr Expend: Related Fiviction Codes: 1LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Prograa Seq *: kb Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Maae: Coafuter Loan Prograa Prograa Code: 56 Prinary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: The intent of the acadeaic programs, instructional methodologies and instructional technology is to promote excellence in education for all students in the Incentive Schools. Plan Reference Page Nuiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 153 1.0 (A computer loan program will be available for loan to students (grades 4-6) for use at home. Remediation and enrichment software will be available for home-based experiences. The program will augment the academic program and meet the cognitive, social and emotional needs of students.) 1.1 (Students and parents will be trained on the use of the laptop computers and will check them out to allow students practice skills and remediate deficiencies and/or enrichment skills in the core curriculim areas.) A. Laptop computers are available for check-out at each school. Completion - 1991 lOOX. B. Department of Instructional Technology has assisted in providing training for parents and students at Stephens. FRANKLIN C. Training was provided for parents on the use of laptop computers. 0. Training for parents and students will continue to be scheduled on the building level, as needed. 07/01/93 06/30/94 (Deseg. Facilitator, Technology Coordinator, Principals, Teaches, parents. Asst. Supt.) 1.0 (Students will improve on teacher-made tests and Abacus assessment) 1.1 (A check-out list will indicate the number of computers and software checked out by students.) 1.1 (Software purchased for remediation and enrichment checkout will be available.) 08/23/93 11/13/93 12/11/93 07/01/93 12/31/93 11/13/93 12/11/93 06/30/94 0 7Page: 3 PrograM Seq *: 46 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Program Name: Computer Loan Progran Program Code: 56 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: The intent of the academic programs, instructional methodologies and instructional technology is to promote excellence In education for all students in the Incentive Schools. Plan Reference Page Nimijer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria MITCHELL C. Computers are available for checkout by parents. They have been checked out seven times. RIGHTSELL C. Laptop computers are used in the library during free-flow. They are checked out for use in the classrooms and during Extended Day. 0. There are three laptop computers available for checkout. E. Laptop computer training held for parents. ROCKEFELLER C. Three laptop computers are available. They have been checked out a total of 150 times. 0. Laptops are used in the classrooms during the regular school day. STEPHENS C. Laptop training uas held for parents and for students In grades 4 - 6 during Extended Day. 278 09/01/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 11/20/93 01/03/94 06/01/94 10/01/93 10/01/93 10/11/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 11/20/93 01/03/94 06/01/94 06/07/94 06/30/94 12/02/93LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq i: 47 Page: I Revision Date: July 28. 1994 Program Name: Extended Day/Week Program Code: SI Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive Schot\u0026gt;l Principals Program Description: An after*achool program will be planned at each school to meet the educational, social and emotional needs of students. Staff at the school will assist in identifying programs and resources to enhance student development. A major con^nent of the after school program is the Homework Center which assists students with educational activities that reinforce, remediate, or enrich classroom work. Extended Week activities are provided through the Saturday Program. The Saturday Program itKiudes course offerings, field trips, tutoring and other activities that enrich or reinforce the cognitive social and emotional needs of the students. Transportation is provided. Staff members receive additional compensation for the additional work. Although it is anticipated that the school day shall extend from 8:00 a.m, to 5:00 p.m.. Homework Centers will be extant in each school at least three divs per week to assist students who are in need of specific help with class material. It will be necessary to provide transportation home for students who remain at the Homework Center so that students whose parents cannot supply transportation and/or who live outside of the area which is reasonable walking distance may avail themselves of the center. If atudents choose not to attend Homework Centers, other options for student assistance will be explored. Staffing for the Homework Centers will be in the form of classroom teachers who will be available on a \"volunteer* rotating basis, community volunteerv and peer tutors. Staff will be compensated. Homework Centers will have a certified teacher working, If the number of atudents reaches 25, an instructional aide shall be added to assist studenta. When the number of students attending regularly reaches 50, an additional certified teacher will be hired. Thereafter, as each additional increment of 25 atudenta attend, instructional aides and teachers will be added on an alternating baaia. A Homework Hotline is available for students who do not attend the Homework Centers. Homework Hotlines should also be put into place fif survey of parents indicates a desire for a hotline) to be open from 6:00  8:00 Monday through Thursday evenings. Thia too will be staffed by teachers on a rotating basis such that each incentive teacher will provide one (1) evenings service approximately every 45 class days. District Goal Support: Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Program Goal: To devdop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan References: L180- 181 FY Program Budget: $747,247.70 1st Qtr Expend: $25,550.48 3rd Qtr Expend: $239,020.28 FTE YTD Elxpenditures: $901,086.26 2nd Qtr Expend: $192,460.04 4th Qtr Expend: $444,055.46 I Related Function Codes: ]LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMEMT Page: 2 Program Seq *: 47 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Program Name: Extended Day/Ueek Program Code: 57 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Program Goal: To develop siffiort programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nimber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafjletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 180-181 L 180-181 1.0 Special skills programs to be offered after school on a four-day per week basis (or whatever the desi(piated time for extended day activities) p. 173 - K (A designated schedule is established for extended day by the LRSD) 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principals, School Staff (Counselor, Director of Pupil Services) 9.0 (The interest of students will be determined by an increase in the number of students participating Day Programs.) in Extended 1.1 Establish offerings to include some of the following: choir, music and dance in addition to Hoamwork Center and peer tutoring. A. Programs are in place at each incentive school FRANKLIN B. Students in grades 1-6 are given the opportunity to participate in 6 hours per week of Extended Day activities. C. The Extended Day activities were revised during the third nine- weeks. Each Wednesday the students participate in two 45 minute activities. D. The Extended Day program continued with the revision made during the 3rd nine week period. GARLAND e. Heritage singers established during Extended Day program. 07/01/93 09/28/93 01/18/94 05/12/94 06/30/94 05/12/94 05/12/94 05/12/94 c. Ui Ison-Robinson's Dance Troop established for primary and intermediate gra^s. 280 Principals, School Staff Principal, School Staff 9.1 (The interest of students will be determined by an increase in the number of students participating in Extended Day Programs.) (The students are exposed to a broader range of extra-curricular activities.)Page: 3 Progrm Seq *: 47 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Progran Name: Extended Day/Ueek Prograa Code: 57 Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Prograa Goal: To develop sifport prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportinities for all students. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf)letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria GARLAND (continued) 0. Odyssey of the Mind established for intermediate students. E. Wellness Club opportunities are open to all students in grades 1 - 6. F. CHESS - Children Helping Envision Sure Success is in place from Pre- K through the 6th grade. G. Intramural Sports Club has been established (volleyball, badminton, bowling, croquet, tennis and endball). H. Taekwondo-Korean Martial Arts Club has been established emphasizing self discipline and \"doing the right thing.\" Five students went to Memphis and seven went to Daitas. trophies were won. I nail, 14 Three First Place, seven Second Place, and three Third Place. I. Girl Scout Troop #320, and Boy Scout Troop #49, continue to offer traditional scouting activities and opportunities. Girl Scouts are open to students in grades 1-6. The girls have performed several service projects this year. They made placemats for the Oaks Nursing Home\nsent articles to the Red Cross, and corresponded with other Scout troops. Students have also performed activities to help them earn badges. 09/01/93 05/30/94 28 JPage: 4 Progran Seq f: 47 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Progran Name: Extended Day/Ueek Program Code: 57 Prinary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Progran Goal: To develop si^iport programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nudier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafjletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria GARLAND (continued) The Boy Scouts are open to students in grades 1-6. The boys have experienced camping, canoeing, hiking, and fishing. They will incorporate woodworking and painting skills while constructing a wooden model derby 09/01/93 05/30/94 car. They will be introduced to some carpentry tools, such as a drill, sander, a coping saw, and a small band saw. J. Garland had two teams to compete in the Odyssey of the Hind competition in Clarksville, AR. They built a structure out of 10/01/93 03/30/94 K. balsa wood. Weights were put on the structure until in crushed. Extended Day activities wre held three days per week. The students work on homework, spend more time working on skills, creative storytelling, paired reading, choral reading, plays poetry writing, math skill games, one on one reinforcement, tutoring, incorporating computers, clubs, and activities. MITCHELL B. Extended Day activities include: theater, movement, ballet, cooking/catering, scouting, chess, art club, drawing, sewing, educational games, arts \u0026amp; crafts, and boys and girls athletics. The Homework Center is a part of the Extended Day program. 28 O 09/01/93 09/21/93 05/30/94 06/30/94Page: 5 Progm Seq *: 47 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Program NaMe: Extended Day/Ueek ProgrtH Code: 57 Priaury Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Pi incipals Prograa Goal: To develop st^iport prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportmities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nuaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL B. Extended Day includes: Homework Center, Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, Art Clib, Reading Club, Spanish Club, Alphabet Phonics, Career Mentors Club, Band, Great Books Alive, Cheerleaders, Photography Club, Just Say NO Club, Student Council, Newspaper Staff, Math Olympiad, Quiz Bowl ROCKEFELLER B. Survey sent out to parents to determine interest in activities to be offered during Extended Day - September 1993 C. Extended Day offerings include: Art, Choir, Tennis, Swinning, Cooking, Computer, Drama, Hath Manipulatives, Aerobics, Dance, Spanish, Science Extension, Cub and Brownie Scouts, Crafts, Book Making, String Instrunents. D. 200 students are enrolled for Extended Day. E. Children were rotated at semester to participate in new activities. STEPHENS B. 97 students are enrolled for Extended Day. The programs offered are as follows:  (mixed), Boys' Chorus, Cheerleading, Dance Team, Choir Calligraphy, Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, Young Astronauts, Spanish, Computer, Drama, Leisure Activities (rope-jumping, board games, arts and crafts), Homework Center and Peer-Tutoring. 283 10/01/93 10/01/93 01/04/93 09/21/93 06/06/94 05/12/94 05/12/94 05/12/94LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 6 Prograa Seq *: 47 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Program Name: Extended Day/Ueek Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Program Goal: To develop si\u0026lt;]port programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nudier L 188 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coa^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.0 Areas to be investigated for possible plan inclusion. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Assoc. Stpts., Asst. Sipts. 1.0 (School community members (input from members of the school conmunity) 2.1 (Saturday enrichment programs. Programs will be developed at the building level based on the educational needs and interests of (Principals, teachers, parents) students to enhance learning. These 1.1 (An increase in the number of students participating in Saturday Program.} programs will include but shall not be limited to: field trips, enrichment activities, tutoring, parent maketake, book fairs, PE A. Saturday programs are scheduled twice per month and include suggested activities. GARLAND B. Saturday Programs are scheduled weekly and include suggested activities. 09/01/93 05/30/94 C. Field trips are held on Saturdays. They are listed under Field Trips. MITCHELL B. Saturday programs are scheduled twice per month and include suggested activities. RIGHTSELL B. The Rightsell Saturday Program is scheduled twice per month. The program offers field trips, enrichment activities and parents are encouraged to attend. Enrichment Activities/School Tutoring 284 09/01/93 09/21/93 10/01/94 10/09/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 10/09/93 1.1 (Students educational growth will be evidenced by improvement on Abacus assessment and teacher-made tests.)Page: 7 Prograa Seq *: 47 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Program Name: Extended Day/Ueek Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Prograa Goal: To develop st^port programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nimber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL (continued) Pinnacle Mountain Mann Days 10/23/93 10/23/93 Native American Festival 11/13/93 11/13/93 Bradberry Tree Farm 11/20/93 11/20/93 Pryamid Gallery * Ed Dwight Exhibit, Arkansas Territorial Restoration, Old State House and Decorative Arts Museum Rightsell Enrichment Activity Day * Movie and Tutoring Mahogany Visions Art Studio Arkansas Agri Museum - Black History Exhibit and Scott Winfield Bond Exhibit Decorative Arts Museum - Quilt Exhibit  Little Rock Zoo - North American Exhibit School Carnival 9:00 - 2:00 12/11/93 02/05/94 02/19/94 03/05/94 04/09/94 04/23/94 05/07/94 12/11/93 02/05/94 02/19/94 03/05/94 04/09/94 04/23/94 05/07/94 ROCKEFELLER B. Saturday Field Trips: Old State House Wilderness Gallery 10/02/93 10/02/93 War Memorial Fitness Center/Music Aerobics 10/16/93 10/16/93 Razorback Football Game 11/06/93 11/06/93 Arkansas Territorial Restoration 12/04/93 12/04/93 Pizza Hut 01/22/94 01/22/94 Children's Museun/Train Station 02/05/94 02/05/94 Husetxn of Natural History 285 02/19/94 02/19/94Page: 8 Progran Seq *: 47 Revision Date: July 18. 1994 Progran Nane: Extended Day/Ueek Progran Code: Prinary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Progran Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportmities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nmber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER (continued) 03/05/94 03/05/94 Storytelling with Curtis Tate Images of Africa 03/10/94 03/10/94 Climb Pinnacle Mountain 04/09/94 04/09/94 Heifer Project 04/23/94 04/23/94 Junior Jog 05/14/94 05/14/94 STEPHENS B. Homework/Tutoring C. Field Trips Birnam Wood Nursery 10/16/93 10/16/93 Baptist Medical Center (Gr. 1-6) The Children's Museum (Gr. 1-6) Territorial Restoration (Gr. 1-6) Old State House (Gr. 1-6) State Capitol 10/23/93 11/20/93 12/04/93 12/11/93 12/11/93 10/23/93 11/20/93 12/04/93 12/11/93 12/11/93 Arkansas Museum of Science \u0026amp; History (Gr. 1-6) 01/08/94 01/08/94 Omujo Studio (Gr. 1-6) 01/22/94 01/22/94 Arkansas Museum of Science \u0026amp; History (Gr. 1-6) - Food Chains Arkansas Museum of Science \u0026amp; History (Gr. 1-6)  African American Heritage William F. Layman Library (Gr. 1- 6) Pulaski Heights Jr. High - Fathers' Basketball Tournament (Gr. 1-6) 28G 02/05/94 02/19/94 03/05/94 03/19/94 02/05/94 02/19/94 03/05/94 03/19/94Page: 9 Prograa Seq *: 47 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Name: Extended Day/Ueek Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Prograa Goal: To develop support prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportixiities for all students. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coi^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria STEPHENS (continued) Museum of Science and History (Gr. 1-6) National Civil Rights Museum (Gr. 1-6) Mahogany Visions Community Arts Center (Gr. 1*6) 2.2 Transportation will be provided for children attending extended day. A. Transportation is provided for students as needed. STEPHENS B. A Saturday bus route schedule has been provided to all students 04/19/94 04/23/94 05/07/94 10/01/93 11/01/93 04/19/94 04/23/94 05/07/94 12/17/93 11/01/93 3.0 To provide compensation to staff. 3.1 Additional compensation will be given to teachers/principals who work extra periods of time at the incentive 07/01/93 06/30/94 schools. Investigate conwunity education classes for parents in the incentive school communities and conduct Saturday enrichment programs, A. Staff members are paid according to appropriate compensation records. 287 09/21/93 06/30/94 Manager of Support Services, Principals (Payroll records)Page: 10 Prograa Seq *: 47 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Name: Extended Day/Ueek Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Prograa Goal: To develop support prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nudier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.0 The Little Rock School District should keep statistics on the Saturday Programs and transmit these statistics to the monitoring office, Adopt a uniform method of recording attendance to accurately reflect student participation in the extended week program, Records should indicate the nuirber of participating children from each school by grade level gender for each Saturday. , race, and A school should maintain records not only for the host Saturday, but should also be able to account for its students* participation when the partner school is host. Cumulative documentation should record the number of participants on any given Saturday, the total number of incentive school students who have participated at least once, and the number of times any one student has participated. 5.0 Include strategies for incorporating parental involvement into the extended week activities. 288LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 11 PrograM Seq *: 47 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 PrograM Name: Extended Dey/Ueek PrograM Code: 57 PriMBry Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals PrograM Goal: To develop st\u0026lt;:port prograaB and procedures Uiich Mill allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page HiMber L 180 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.0 To provide Hoaework Centers for the students at these schools through the extended day program. 07/01/93 06/30/94 1.0 (By monitoring the student activities in Homework Center during extended day, students will improve academically on teacher-made tests, Abacus assessment and standardized tests.) 6.1 (Schedules will be set at the schools to meet their students needs. Hours will meet students needs. (Homework Centers will be provided as a part of extended day.) A. Homework Centers are offered to assist students with homework. FRANKLIN B. Students are offered homework assistance through the Extended Day program three days per week. 10/05/93 06/30/94 GARLAND B. Homework Centers are offered during the first hour of each extended day period. MITCHELL B. Homework Centers are offered during the first hour of each extended day period. RIGKTSELL B. The homework center is offered Tuesday through Thursday from 2:45 to 3:15 p.m. 289 09/21/93 09/21/93 10/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 All divisions (principals, staff, and the deseg. facilitator)Page: 12 Prograa Seq *: 47 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Name: Extended Day/Ueek Prograa Code: 57 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Prograa Goal: To develop S4\u0026lt;port prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportoiities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nuitier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER B. Homework Centers are offered to assist students on Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday of each week. 09/28/93 06/30/94 C. Instruction during extended day focused heavily on skills that ere tested on Stanford-8. Strengths and weaknesses were identified and children were taught in small groups to address areas of greatest need. 01/03/94 04/19/94 D. Homework Hotline bulletin with telephone number sent as a reminder to parents. STEPHENS B. Homework Centers are established. Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday from 2:50 p.m. to 3:50 p.m. Homework Centers are established on Saturday twice monthly. 97 students are enrolled in Homework Centers. 04/11/94 09/21/93 04/11/94 05/12/94 7.0 Evaluate the relationship of homework hotline use to the Homework Centers and to awareness of the hotline. 290 IPage: 13 Progran Seq *: 47 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Progran NaMe: Extended Day/Ueek Program Code: 57 Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Program Goal: To develop sifiport prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Mimber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CcMpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 8.0 Conduct a study to determine what types of activities would be most appealing to students and their parents for incorporation into future extended activities The extended programs should be based upon information gleaned from the SEP*s and other input from school staff, parents, and the students themselves planned as a logical reinforcement and expansion of the individual plan created to meet each student*s learning needs. 9.0 Students who live in the Washington attendance zone and cannot attend Washington will have access to extended day activities, extended year activities, and the scholarship program if a plan to manage this arrangement is approved by the Court. 291LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 14 Progran Seq f: 47 Revision Date: July 18. 1994 Program Name: Extended Day/Ueek Program Code: 57 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Program Goal: To develop st^iport programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportuiities for all students. Plan Reference Page Ntadier L 180 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 8.0 To provide Homework Hotlines for the students at these schools through the extended day program. 07/01/93 06/30/94 1.0 (By monitoring the student usage of the Homework Hotline during extended day, students will improve academically on teacher-made tests. Abacus assessment and standardized tests.) 8.1 (Homework Hotlines (or another option) should be put in place (if survey of parents indicates a desire 07/01/93 06/30/94 for a hotline). The hotlines wiII be staffed by teachers on a rotating basis.) A. AP\u0026amp;L hotline information is available to parents. MITCHELL B. Fliers are sent home periodically informing parents of the homework hotline. A copy is available RIGHTSELL B. Homework Hotline  1-800-283-4321 1-800-753-MATH C. Parent notices sent quarterly. 0. Stickers with AP \u0026amp; L Homework Hotline rxfnber were sent home. ROCKEFELLER B. AP \u0026amp; L hotline information is available to parents. 4321 1-800-283- C. Homework Hotline Bulletin with phone number sent to parents as a reminder. 292 10/01/93 09/21/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 10/01/93 04/11/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 01/03/94 06/30/94 04/11/94 All divisions - principals, staff, and desegregation facilitatorPage: 15 Prograa Seq f: 47 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograai Naae: Extended Day/Ueek Prograa Code: 57 Priaery Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Prograai Goal: To develop sipport prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria STEPHENS B. Bi-monthly fliers are sent home announcing the scheduled day and time the homework hotline is available. 08/23/94 06/07/94 293LRSD FY 93 94 PR(XjRAM BUDGET 1XX?UMENT Program Seq 48 Page: 1 Revision Date: July 28, 1994 Program Name: Field Trips Program Code: 59 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Description: (Field trips are planned to allow students in the Incentive Schools cultural and hands-on experiences beyond the regular classroom setting. Community access field trips are planned to allow students in the incentive schools and students in other Little Rock schools to have educational and cultural experieiKes together by visiting various segments of the community. The field trips are planned by principals, staff members and parents.) Field trips will be used to enhance learning, to broaden cultural experiences, to provide hands-on experiences for knowledge of the world, and to assist in the development of coping skills for students. Each school will incorporate special activities into the total school program. Choices for each school will be determined by the needs/interests at the building level. Staff and parents will determine when and how activities will be implemented. Field trips will be made an integral part of student life in every incentive school. Field trips must also fiimish the incentive school children with racially desegregated experiences as stipulated in the Interdistrict Desegregation Plan. District Goal Support: Implement integrated educational programs that will insure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Program Goal: To develop and implement a quality academic program for Incentive Schools. To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. I Plan References: L 158 -181 FY Program Budget: $33,000.00 1st Qtr Expend: $3,210.95 3rd Qtr Expend: $10,063.17 FTE YTD Expenditures: $32,998.03 2nd Qtr Elxpend: $7,404.63 4th Qtr Expend: $12,319.28 Related Function Codes: 294LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 1 Prograa Seq *: 48 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Maae: Field Trips Prograa Code: 59 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Mffeer L 158 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 Field trips will be used to enhance learning, to broaden cultural experiences, tp provide hands-on experiences for knowledge of the world and to assist in the development of coping skills for students. 1.0 (Local field trips (see Support Program) may be supplemented with a state or national trip.) 07/01/93 06/30/94 (Staff, Parents, VIPS) 1.0 (Review relationship of field trips to subject area taught and students' educational, social and emotional needs and determine the effectiveness through iirprovement in classroom performance. Abacus assessment and teacher-made tests.) A. Local field trips are taken each month. GARLAND B. Field trips taken include the following: 09/01/93 06/30/94 Old State House (Gr. 1-6) 02/12/94 02/12/94 St. Paul Church - Heritage Singers and the Winson-Robinson Dance Troupe Uilbur Mills High School - Heritage Singers and Ui Ison- Robinson Dance Troupe Black Access TV CHannel 4 (Gr. 2) Calabash Restaurant (Gr. 1-6) 02/13/94 02/16/94 02/18/94 02/19/94 02/13/94 02/16/94 02/18/94 02/19/94 David 0. Dodd Elementary - Heritage Singers and the Wilson- Robinson Dance Troup 02/23/94 02/23/94 Little Rock Zoo (Gr. 2) 02/25/94 02/25/94 Geyer Springs Elementary - Heritage Singers and the wiIson- Robinson Dance Troupe Arkansas Flower Show - Statehouse Convention Center (Gr. 1-6) 02/25/94 02/26/94 02/25/94 02/26/94 ^52 Page: Program Seq *: 48 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Program Name: Field Trips Program Code: 59 Primary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for alt students. Plan Reference Page Nimber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria GARLAND (continued) KABF Radio Station (Gr. 2) 03/04/94 03/04/94 Geyer Springs Elementary  Heritage Singers Memphis, TN - Taekwondo Tournament (Gr. 2-6) Children's Museum of Arkansas (Gr. 2) Fulbright Elementary - Heritage Singers and the Wilson-Robinson Dance Troupe Dallas, TX - Taekwondo Tournament Old State House (Gr. 1-6) Mahogany Visions Community Arts Center (Gr. 1-6) Robinson Music Hall (4-year-olds through Gr. 1) Arkansas Arts and Science Center - Pine Bluff Robinson Music Hall (Gr. 4-6) Friends of the Carousel (Gr. 1-6) Horace Mann Jr. High (Grades 4-6) Millington, TN - Taekwondo Tournament (Gr. 2*6) * 5 students Party in the Park - McArthur Park (Gr. 1-6) - The Wilson-Robinson Dance Troupe end the Heritage Singers Ark. Game \u0026amp; Fish Commission (Gr. 4) 296 03/04/94 03/04/94 03/09/94 03/09/94 03/11/94 03/17/94 03/19/94 03/21/94 03/22/94 03/24/94 04/09/94 04/13/94 04/15/94 04/16/94 04/22/94 03/04/94 03/04/94 03/09/94 03/09/94 03/12/94 03/17/94 03/19/94 03/21/94 03/22/94 03/24/94 04/09/94 04/13/94 04/15/94 04/16/94 04/22/943 Page: Progran Seq *: 46 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograai Naae: Field Trips Prograai Code: 59 Prinary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograai Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nudjer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Kingwood, TX * Taekwondo Tournament (Gr. 2*6) 7 students Shrine Circus * Barton Coliseum (Gr. 1-6) Native American Day at the L.R. Zoo (Gr. 1-6) Friends of the Carousel (Gr. 1*2) Ark. State Capitol (Gr. 4*6) Discovery Zone (Gr. 4-6) Parkview High School The Children's Museun (Gr. 3*6) The Wilson*Robinson Dance Troupe Musetin of Science and History (Gr. 1*6) Hurray Lock and Dam (Gr. 3) Sol Alman Company (Gr. 3) 04/22/94 04/22/94 04/23/94 04/23/94 04/26/94 04/27/94 04/28/94 04/29/94 04/29/94 04/30/94 05/03/94 05/03/94 04/23/94 04/23/94 04/26/94 04/27/94 04/28/94 04/29/94 04/29/94 04/30/94 05/03/94 05/03/94 Arts Center - Children's Theatre (Gr. K, 4) 05/03/94 05/03/94 Little Rock Zoo (Gr. 4-6) 05/05/94 05/05/94 Ark. Territorial Restoration Central Ark. Library (Gr. 2) UALR Planetariun (Gr. 1, 2) Ark. Territorial Restoratiwi (Gr. 1*6) Mardi Gras in the Heights (Gr. 1- 6) Children's Museum of Ark. L. R. Zoo (Gr. 2) Hid-America Museum (Gr. 6) 05/07/94 05/10/94 05/13/94 05/14/94 05/14/94 05/17/94 05/17/94 05/17/94 05/07/94 05/10/94 05/13/94 05/14/94 05/14/94 05/17/94 05/17/94 05/17/94  aaa4 Page: Prograa Seq *: 48 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Maae: Field Trips Prograa Code: 59 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Kayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Mcwber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Horace Mann Jr. High (Gr. 3-6) The Wilson-Robinson Dance Troupe and The Heritage Singers 05/18/94 05/18/94 Blanchard Springs Caverns (Gr. 6) Children's Museum (Gr. 1*6) 05/18/94 05/21/94 05/18/94 05/21/94 Wildwood Center for the Performing Arts (Gr. 1) 05/23/94 05/23/94 L. R. Airport (Gr. 2) 05/24/94 05/24/94 Pinnacle Mountain State Park (Gr. 6) 05/25/94 05/25/94 National Park Duck Tour (Gr. 6) 06/03/94 06/03/94 MITCHELL B. Field trips taken: Arkansas Arts Center Childrens' Theatre Lorenzen \u0026amp; Co. Booksellers Little Rock Central Library Game \u0026amp; Fish Connission Calabash African Cafe Pet Store Arkansas State House St. Vincent Hospital University Mall Classic Productions RIGHTSELL B. List of field trips (see files for dates) 10/01/93 06/30/94 Dino's Alive non5 Page: Prograa Seq f: 48 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Maae: Field Trips Prograa Code: 59 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaipletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria UALR Planetarium Peer Helpers Training  Ferndale Arkansas State Fair Pmpkin Patch Pinnacle Mountain Hann Oays/Native American Festival Red Ribbon Parade Arkansas Flag and Banner Museum of Science and History AAC - Snow White Sylvan Hills High - Aladdin Anne Franks Conmunity Exhibit - Arkansas Childrens Museum Southwest Hospital Baucum Nursery Sol A Iman Recycling Center Davis Tire and Rubber Co. Paris Towers Rosamond Nursing Home Casa Viva Mann  The Little Match Girl 01/03/94 06/30/94 KTHV Charnel 11 Arkansas Geology Learning Center Toltec Mounds Arkansas Children's Hospital Old State House6 Page: Progran Seq *: 48 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Progran Nane: Field Trips Progran Code: 59 Prianry Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progran Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Niafcer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CoB^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Aesop's Fables - AAC Dunbar International Magnet Calabash Restaurant Metropolitan Vocational Center Old State House Decorative Arts Museum Pyramid Gallery - Ed Dwight Exhibit State Capitol North Little Rock Library AAC * Giants (play) Plantation Agriculture Museum Arkansas Territorial Restoration Robinson Center - Freedom Train (play) Kids Against Tobacco Teleconference (St. Vincent) Jordan Davie Portrait Studio Andy Warhol Exhibit  University Mall Heifer Project International Carver Magnet - Invention Convention L. R. Air Force Base Kohler Bakery UALR Planetariun L. R. Zoo/War Memorial Park 3007 Page: PrograM Seq *: 48 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 PrograM NaMe: Field Trips PrograM Code: 59 Priaery Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart PrograM Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Mvfeer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaipletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Booker Arts Magnet Blanchard Springs Caverns Arkansas Children's Museum Riverfest Horace Mann/RightselI Party in the Park Earth Day Celebration * Ark. Game \u0026amp; Fish Commission Andy Warhol Exhibit University Hall ROCKEFELLER B. First semester field trips taken: McArthur Park Museum of Science and History Arkansas Arts Center Fire Station Little Rock Zoo, Dino's Alive Hidden Valley Dairy Farm Harvest Foods Governor's Mansion Sylvan Hills Senior High Play Robinson Center Theater Arkansas Tech University (gifted and talented students) C. Third quarter field trips: 01/03/94 03/25/94 Arkansas State Capitol Museun of Science and HistoryPage: 8 PrograM Seq f: 48 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 PrograM HaMe: Field Trips PrograM Code: 59 Prinary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Kart PrograM Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page NiMber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Ccaf\u0026gt;letian Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Central Arkansas Transit Authority Bus ride McArthur Park Arkansas Repertory Theater St. Vincent Infirmary D. Fourth quarter field trips: Mexican Dancers at Mann Magnet 04/13/94 04/13/94 McArthur Park Fire Station 04/15/94 04/15/94 Arkansas Arts Center - The Emperor's New Clothes 04/22/94 04/22/94 Heifer Project 05/20/94 05/20/94 Little Rock Zoo 04/27/94 04/27/94 International Art Exhibit and Young Artists 05/03/94 05/03/94 Southwest Hospital 05/12/94 05/12/94 Arkansas Game \u0026amp; Fish Commission 04/28/94 04/28/94 Petit Jean Mountain 04/28/94 04/28/94 Post Office 05/22/94 05/22/94 Airport 05/25/94 05/25/94 Murry Lock \u0026amp; Dam 05/11/94 05/11/94 Calabash Restaurant 05/18/94 05/18/94 Little Rock Club - Lunch for graduating 6th graders Arkansas Museum of Science \u0026amp; History STEPHENS 302 05/16/94 06/01/94 05/16/94 06/01/94Page: 9 Prograa Seq *: 46 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Naae: Field Trips Prograa Code: 59 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nudxr Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Field trips taken include the following: Arkansas Arts Center (Pre*K, K) Arkansas State Fair (Pre-K, K) 09/22/93 10/11/93 09/22/93 10/11/93 Arkansas State Fair (Gr. 6 and GT classes) 10/12/93 10/12/93 Pumpkin Patch (Pre-K, K) 10/21/93 10/21/93 Baucum Tree Nursery (Gr. 2, 3) 10/22/93 10/22/93 Drug Parade (Gr. 4-6) 10/25/93 10/25/93 Baucim Tree Nursery (Gr. 4-6) 10/26/93 10/26/93 Fire Station (Pre-K, K) 10/28/93 10/28/93 Robinson Center - Beauty and the Beast (Gr. 4) Ark. Geology Learning Center (Gr. K-2) Ark. Game and Fish Connission (Gr. K-3) Ron Mining - Jessieville, Ar (Gr. 4*6) Pinnacle Htn. State Park (Gr. K) Baptist Hospital (Gr. 1-6) The Children's Museum (Gr. 1*6) Pizza Hut (K) Bradbury Christinas Tree Farm (Pre-K, K) Robinson Center - Nutcracker (Gr. 4-6) 11/01/93 11/02/93 11/02/93 11/11/93 11/17/93 11/13/93 11/20/93 12/01/93 12/08/93 12/10/93 11/01/93 11/02/93 11/02/93 11/11/93 11/17/93 11/13/93 11/20/93 12/01/93 12/08/93 12/10/93 ^3Page: 10 Progm Seq *: 48 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Program Nane: Field Trips Progran Code: 59 Prinary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progran Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nudier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Umoja Studio (Gr. 1*6} 12/11/93 12/11/93 Arkansas Arts Center - Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs (Pre-K, K) 12/15/93 12/15/93 Arkansas Arts Center (Gr. 5*6) 12/17/93 12/17/93 Arkla Gas Co./Ark. Nursing Home (mixed choir) 12/15/93 12/15/93 Arkansas State Capitol (Pre K*K\u0026gt; 01/12/94 01/12/94 Children's Hospital (K) 01/25/94 01/25/94 National Weather Service (Gr. 5 \u0026amp; 6) 02/08/94 02/08/94 Murray Lock \u0026amp; Dam (Gr. 3 \u0026amp; 4) 02/09/94 02/09/94 U.S. Post office (Pre K-K) 02/09/94 02/09/94 Museun of Science and History (Pre K - K) 02/17/94 02/17/94 Ark. Symphony (Gr. 4-6) 02/21/94 02/21/94 Central Library (Pre K-K) 02/23/94 02/23/94 Ui Ison Water Treatment (Gr. 4*6) AP\u0026amp;L Power Plant (Gr. 4-6) Blanchard Springs (Gr. 5-6) North Little Rock Electric Co. (Gr. 4-6) North Little Rock Electric Co. (Gr. 2-3) Kinder Zoo - MannaIs (K) North Little Rock Electric Co. (Gr. Pre K  1) West Helena - Delta Cultural Center (Gr. 3-6) Wilson Water Treatment (Pre-K - 1) 02/24/94 02/28/94 03/02/94 03/08/94 03/09/94 03/09/94 03/10/94 03/11/94 03/15/94 02/24/94 02/28/94 03/02/94 03/08/94 03/09/94 03/09/94 03/10/94 03/11/94 03/15/94 304Page: 11 PrograM Seq *: 48 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 PrograM Maae: Field Trips PrograM Code: 59 PriMary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart PrograM Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Huiiier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coa^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Kinder Zoo - Reptiles (K) 03/16/94 03/16/94 Wilson Water Treatment (Gr. 2-3) 03/17/94 03/17/94 Kinder Zoo - Birds (K) 03/23/94 03/23/94 Robinson Center (Gr. 4-6) 03/24/94 03/24/94 St. Vincent - Surgeon General, Jocelyn Elders (Gr. 6) 03/24/94 03/24/94 Ark. Territorial Restoration (K) 04/07/94 04/07/94 Museum of Science \u0026amp; History (Gr. 1-6) 04/09/94 04/09/94 Heifer Project (PreK - K) 04/14/94 04/14/94 Ark. Game \u0026amp; Fish Coninission (4th) 04/22/94 04/22/94 National Civil Rights Huseim, Memphis TN (Gr. 1-6) 04/23/94 04/23/94 Fourche Treatment Plant (PreK - 1) Ark. Arts Center (PreK  K) Fourche Treatment Plant (2-3) Fourche Treatment Plant (4-6) L. R. Zoo (Pre K - K) Animal Habitats, UALR Art Exhibit (5-6) Mahogany Visions Community Arts Center (Gr. 1-6) L. R. Zoo - Identify Animals (Gr. 3) David Carter's Farm (PreK - 1) UALR Art Exhibit (K) 04/26/94 04/27/94 04/27/94 04/28/94 05/04/94 05/06/94 05/07/94 05/10/94 05/10/94 05/16/94 04/26/94 04/27/94 04/27/94 04/28/94 05/04/94 05/06/94 05/07/94 05/10/94 05/10/94 05/16/94 Horace Hann Magnet School (Dance Team) 05/17/94 05/17/94  M atfPage: 12 PrograM Seq *: 48 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Program Name: Field Trips Program Code: 59 Primary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nimtier L179 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.1 Pinnacle Mountain (2-3) Wildwood Center for the Performing Arts (5) McArthur Park Fishing Derby (PreK  6) (Choices for each school will be determined by the needs/interests at buiIding level.) 1.2 (School Program Plans - to include national field trips  must be submitted to the Board and Acbiinistration on an annual basis.) 05/18/94 05/24/94 05/27/94 05/18/94 05/24/94 05/27/94 1.1 (Names of students and lists of field trips taken) a. Lists of field trips taken are maintained at the school level and VIPS office. 1.2 (Copy of request to administrators and board members. 2.0 (Field trips will be offered during extended week programs.) (Saturday programs will be developed to enhance learning. These programs will include but shall not be limited to: --field trips --enrichment activities tutoring --parent/child \"make \u0026amp; take*' sessions --book fairs --physical education activities A. Saturday Programs include field trips MITCHELL B. Saturday activities include enrichment activities. qnr. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Principal and Staff, VIPS, parents) (Review relationship of field trips to subject area taught and students' educational, social and emotional needs and determine the effectiveness through improvement in classroom performance on Abacus and teacher-made tests.) 10/02/93 09/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94Page: 13 Prograa Seq *: 48 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Naaa: Field Trips Prograa Code: 59 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nimber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Saturday field trips taken: 09/01/93 06/30/94 National Civil Rights Museum McClellan High School UiIdwood Park Ark. Territorial Restoration Friends of the Carousel Ark. Musetin of Science \u0026amp; History Ricks Armory (UiIdwood Blooms) RIGHTSELL B. Saturday Program enrichment activities at Rightsell include: Tutoring - Rightsell 10/09/93 10/09/93 Field Trip - Pinnacle Mountain 10/23/93 10/23/93 Tutoring - Rightsell 11/13/93 11/13/93 Field Trip - Bradberry Tree Farm 11/20/93 11/20/93 Field Trip - Pyramid Gallery/ Arkansas Territorial Restoration Field Trip * Old State House/ Decorative Arts Museun Field Trip * Old State House/ Uilderness Gallery Field Trip - Old State House/ Granny's Attic Mahagony Visions Studio Layman Library  Storytelling Arkansas Agriculture Museun - Black History Exhibit Scott Uinfield Bond Exhibit 12/04/93 12/11/93 01/03/94 12/04/93 12/11/93 01/03/94Page: 14 Prograa Seq *: 48 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Naae: Field Trips Prograa Code: 59 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Enrichment Activities Tutoring/Movie Rightsell PTA Carnival ROCKEFELLER B. Saturday Programs include field trips: 10/02/93 12/17/93 Old State House Wilderness Gallery War Memorial Fitness Center - Music Aerobics Razorback Football Game Arkansas Territorial Restoration C. Third quarter field trips: 01/03/94 03/24/94 Curtis Tate's Studio for Storytelling Pizza Hut ChiIdren's Huseun - Train Station Museum of Science and History  Images of Africa D. Fourth quarter field trips: Pinnacle Mountain 04/09/94 04/09/94 Heifer Project 04/23/94 04/23/94 Junior Jog 05/14/94 05/14/94 STEPHENS B. Saturday Programs include field trips. Birnam Wood Nursery (Gr. 1*6) Baptist Medical Center (Gr. 1-6) 10/16/93 11/13/93 10/16/93 11/13/93 308Page: 15 PrograM Seq *: 48 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Program NaMe: Field Trips PrograM Code: 59 PriMary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nimber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria The Children's Museum (Cr. 1*6) Territorial Restoration (6r. 1-6) Old State House/State Capitol (1-6) Ark. Museum of Science and History (Rocks) (1*6) Umoja Studio (1-6) ARk. Museum of Science and History (Food Chains) (1-6) Huseio of Science \u0026amp; History (African Heritage) (1-6) Uilliam F. Laman Library (Brer Rabbit Teles) (1-6) Pulaski Heights Jr. High School Arkla Basketball Tournament (1-6) Museum of Science \u0026amp; History (Environmental Issues - Science) (1-6) National Civil Rights Museum (1-6) 11/20/93 12/04/93 12/11/93 01/08/94 01/22/94 02/05/94 02/19/94 03/05/94 03/19/94 04/09/94 04/23/94 11/20/93 12/04/93 12/11/93 01/08/94 01/22/94 02/05/94 02/19/94 03/05/94 03/19/94 04/09/94 04/23/94 Mahogany Visions Comnwity Arts Center (1-6) 05/07/94 05/07/94 L 180-181 3.0 (Community access/field trips are to be arranged for (reinforcement or enrichment) for students. (Visits to historical, scientific and cultural events and exhibits within the city and around the state and region with appropriate chaperones to provide educational i nput.) 07/01/93 06/30/93 Principals and staff, VIPS, parents) (Review relationship of field trips to subject area taught and students' educational, social and emotional needs and determine the effectiveness through improvement in classroom performance. Abacus assessment and teacher-made tests.) A. Community access field trips are taken each month or as needed. 309 10/02/93 06/30/94Page: 16 Prograa Seq f: 48 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Maae: Field Trips Prograa Code: 59 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nud\u0026gt;er Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria GARLAND A. Conmunity access for field trips that occur on Sundays for performing groups at Garland are being provided by the transportation department of the Pulaski County Special School District. MITCHELL B. Local field trips taken: Little Match Girl Arkansas Territorial Restoration Hidden Valley Berry Farm Taco Bell Art Center - Snow White Arkansas Children's Hospital Art Center - Winnie the Pooh Robinson Center Music Hall Freedom Train Art Center - Aesop's Fables LR Fire Station Post Office Carousel Rick's Armory (Wildwood Blooms) Pet Store Art Center  Giants C. Out of town field trips taken: 12/12/93 12/19/93 01/01/94 12/12/93 12/19/93 01/01/94 Q 1 nPage: 17 Program Seq *: 48 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Program Naate: Field Trips Program Code: 59 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nimber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafjletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria National Civil Rights Museun, Memphis, TN ROCKEFELLER B. Visits to historical and cultural exhibits: Old State House The Museum of Science and History Arkansas Arts Center Arkansas Territorial Restoration 4.0 School Program Plans must be submitted to the Board and adwinistration for approval on an annual basis Documented school- based involvement in the needs/interest assessment and planning process must accompany each School Program Plan, A projected budget must accompany each plan,LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT PrograM Seq *: 50 Page: 1 Program Name: Transportation Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Program Code: 61 Priaery Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Description: (Transportation schedules will be planned for students needing transportation after extended day/homework center, arrange bus transportation to meet students' needs.) Principals, staff and the transportation director will District Goal Si^iport: laplement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with eaphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Program Goal: To develop sifiport programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan References: L 171 FT Program Budget\n$15,000.00 1st Qtr Expend: 3rd otr Expend: FTE TTP Expenditures\n14,960.92 2nd Otr Expend: $ 14,960.92 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codes: 312LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page\n2 Prograa Seq *: 50 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Naae: Transportation Prograa Code: 61 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Brad Montgomery/Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportiaiities for all students. Plan Reference Page Ntiiber Page 171 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 (To provide transportation home for students who remain at the Homework Center.) 07/01/93 06/30/93 (Director of Transportation, Principal, Teachers, Parents, Assistant Superintendents ) 1.0 (Students enrolled are transported home at the end of extended day/homework center time) 1.1 Transportation will be provided so that students whose parents cannot supply transportation, or whose parents live outside of the area which is reasonable walking distance, may avail themselves at the center.) A. Transportation is provided for extended day. FRANKLIN B. A list of students attending the summer school program was supplied to Transportation Department in order to create stops for appropriate students. GARLAND B. Transportation will be sought for all activities which arise as a result of skills developed during the extended day program. MITCHELL B. Transportation is provided for students participating in Extended Day. Bus schedules are available. RIGHTSELL B. Transportation is provided for Extended Day. 09/28/93 06/01/94 09/23/93 09/21/93 10/01/93 75X 06/01/94 06/01/94 06/01/94 04/04/94 1.1 (A bus schedule and a list of children needing transportation home after homework center/extended day is available.) 3^Page: 3 Progran Seq *: 50 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Progran Name: Transportation Program Code: 61 Primary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Brad Hontgomery/Arma Hart Program Goal: To develop si^iport programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportKiities for all students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER B. Transportation is provided for all students participating in the Extended Day Program. An additional transportation service is provided for students enrolled 09/28/93 06/01/94 C. D. for swimming. Buses transport those students to the Boys Club. The names of all students who are transported are on file in the Principal's office. Transportation is provided for students attending Saturday School. Transportation is provided for all field trips that are not within walking distance of the school. STEPHENS B. Bus schedule and names of students transported from Extended Day are on file in the Principal's office. 31 students are transported from Extended Day. Transportation will be sought for all activities which arise as a result of skills developed during the Extended Day program. 314 09/28/93 09/28/93 09/21/93 06/01/94 06/01/94 05/12/94LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq 53 Page: 1 Revision Date: August 9, 1994 Program Name: Instructional Aides Program Code: 64 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Han Program Description: (Aides assist teachers in the classrooms meet the educational requirements of students, and other student activities.) District Goal Support: Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Program Goal: To provide aides for instructional assistance. To provide aides for general supervision of student activities. Plan References: L 180 FY Program Budget: $ 496,451.04 1st Qtr Expend: $ 38,306.87 3rd Qtr Expend: $ 108,005.96 FTE YTD Expenditures: $431,734.23 2nd Qtr Expend: $ 114,714.15 4th Qtr Expend: $ 170,707.25 42 Related Function Codes:LRSO FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Prograa Seq *: 53 Revision Date: July 18. 1994 Prograa Nane: Incentive Schools Instructional Aides Prograa Code: 64 Primary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To provide aides for instructional assistance. To provide aides for general sipervision of student activities. Plan Reference Page Nuiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 180 L 180 1.0 To provide supervision of students at the incentive schools. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Hunan Resources Dept., School Principals (Teachers) 1.0 (Aides will assist teachers with instructions, monitoring of student progress, convnunication with parents, and preparation of supplemental instructional materials, and general supervision Students will improve on teacher*made tests. Abacus assessment and standardized tests.) 1.1 Instructional aides with college hours will be employed one to a classroom to make students aware of career choice (Revised according to (kiurt order - 2 aides to every 3 classrooas) 07/01/93 06/30/94 Hunan Resources Dept., School Principals 1.1 (School and district docunentation of hired personnel) 1.1 Two aides to every three classrooas exists in accordance with court order. 1.1 One aide in every classroom exists if any one class in the school has over 20 students. Reference Nay 1, 1992 (kiurt Order - In order to effect a low pif\u0026gt;i I-teacher ratio as provided in the settlement plan, the Court orders that there be at least one full-time aide per incentive school classroom in those schools where any classroom contains more than 20 students. FRANKLIN A. Instructional aides are scheduled * 2 aides to every 3 classrooms. 08/01/93 09/01/93 31GPage: 3 Program Seq *: 53 Revision Date: July 18. 1994 Program Maae: Incentive Schools Instructional Aides Program Code: 64 Primary Leader: C. Russell Hayo. Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: To provide aides for instructional assistance. To provide aides for general supervision of student activities. Plan Reference Page Nuder Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coa^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria MITCHELL B. Instructional aides are enployed for each classroom. RIGHTSELL B. Instructional aides are in place. ROCKEFELLER B. A new handbook for instructional aides was developed. 12/17/93 01/03/94 1.2 An appropriate number of supervision aides will be provided at each incentive school. MITCHELL A. Three supervision aides were placed at Mitchell 07/01/93 08/01/93 RIGHTSELL A. Instructional Aides in place. 07/01/93 08/01/93 ROCKEFELLER A. Three (3) supervision aides were hired for the 1993-94 school year. B. Instructional aides meet for inservice training with the assistant principal once a month, or more often, if needed. C. Instructional aides attended a one day training workshop provided by Staff Development Dept. D. Instructional aides serve on the Parent Advisory Convnittee for Early Childhood 03/09/94 03/10/94Page: 4 Progran Seq *: 53 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Progran Naiae: Incentive Schools Instructional Aides Progran Code: 64 Prinary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progran Goal: To provide aides for instructional assistance. To provide aides for general st\u0026lt;iervision of student activities. Plan Reference Page Minber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER (continued) E. Instructional aides serve on many committees, such as the Staffing Committee. STEPHENS A. One supervision aide is employed. One resigned to attend school and one supervision aide moved to an instructional aide position. B. Tmo supervision aides are employed six hours each for the 1993-94 school year. 318 03/22/94 09/01/93 01/04/94 03/22/94 12/31/94 01/04/94LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq f: 54 Page: 1 Revision Date: July 28, 1994 Program Name: Extended Year Program Code: 65 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: A summer school program for remediation and enrichment will be offered at an incentive school site, or sites as needed, and will be available for all iricentive school students free of charge. The program will be provided in accordance with other LRSD elementary summer programs. LRSD will advertise summer achool for incetttive school students and these students will be encouraged to participate, Students will participate in the program generally on an elective basis with prescription for attendance from teachers of students who are behind grade level in core curriculum areas. The number of incentive school al which summer programs will be ehld will be based on identified student needs atul interests. Students participating in the Extended Year Program will be instructed at their own academic levels rather than by means of a specifically identified grade designation. Develop an extended year program that is an extension of the educational procew, not merely a remediation supplement. The program should also provide children an extension of the academic enhancement exi\u0026gt;crience8 that are integral to the incentive tchool philosophy srtd instructional approach. Inclement integrated educational programs that will allow incentive schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentiTe schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan References: L 172 FY Program Budget: $ 99,938.45 1st Qtr Expend: $31,884.03 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE YTD Expenditures: $ 71,462.59 Ind Qtr Expend: 1,295.45 4th Qtr Expend: $ 38,283.11 Related Function Codes: 319 0 ]LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: Progran Seq f: 54 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Progran Name: Extended Year Progran Code: 65 Prinary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progran Goal: To develop sipport prograan and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportinities for all students. Plan Reference Page Ninfcer L 172 1.0 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (To develop a program for year round school including enrichment and remediation options.) LRSD will conduct simmer segments in remediation or enrichment and may provide transportation. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Ed. Prograas Coordinator of Incentive Schools (VIPS Volunteer for Incentive Schools, Deseg. Facilitator, Transportation/ Cafeteria Director, Asst. Supt., Principals, Teachers, Parents) (Annual Summer School Report will indicate improvement in student participation and behavior on summer school reports to parents.) 2 (Summer segments in remediation/enrichment prescriptions for courses to be taken. (The Students Education Plan (SEP) and parent and staff input determines the course offerings.) Transportation may be provided.) A. Summer School Enrichment and remedial courses were offered and completed at Rockefeller and Franklin School. Conpletion: 100X FRANKLIN B. Conducted survey for simmer school enrichment and remediation courses that will be offered to students during the simmer of 1994 C. Students needing Simmer School Enrichment and Remediation were referred by their classroom teacher for the 1994 services offered by the LRSD. 03/01/94 03/30/94 Oon3 Page: PrograM Seq *: 54 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 PrograM NaMe: Extended Year Progran Code: 65 Prinary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progran Goal: To develop sipport prograMs and procedures Uiich uill allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Minber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CoMpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria FRANKLIN (continued) 0. 62 students uere referred for the sumter school K-3 Initiative summer program offered by the LRSD. 06/07/94 06/07/94 GARLAND B. Proposed plan for year-round education at Garland uill be presented for study/approval during the 1993-94 school year. RIGHTSELL B. Students have been identified for K-3 Summer Program (27 students identified) C. Students in grades 1-6 were given an interest survey to assist with the identification of course offerings for the sunmer enrichment program. 0. Extended Year enrichment programs uill be provided for all students who attend incentive schools. There is no cost for these programs and transportation uill be provided. A list of programs and locations are: Carver YMCA, Arkansas Arts Center, LR Parks and Recreation Sumter Playground programs, Penick Boys Club, Thrasher Boys Club E. An Extended Year Academic Support Program uill be provided for all incentive school student at Rockefeller Incentive School. There is no cost for incentive school students and transportation uill be provided.Page: 4 Progran Seq f: 54 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Progran Naan: Extended Year Progran Code: 65 Prinary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progran Goal: To develop sipport prograan and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nudier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER B. Survey forms for 1994 Sunmer Enrichment were sent to parents to determine interest and preference of offerings. 03/17/93 06/01/94 C. K*3 Sumer School identification from teachers and notification to parents of those students fitting the required criteria was completed. STEPHENS B. Summer School Enrichment and remedial courses are being offered. Remediation at Rockefeller for grades 1*6. Enrichment * various community locations. Students in grades K*3 will atterxl summer school at Stephens. Transportation will be provided. 322 03/04/94 06/01/94 03/18/94 06/30/94Page: 5 Prograa Seq *: 54 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Naae: Extended Year Prograa Code: 65 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To develop stfiport prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.0 Develop a program for year-round school (including enrichment and remedial options) The court- approved LRSD proposal to modify the settlement plan by replacing year- round school with an extended year program and providing summer school at possibly only one site, The 1989 agreement had offered year-round school and suniner school at all incentive schools. The court noted that the parties remain obligated to provide incentive school children with stumer learning experiences that go beyond the customary basic curriculim of an ordinary stumer remedial school. It stated that the extended year program for incentive school students must be located in a facility or facilities with a capacity sufficient to accommodate all of the eligible students who wish to attend the program. ^3LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #: 55 Page: 1 Revision Date: July 28. 1994 Program Name: Recognition Programs Program Code: 66 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Description: (Incentive Recognition Programs provide opportunities for staff, parents arxl the community to increase students affective behavior by recognizing them publicly and giving awards for accomplishments) District Goal Support: Implement integrated educational programs that will allow tncentivs Schools to provide educational opportunities for all students. Program Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students.) Plan References: L 176 1 FY Program Budget: $14,581.91 1st Qtr Expend: $1,428.45 3rd Qtr Expend: $4,366.15 FTE YTD Expenditures: $11.407.45 2nd Qtr Expend: 3.093.35 4th Qtr Expend: $2,519.50 I Related Function Codes: 1 324LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Progrm Seq *: 55 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Progrm Name: Recognition Progrms Progrm Code: 66 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progrm Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportmities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nimber L 176 1.0 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Incentive/recognition programs will be developed by students, staff and patrons at each school. 07/01/93 06/30/94 VIPS, Partners in Ed., (Counselors, Principals, Teachers, Patrons) 1.0 (Students affective behavior and parent participation and support for the school will improve as evidenced by report cards and positive parent feedback on reports.) 1.1 Ideas (suggestions) presented in the sibcoanittee meeting (Incentive Recognition Program) (will include) awards programs, recognition days, good citizen cliAx, free tickets to coaauiity and athletic events, (and) tangible rewards such as a book of the students*8 choice for acadmic growth and the like. A. Monthly awards assemblies for students are held at each school to recognize students* accomplishments. FRANKLIN B. Students are given the opportunity to earn privileges through good behavior, attendance and acceptable uniform attire. C. Students excelling in academics and citizenship are recognized each nine weeks. D. Bumper stickers are given to parents whose student made the academic honor roll each nine-week grading period. 07/01/93 09/01/93 11/01/93 10/01/93 03/01/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 VIPS. Partners in Ed., (Counselors, Principals, Teachers, Patrons) Principal, Counselor, Teacher, Students, Parents 1.1 (Ifiplementation of the programs will be evidenced by program dates, agendas and list of activities.) Number of bumper stickers appearing on cars prompting academic excellence.Page: 3 Progran Seq *: 55 Revision Date: July 18. 1994 Progran Name: Recognition Prograns Progran Code: 66 Prinary Leader: C. Russell Mayo. Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progran Goal: To develop si^port prograns and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nuiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Caaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria GARLAND B. Students of the Month \"Bobcat Kids\" are recognized each month with their pictures being taken and pieced on the bulletin board in the hallway. Each child is highlighted one day during the month on the intercom. Letters of recognition are sent home and the students receive a pencil and a McDonald's certificate. C. An assembly is held each nine weeks to recognize students on the Principal's Honor Roll, Honor Roll, Citizenship, and Achievement Awards. D. Students are recognized in Hrs. Arnold's kindergarten with certificates, stickers, and happy grams. E. Students are recognized in Mrs. Gross' first grade class by displaying their work in the classroom. F. Students are recognized in Ms. Carr's second grade class on a weekly basis for good behavior. G. Students are recognized in Ms. Clayborn's fifth grade class on a weekly and bi*weekly basis for classroom achievement in behavior and academics. H. Students are recognized in Mr. House's fifth grade class on a monthly basis for achievement and behavior. 3 26 08/23/93 10/23/93 08/23/93 08/23/93 08/23/93 08/23/93 08/23/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94Page: 4 Progm Seq *: 55 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograai Naas: Recognition Prograas Prograai Code: 66 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograai Goal: To develop si^port prograas and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Hudxr Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria GARLAND (continued) I. Mrs. Cole made a chart to recognize students wearing their uniforms or school colors consistently. 08/23/93 06/30/94 J. Each month birthdays are celebrated in the cafeteria at a decorated birthday table during the lunch period. Students with birthdays within that month are given cupcakes and birthday pins made by the Peer-helpers. The Peer-helpers set up and host the table. 08/23/93 06/30/94 K. Mrs. Nelson, Garland's librarian, recognizes students by displaying their work. 08/23/93 06/30/94 L. Hrs. Runion, Garland's reading lab teacher, recognizes positive behavior on a daily basis with social reinforcers, name on the board, and/or a note to the classroom teacher. Students are encouraged to recognize the accomplishments of others with silent cheers, applause, and pats on the back. MITCHELL B. Awards assemblies are held quarterly to recognize students for academic achievement, citizenship, and attendance. Students receive special recognition from teachers in individual classes. C. Selected parents are recognized monthly. 08/23/93 06/30/94 11/18/93 09/27/93 06/30/94 06/30/94Page: 5 Progran Seq *: 55 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograai Maaie: Recognition Prograas Progran Code: 66 Prinary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progran Goal: To develop sif^iort prograas and procedures Uiich will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportunities for all students. Plan Reference Page Htnber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaptetion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL Note: Rightsell does not have monthly assemblies. B. See Couselor/Social Worker Section 10.1 and 10.2. Also see School Profile. ROCKEFELLER B. Awards reception for honor students was held with recognition given to 69 students for straight A's\n59 students for A/B honor roll\n110 students for perfect attendance. C. 143 students earned the honor of going to Circus Capers for Good Citizenship for the first nine weeks grading period. D. Meal Certificates awarded to straight A students from Pancho's Mexican Buffet. E. Good Citizen of the Month awards presented to one student from each class. A certificate was presented, their picture was taken and displayed in the bulletin case, and a special luncheon in their honor is prepared with parents invited. F. One student received First Place and one student received Honorable Mention in the 1993 Anti-Tobacco Poster Contest. The winners were treated to lunch at Tia's. They met with the advanced placement art students at parkview High School to finalize their posters for printing. 10/01/93 11/11/93 11/02/93 10/12/93 11/08/93 12/14/93 02/28/94 02/03/94 06/30/94 11/11/93 11/02/93 10/13/93 11/09/93 12/15/93 03/31/94 02/03/94Page: 6 Prograa Seq *: 55 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Naae: Recognition Prograas Prograa Code: 66 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To develop stpport program and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportwities for all students. Plan Reference Page Hudier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Caaf}letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER (continued) G. Second grade students participated in the Nifty Nutrition poster contest. Names of the three winners were announced and awards were given. H. PARENT RECOGNITION: A plaque for Volunteer of the Month and Parent of the Month is displayed in the hall. 1. STAFF RECOGNITION: Doris Sarver was nominated by the staff for the Educator of the Year. She was recognized at the PTA Founder's Day luncheon. J. 151 students were awarded for good citizenship for the second nine weeks and went to Show Biz. K. During the second nine-weeks, 48 students made straight A's, 66 students made A/B Honor Roll, 102 students had perfect attendance. Award reception was held. L. 128 students were awarded for good citizenship and a field trip to go bowling was the incentive for the third nine weeks. M. During the third nine weeks, 48 students made straight A's, 62 students made the A/B Honor Roll, 81 students had perfect attendance. N. During the fourth nine weeks, 47 students made straight A's, 64 students made A/B Honor Roll, 51 students had perfect attendance. 02/17/94 12/15/93 02/22/94 01/20/94 01/13/94 01/18/94 01/18/94 04/04/94 02/17/94 06/30/94 02/22/94 01/20/94 01/27/94 03/31/94 03/24/94 06/07/94 3^Page: 7 PrograM Seq f: 55 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Program Name: Recognition Prograias Program Code: 66 Primary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Goal: To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportioities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nudier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER (continued) 08/23/94 06/07/94 0. For the entire year, 26 students made straight A's, 56 students made A/B Honor Roll, 10 students had perfect attendance. Those students and their parents were honored at an end of the year awards banquet. Trophys and certificates were awarded. STEPHENS B. First Quarter Awards Assembly: 11/16/93 12/16/93 Academic * Attendance * Citizenship * Science Award - Young Astronauts - Cheerleaders Award - Outstanding Musician - Student of the Week  Most Improved Academic - Host Improved Citizenship - Host Improved Attendance C. Second Quarter Awards Assembly: 02/04/94 02/04/94 Awards assembly for honor students was held with recognition given to students in the following areas: Academic awards for students receiving all A's * 20. A/6 Honor Roll students - 33. Students receiving Citizenship award * 83. Students receiving Perfect Attendance award - 43. Student of the Week pictures are taken and displayed in the hallway. Bumper stickers are given to ell students who received honor awards. 3308 Page: Prograa Seq *: 55 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograai Name: Recognition Programs Prograa Code: 66 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To develop sipport prograaa and procedures irfiich Mill allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportmities for all students. Plan Reference Page Neater Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria STEPHENS (continued) D. Third Quarter Awards Assembly: 04/15/94 04/15/94 Awards given to students in the following areas: Academic students receiving all A's - 21. A/B Honor Roll students * 29. Perfect Attendance students * 36. Student of the week pictures are taken and displayed in the hallway (97 students). Music Awards (9 students), students), students), students). P.E. Awards (11 Science awards (8 Art awards (3 Bumper stickers are given to honor students. E. Fourth Quarter Awards Assembly: 06/03/94 06/03/94 Awards were given to students in Academic the following areas: students receiving all A's  23. A/B Honor Roll students * 31. Student of the Week (86 students). Citizenship Awards (73 students). Improved attendance (60 students). Music Award (3 students). Science Awards (5 students). Art awards (2 students). P. E. Awards (11 students). 331LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT PrograM Seq *: 56 Page: 1 Revision Date: July 18. 1994 PrograM Name: Incentive School Operations - Camp Pfeifer Program Code: 67 Primary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Program Description: Students in need of additional academic assistance will have access to programs such as that currently in place at Camp Pfeifer, program provided the funding of the program continues and it meets the needs of the students. Students will participate in this The court approved additional wording to the effect that the District students will participate in Camp Pfeifer provided the funding for Camp Pfeifer continues and the program meets the needs of students District Goal Support: Program Goal: Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: Related Function Codes: The court noted that this new language does not relieve the parties from their obligation to manage their relationship with comnunity agencies in all good faith with careful attention to maintaining ongoing communication, cooperative teamwork, and complimentary support With regard to other various community resources which are to continue only if funding is available, the court notes that the parties* obligation to provide comparable services is not negated by the unavailability of other funding. iRplement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with esphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. To develop support programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportinities for all students. L 185 1st Otr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: 332 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: FTELRSO FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Progran Seq f: 36 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Progran Naae: Incentive School - Operations  Camp Pfeifer Progran Code: 67 Prinary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progran Goal: To develop sipport programs and procedures kiiich Mill allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportinities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nuiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 185 12.0 To work with community programs like Camp Pfeifer to supplement school programs for students. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Pipil Personnel (Director) District Divisions (Asst. Supt., Deseg. Facil.) 12.0 (The students who participate in community programs at Camp pfeifer will improve in social behavior and academic achievement in the core curriculum areas, as measured by teacher-made tests, Abacus assessment, classroom performance and standardized tests.) 12.1 Study success of Pfeifer progran. 07/01/93 06/30/94 A. The Director of Camp Pfeifer has documentation of program's success. 12.1 Date generated by Camp pfeifer will show increase in students' academic achievement.) RIGHTSELL B. See Counselor/Social Work Section 12.1 12.2 Uork with Director to target incentive students. A. The assistant superintendents and principals are beginning student identification. ROCKEFELLER B. One Sth grade black female is attending the second session. The black male slot was offered to three students but none were receptive to attending. 12.3 Work with other commoity grot^js to mdertake similar projects. 07/01/93 10/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 12/17/93 06/30/94 12.2 (The number of students in the incentive schools who are selected for the program) 12.3 (Evidence of involvement in other projects.) ^3Page: 3 Prograa Seq *: 56 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Progran Name: Incentive School  Operations - Camp Pfeifer Progran Code: 67 Prinary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progran Goal: To develop seaport programs and procedures which will allow incentive schools to provide enhanced educational opportKiities for all students. Plan Reference Page Nurber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria FRANKLIN A. Social worker is involved with parents requesting assistance for placement in Charter, Elizabeth Mitchell. 01/18/94 06/07/94 Principal, Teacher, Social Worker, Parents Student placement. RIGHTSELL A. See Counseling Social Work Section. 10/01/93 06/07/94 334LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq *: 57 Page: 1 Prograa Name: Incentive School Operations - Monitoring Prograa Code: 68 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Description: (Monitoring allows the district to evaluate programs, student achievement, discipline and staff on a regularly scheduled basis. Educational Equity and Evaluation Department, Biracial Comittee, Parent Council, Student Evaluator, and other adninistrators.) Monitoring is conducted by the The Planning. Research and Evaluation Office of the District will be assigned the task of developing a plan for verifiable monitoring of student growth and for the development of reliable procedures to accowplish these tasks This plan and its acconpenying procedures should take into account rwt only test scores achieved on norm-referenced tests but also class achievement as evidenced by teacher tests and curriculum and criterion-referenced tests. District Goal Support: Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and eantionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment Uiile closing disparities in achievement. Program Goal: To more closely and thoroughly monitor schools in order to develop a clearer picture of student achievement at these buildings. [ Plan References: L 186 - 187 1 FT Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: Related Fmction Codes: 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: FTE 1LRSO FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Progrm Seq *: 57 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Progrm Name: Incentive School Operations - Monitoring Progrm Code: 68 Prinary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progrm Goal: To nore closely and thoroughly nonitor schools in order to develop a clearer picture of student achievenent at these buildings. Plan Reference Page Hintjer L 186 L 186 L 186 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 To develop a process for obtaining verifiable informtion regarding student acadmic growth. 1.1 Development of valid/reliable monitoring instruaentCs) A. Abacus Instructional Management System has been installed. RIGHTSELL A. Abacus training has been an ongoing process. Sue Walls, Staff Development specialist, worked with the Rightsell staff throughout the year. ROCKEFELLER B. Teachers develop tests and/or use ABACUS test bank to assess mastery level of each student. The tests are scanned and results are used for instructional planning. 1.2 Establish training for monitoring teams in use of the instruaent 33G 07/01/93 07/01/93 09/02/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/07/94 06/30/94 (Asst. Supt., Dir, of Planning, Research and Eval., Principal) Assoc. Supt., Planning Research and Eval. (Dir. Staff Devel.. Dir. Information Services) Director of Planning, Research and Evaluation, Principals, Staff (Dir. Staff Devel., Dir. Inform. Services 1.0 (Abacus Assessment) 1.1. (Abacus Assessment) 1.2 (Evidence of training dates and agendas)Page: 3 Prograa Seq f: 57 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Haae: Incentive School Operations * Monitoring Prograa Code: 68 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Coal: To aore closely and thoroughly aonitor schools in order to develop a clearer picture of student achieveoent at these buildings. plan Reference Page NuiA)er Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CcHpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 186 L 186 A. Abacus Training has been provided to staff. ROCKEFELLER B. On site assistance for ABACUS is provided by Computer Specialist and Technical Assistant STEPHENS B. On-site training provided each Monday 8:00 - 11:40 a.m. 08/23/93 11/08/93 06/30/94 06/03/94 2.0 To provide a systemic program for tracing student attendwice, discipline, behavior and achievement. 07/01/93 06/30/94 (Xirr. Specialist, S^ool Staff 2.0 (Monitor student progress by observing attendance, behavior, discipline and achievement profiles by Abacus and SIMS Technology Systems Data. Compare the amount of progress made between each grading period) 2.1 To be done on a quarterly (continuous) basis A. Attendance and discipline reports are available and reviewed. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Curr. Specialist, School Staff, Asst. Supts. 2.1 (Copy of monitoring reports) MITCHELL B. Academic achievement reports are sent home each five weeks. Completion 50%. 10/01/93 06/03/94 ROCKEFELLER B. Computer specialist provides assistance at all times to teachers and help with scanning tests. L 186 2.2 Class and school profiles will be kept in regard to attendance, behavior, discipline and achievement 06/30/93 06/30/94 Curr. Spec., School Staff 2.2 (Documentation of prof iIes) 1  ' Wfi4 Page: Prograa Seq *: 57 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Naiae: Incentive School Operations * Monitoring Prograa Code: 68 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To aore closely and thoroughly aonitor schools in order to develop a clearer picture of student achieveaent at these buildings. Plan Reference Page Niaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coa^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 186 L 186 3.0 To involve parents in the developaent of Student Educational Plans (SEP). A. Achievement reports from Abacus are available. MITCHELL B. Computerized reports are available upon request. RIGKTSELL B. Profiles are kept on file by the Principal. ROCKEFELLER B. Every classroom teacher keeps a record of attendance, behavior, discipline and academic achievement. STEPHENS B. Attendance: Absence-Tardies\nBehavior\nDiscipline\nAchievement 3.1 Develop SEP format (format completed 1989) 10/01/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Pupi I Personnel, School Staffs, PTA Officers Ptqpi I Personnel, School Staff, PTA Officers, Principals (Parents) 3.0 (Parent convnitment in the educational process is evidenced by participation in the development of the Student Educational Plan) 3.1 Copy of SEP form) RIGHTSELL A. SEP forms revised 1993-94. 10/01/93 10/25/93 ROCKEFELLER A. The ABACUS system is used to help teachers keep SEP'S up to date and to monitor student progress. 338 10/01/93 06/30/945 Page: Prograa Seq f: 57 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Naae: Incentive School Operations * Monitoring Prograa Code: 68 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To more closely and thoroughly monitor schools in order to develop a clearer picture of student achieveaent at these buildings. Plan Reference Page Nimber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria STEPHENS A. SEP'S on file for all students. Grade PK-6 which were developed by the classroom teacher, specialist, and parent. 10/01/93 06/30/94 L 186 3.2 Involve parents in writing plan based on student needs 07/01/93 06/30/94 3.2 (Parent Commitment and signature on the Student Improvement Plans) FRANKLIN A. Parents were part of SEP team 07/01/93 06/30/94 MITCHELL A. Parents were part of SEP team 09/30/93 06/30/94 RIGHTSELL A. Parents were part of SEP team B. SEP'S reviewed at Parent Conferences. 10/01/93 10/01/93 10/25/93 10/25/93 ROCKEFELLER L 186 A. Parents were part of SEP team. B. Every student has a Student Education Plan which was developed by the classroom teacher, specialist, and the parent. C. Parents receive a monthly progress report to deep them well informed about student achievements. Reports were sent eleven times. STEPHENS A. Parents were part of SEP team. 3.3 To include extracurricular activities also. 08/23/93 08/23/93 09/22/94 07/01/93 09/17/93 09/17/93 06/10/94 06/30/94 (Parents) 3.3 (Copy of SEPs\nwill also include extracurricular activities)6 Page: Prograa Seq *: 57 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Naae: Incentive School Operations - Monitoring Prograa Code: 68 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arna Hart Prograa Goal: To aore closely and thoroughly aonitor schools in order to develop a clearer picture of student achieveaent at these buildings. Plan Reference Page Niatier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Caaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 186 L 166 L 186 MITCHELL A. Parents assist students in selecting extended day activities. B. SEP'S are developed with parents' participation. ROCKEFELLER A. Parents were given survey sheets which outlines extracurricular offerings. The surveys were returned and the assigned activities were scheduled. B. Parents were sent a survey form asking what they wanted offered during the sunvner enrichment program and to indicate if they were interested in having their children attend the sunner session. 08/30/93 08/30/94 05/10/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/06/94 4.0 To plan and set parameters for quarterly reports and visitations by a multifaceted monitoring team (Local Biracial Team) 4.1 Develop reporting foraat Conipleted 4.2 Involve staff, patrons in aonitoring A. Designated staff involved in monitoring. 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Dir. Planning Research 8 Devel., Biracial Team Mesters School Staff, Coamwi ty. Planning Research and Evaluation Planning, Research and Evaluation 4.0 (Provide written feedback to school district) 4.0 (Monitoring procedure is in place and includes reporting procedures and dates of visits established by Planning Research and Evaluation Dept.) 4.1 (Copy of reporting procedure) 4.2 (List of parents and staff on monitoring team) 340Page: 7 Prograa Seq *: 57 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Maae: Incentive School Operations * Monitoring Prograa Code: 68 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To aore closely and thoroughly aonitor schools in order to develop a clearer picture of student achieveaant at these buildings. Plan Reference Page Niaber L 186 L 186 L 186 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Caaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria ROCKEFELLER B. A building cleanliness evaluation form was developed. AU staff participates in assessing the cleanliness of the building and identifying places needing improvement. 4.3 Involve all staff in goal setting A. Activity completed 4.4 Evaluate goal achieveaant MITCHELL A. Annual plan goal achievement evaluated at semester. RIGHTSELL A. Goals and achievements are reviewed quarterly at the building level. 11/12/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 01/14/94 10/01/93 06/06/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 01/14/94 06/30/94 Planning, Research and Evaluation Principal, Staff, Planning Research, Eval. Director 4.3 (Names and process used to involve entire staff) 4.4 (Review the monitoring procedures, visitation and reporting schedules, and evaluate for effectiveness and efficiency) 4.4 (Student data is disaggregated by race, gender, socio-economic status) 5.0 Students, teachers, and parents will be asked to complete a school climate survey once each year. 07/01/93 06/30/94 School Staffs, Principals (Oir. of Planning Research and Evaluation, Parents) 5.0 \u0026lt;The Evaluator's Program is established school climate and student achievement will improve)Page: 8 Prograa Seq *: 57 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Naae: Incentive School Operations - Monitoring Prograa Code: 68 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To aore closely and thoroughly aonitor schools in order to develop a clearer picture of student achieveaant at these buildings. Plan Reference Page Niaber L 186 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coa^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.1 Randoai selection of students to participate each year 07/01/93 06/30/94 Planning Research and Evaluation, School Staff, Principals 5.1 (A process is used to select students at building level according to race and gender) MITCHELL A. School climate survey completed in January. ROCKEFELLER A. A student evaluation for school climate uas devloped and ackninistered by the guidance counselor to 4th, 5th, and 6th grade students. STEPHENS A. Student evaluation process is established. 5.2 Student \"training* 01/04/94 12/01/93 07/01/93 01/31/94 12/17/93 06/30/94 5.2 (Docunentation of training session arxJ number of students participating) development of questionnaire) STEPHENS L 186 L 186 A. Eight students (two students from grade 4-6) have received training. 5.3 Student generation of questiomaires 10/01/93 07/01/93 12/17/93 06/30/94 Dir. of PRE. Students, Principal/ Staff, PRE 5.3 (Task completed includes students involved) STEPHENS A. Questionnaire generated. 12/01/93 12/17/93 34^Page: 9 Progrm Seq *: 57 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Progrm Name: Incentive School Operations * Monitoring Progrm Code: 68 Primry Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progrm Goal: To aore closely and thoroughly annitor schools in order to develop a clearer picture of student achieveaent at these buildirxis. Plan Reference Page Hudxr L 187 L 187 L 187 L 187 L 187 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.4 Analysis of data collection 5.5 Conclusions generated STEPHENS A. Principal shared results in staff meeting. 5.6 Report back to students on response to student evaluation. The survey results will be shared with each school for dissemination. 07/01/93 07/01/93 12/06/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 12/06/93 06/30/94 PRE Principals and Staff (Director of Planning Research and Evaluation, Principals, Teachers) 5.4 (Docunentation of process and results) 5.5 (Docunentation of results) 5.6 (Review the student evaluator program results and conclusion and use information gathered to make needed changes to improve school climate and student achievement) 6.0 To establish a progrm for coBfXJterized data access at each incentive school. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Data Processing (Informational Services) School Staff Assoc. Si^ts. 6.0 (Produce data to improve student achievement) 6.1 Install cosfxjters. RIGHTSELL A. One computer purchased for the Principal's office. ROCKEFELLER A. The principal and staff use computers for all communication. B. Teachers use computers for record keeping. Example: keeping grades. C. Records of all students are kept on the computer. This includes classroom rosters, field trips, Saturday School attendance, response to surveys, extended day activities, etc. 07/01/93 10/01/93 08/23/93 08/23/93 08/23/93 06/30/94 12/17/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 6.1 (Task completed) ^3Page: 10 Progm Seq *: 57 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Naae: Incentive School Operations - Monitoring Prograa Code: 68 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To aore closely and thoroughly aonitor schools in order to develop a clearer picture of student achieveaent at these buildings. Plan Reference Page Niaber L 187 Objectives Strategies 6.2 Tie into aainfraaa. Beginning Date 07/01/93 Completion Date 06/30/94 Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.2 (Task cotrpleted) MITCHELL A. Office computer tied into mainframe. 10/01/93 10/01/93 L 187 6.3 Write prograaB for reporting student data in a variety of modes. 07/01/93 06/30/94 6.3 (Abacus and SIHS Coirputer programs) A. Abacus reports are available for incentive schools in a variety of modes. B. Workshops for principals have been offered to assist them in getting needed reports. (Six sessions.) RIGHTSELL C. Principal's terminal tied to ABACUS and AS400 system. RXKEFELLER C. Student Performance Profile was developed by the Computer Theme Specialist for every child. The profile identifies data that is necessray for development of instruction for individual students. 10/01/93 01/04/94 08/23/93 12/17/93 03/09/94 06/30/94 344Page: 11 Progras Seq t: 57 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Hane: Incentive School Operations * Monitoring Progran Code: 68 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progran Goal: To aore closely and thoroughly aonitor schools in order to develop a clearer picture of student achievoKnt at these tuildings. Plan Reference Page Mudier L 187 L 187 L 187 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 7.0 To establish site tease (School Improvement Teams) at each school to iif\u0026gt;leaent prograsaetic modifications to benefit the student. 7.0 (School Improvement Teams are established to assist in implementing plan or program modifications that will improve student academic achievement, discipline and school climate) 07/01/93 06/30/94 7.0 (Programs are being effectively used to gather student data to improve student achievement) 7.0 (Increase in student achievement on teacher-made tests, classroom performance and standardized tests) 7.0 (School Improvement Teams are in place) 7.1 Include representatives of all school department (custodial, food service, aides and teachers) RIGHTSELL A. Site team in place. ROCKEFELLER A. School Improvement Team: Administrators: Anne Hangan, Sharon Brooks, Custodial: Stoy David\nFood Service: Uanda Mobley\nAides: Charlotte Lee, Cindy Antoun, Connie Bledsoe\nTeachers: Martha Lowe, Francile Moore, Judy Meier, Skip Gardner\nTheme Specialist: Mary Kay Roe. STEPHENS A. School Improvement Teams established 7.2 Team neatiership to be rotating and on a semester basis. 07/01/93 08/16/93 09/16/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 08/16/93 09/16/93 06/30/94 Principals School Staff 7.1 (List of staff personnel who serve on School Improvement Team) 7.2 (Rotating schedule of meflfeers) 3^Page: 12 Progran Seq f: 57 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Progran Nane: Incentive School Operations - Monitoring Progran Code: 68 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Progran Goal: To acre closely and thoroughly annitor schools in order to develop a clearer picture of student achieveaant at these buildings. Plan Reference Page Nuitser L 187 L 187 L 187 L 187 L 187 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafjletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 7.3 Plan for perent/student meetings for input. RIGHTSELL A. Parent meeting held beginning of school year. 7.4 Plan for iBf\u0026gt;lenentatian of changes. RIGHTSELL A. Reconvnendation incorporated in school improvement plan. 7.5 Make recoanendations for changes. 7.6 la^leaant changes. MITCHELL A. Annual plans are being implemented. RIGHTSELL A. Implementation in process. 7.7 Evaluate changes (each aspect will occur on a regular and rotating basis) MITCHELL A. Annual school improvement plan has been developed. B. A COE plan is being developed. 34G 07/01/9393 09/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 09/01/93 07/01/93 10/01/93 10/01/93 June 30, 1994 09/01/93 06/30/9494 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 10/01/93 06/30/94 7.3 (Dates meetings were held with parents/students) 7.4 (Copy of plan/program modifications) 7.5 (Copy of changes) 7.6 (Classroom observations will reflect changes reconmended by school improvement teams) 7.7 (School Improvement Teams will implement intervention based upon evaluation of the school plan as needed)Page: 13 Prograa Seq *: 57 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Naae: Incentive School Operations * Monitoring Prograai Code: 68 Priaery Leader: C. Russell Hayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograai Goat: To anre closely and thoroughly awnitor schools in order to develop a clearer picture of student achieveaent at these buildings. Plan Reference Page NuHber objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafjletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 8.0 LRSO's goal in the area of Incentive Schools is to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of the recruitment program for the Incentive Schools. 8.1 Provide a special inservice for the LRSD Biracial Advisory Coawittee about the Incentive School Program and the long-term Desegregation Plan by notifying Conwittee of special meetings, conducting special inservice meeting to review plan and focus on parent recruitment. 8.2 Utilize the services of individuals with expertise in marketing or advertising bv appointing ex-officio to Biracial Advisory Committee. 8.3 Develop procedures for monitoring implementation of the recruitment program by developing a draft of monitoring procedures, preparing a final draft reviewing monitoring procedures with superintendent's cabinet, biracial committee, and incentive school principals. 8.4 Reconinend any changes needed in recruitment strategy or activities by reviewing a bimonthly report on the recruitment program. 8.5 Evaluate the recruitment program by preparing quarterly report and submitting it to the Board of Directors. 347Page: 14 Prograa Seq *: 57 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Naae: Incentive School Operations - Monitoring Prograa Code: 68 Priaary Leader: C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: Arma Hart Prograa Goal: To aore closely and thoroughly aonitor schools in order to develop a clearer picture of student achieveaent at these buildings. Plan Reference Page Nuiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 9.0 A committee including the principals of the Incentive Schools, the superintendent's senior management team, planning and evaluation specialists from the Planning, Research and Evaluation Office, and six mewtoers from the Biracial Advisory Coiniiittee (including two nominated by Joshua) will meet on or before July 1 of each year to revise the evaluation educational equity monitoring design to conform with the expectations of the incentive school program. 10.0 The Incentive Schools will be monitored at least once each quarter by one of the monitoring teams which use members from the districtwide Biracial Conwiittee Quarterly reports smmariting all the monitoring visits will be prepared by personnel from the Planning, Research and Evaluation Office and presented through the superintendent to the Board of Directors of the LRSD during a regular meeting of the Board associate superintendent for The desegregation will be responsible for insuring that deficiencies listed in the monitoring reports are eliminated in a timely manner. 11.0 The biracial conmittee is to prepare quarterly evaluation reports with respect to recruitment end incentive schools. 12.0 The District should provide a copy of the committee report to Mr. Walker. 34RLRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #: 61 Page: 1 Revision Date: July 28. 1994 Program Name: Incentive Schools - Staffing Program Code: 72 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Program Description: (This program is designed to include a committee of parents, teachers, and administrators who will assist io setting criteria for interviews and make recommendations for hiring quality staff who will implement the goals, programs and curriculum in the Irtcentive Schools.) District Goal Support: Developing and maintaining ataff that is well-trained and motivated. (Communicating with colleges and univeraities about teacher training will be a strategy for this goal. Program Goal: To provide quality staff for achieving incentive school goals and successfully implementing programs and curriculum.) I Plan References: L 188, L 195 - 198 ] FY Program Budget: $808,481.42 1st Qtr Expend: $58,107.81 3rd Qtr Expend: $203,400.97 FTE YTD Expenditures: $765,939.27 2nd Qtr Expend: $190,828.11 4th Qtr Expend: $313,602.38 31 Related Function Codes: 1 349LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMEMT Page: 2 Program Seq *: 61 Revision Date: July 18. 1994 Program Name: Incentive Schools - Staffing Program Code: 72 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Program Goal: To provide quality staff for achieving incentive school goals and successfully iif}leaKnting programs and curriculua. Plan Reference Page Ntnber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 195 L 195 1.0 Determine staffing needs and promote staff awareness of incentive school concepts. 1.0 (Determine staffing needs and provide quality staff to meet the needs.) Examine program goals and curriculum for the Incentive Schools to be used by LRSD staffing conmittee along with student data, goals and curriculum to identify staffing needs for the Incentive Schools. 1.1 Establish District Incentive Schools Staffing Coamittee to assess staffing needs for each incentive school. A. The Staffing Conmittee was reestablished in 1993. Completed 100X. RIGHTSELL B. Staffing Conmittee interviews for School Nurse C. Staffing Conmittee met to review data and determine the school need for Alternative Classroom Specialist and Spanish teacher. D. Business Cases presented regarding Spanish and Alternative Classroom specialist. ROCKEFELLER B. Staffing conmittee was used in the interviewing process and recommendations for hiring school personnel. 350 07/01/93 07/01/93 02/04/94 02/07/94 03/17/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 02/07/94 02/07/94 03/17/94 (Principal, Asst. Supt., Director of Human Resources, Desegregation Facilitator) Assoc. Si\u0026lt;}t. of Deseg., Assistant Si4)erintendent (Deseg Facil., Director of Human Resources) 1.0 (Sufficient personnel is in place to meet student needs) 1.0 (Commitment to the overall program is evidenced by staff participation in activities which fulfill the goals of the Incentive School Program) 1.1 (Names and composition of staffing conmittee and agendas for meetings)Page: 3 Progran Seq *: 61 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Progran Nane: Incentive Schools - Staffing Progran Code: 72 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Progran Goal: To provide quality staff for achieving incentive school goals and successfully implenenting prograan and curriculua. Plan Reference Page Ntmter L 195 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaipletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.2 Identify staffing needs (classroom teachers and full time support personnel, i.e., counselor, librarian, isjsic, art, P.E., social worker, PAL reading, PAL math, PAL coafMiter lab, (Academic Support Programs: Language Arts, Math and Computer Lab) resource, speech, non-certified specialist for alternative classroom, media clerk, certified instructional aides, supervision aide, permanently assigned siiistitute teacher, program specialist, prircipal, assistant principal, and others. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Incentive School Staffing Coanittee (Deseg. Facil. Director of Human Resources) 1.2 (Needs assessment instrument/business cases includes priorities and rationale for staffing) (Employ) at least a half-time assistant principal depending on school population (where there is a part time assistant, that person will devote the rest of his/her time to working with program development and community outreach.) A. Staffing requirements listed above are in place at each school with the exception of specialist for alternative classrooms and assistant principals in every school. MITCHELL B. Alternative classroom is established. 04/01/94 04/01/94 RIGHTSELL B. Positions Reduced: Media Clerk .40, Computer Specialist .60. C. Staffing Committee Interviews for School Nurse 02/04/94 02/07/94 351Page: 4 Prograa Seq *: 61 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Name: Incentive Schools - Staffing Program Code: 72 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Program Goal: To provide quality staff for achieving incentive school goals and successfully iaplementing prograas and curriculua. Plan Reference Page Nuiber L 195 L 195 L 195 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria RIGHTSELL (continued) D. E. F. Staffing Committee met to review data arxi determine the school need for Alternative Classroom Specialist and Spanish teacher Business Case presented regarding Spanish teacher arxJ Alternative Classroom specialist. Identified staffing needs for 1994-95. 1 - Principal 2 ' Classroom teachers 1.3 Develop criteria for principal and staff selection based on race/gender, successful teaching experiences, record of comaitment to quality desegregated education, and strong recoimaendations from a variety of sources (colleagues, principals, and others). A. Criteria was developed in 1993. Completion: 100X 1.4 Develop job descriptions to include special programs and contractual requireiKnts for staff and principal. A. Job descriptions are on file in Hunan Resources. 1.5 Declare all positions vacant and advertise positions. A. Completed at the inception of Incentive Schools Program, 1989 02/07/94 03/17/94 04/04/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 02/07/94 03/17/94 06/07/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Assistant Stperinten- dent. Incentive Schools, Staffing Committee (Desegregation Facilitator) (Hunan Resources Director) Huaan Resources Director (Staffing Committee, Deseg FaciI.) Director of Human Resources 1.3 (Docunentation of Staffing criteria) 1.4 (Copies of contracts and special requirements) 1.5 (Completed at inception of Incentive School Program 1989)Page: 5 Progran Seq *: 61 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Progran Nane: Incentive Schools - Staffing Progran Code: 72 Prinary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Progran Goal: To provide quality staff for achieving incentive school goals and successfully inpleaenting prograns and curriculus. Plan Reference Page Nudxr L 195 L 196 L 196 L 196 L 196 2.0 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Identify pool of prospective staff eabers and adainistrators. 3.0 Select principals and provide orientation arI training. (Qualified staff exists in all schools\nas vacancies occur, orientation and training will be provided.) 1.6 Provide an indepth orientation session on each coaponent of the incentive schools for principals and staff of existing schools. 07/01/93 06/30/94 A. Indepth inservices are provided as need^ at beginning of each school year or as needed for new staff at the district or building level. 2.1 lif\u0026gt;leent ongoing local and national recruitment strategies with special eaphasis on recruiting qualified minority staff members. 2.2 Maintain current files on qualified prospective staff meabers. A. New principal orientation held B. New principals were assigned a peer assistant 353 07/01/93 07/01/93 08/31/93 08/31/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 08/31/93 08/31/93 Assoc. Sept., Asst. Sipt., (Director of Staff Development) (Director of Human Resources, Teacher Recruiter) Huaan Resource Director Hunan Resources Director (Director of Human Resources, Asst. Supts., Deseg. Facil., Director of Staff Development) 1.6 (Copy of inservice session and staff evaluation feedback) 2. (An acceptable pool of qualified applicants meet the Incentive School staffing criteria) 2.1 (Chronology of recruitment activities and strategies\nqualified staff including minorities hired) 2.2 (List of qualified applicants) 3.0 (Qualified applicants are employed as needed to fill vacancies. Training is provided based on the established LRSD criteria\nqualified staff exists in all schools for all positions)Page: 6 Progran Seq *: 61 Revision Date: July 18. 1994 Progran Naiae: Incentive Schools - Staffing Progran Code: 72 Prianry Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Progran Goal: To provide quality staff for achieving incentive school goals and successfully inpleaenting prograns and curriculua. Plan Reference Page Hmber L 196 L 196 L 196 L 196 L 196 L 197 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.1 Review criteria for principal selection based on successful adainistrative experience, record of coanitment to quality desegregated education, and strong recosaiendations from a variety of sources (superintendent's cabinet, PTA board and others). 3.2 Begin local and national recruitment/ application process. 3.3 Select racially balanced interview teaae of 5-7 Beaters coaposed of the following: teachers, parents, principal, other acteinistrators as appropriate, and a representative from the Joshua Intervenors Experience in interview process is preferable. RIGHTSELL A. Interview team in place. 3.4 Prelininary screen!ng/interviews. RIGHTSELL A. All applicants are interviewed by the Staffing Committee. 3.5 Conduct final interviews. 3.6 Make recoaaendations to the School Board. 351 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Associate Super i ntendent\nAssistant Si\u0026lt;)erintendents (Desegregation FaciIitator. Human Resources Director) Human Resources Director Huaan Resources Director, Associate S(\u0026lt;)erintendent Interview Teatas Interview Teams Sqperintendent 3.1 (Record of principals experience, commitment and list of reconmerxJations\ndocumented orientation and training dates\nlist of interview team members) 3.2 (Documentation arxi results of recruitment activities) 3.3 (List of trained committee members) 3.4 (Oates of interviews and screening of staff) 3.5 (Oates of interviews) 3.6 (Board Agenda. Personnel section)Page: 7 Program Seq f: 61 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Program Name: Incentive Schools - Staffing Program Code: 72 Priaery Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Program Goal: To provide qielity staff for achieving incentive school goals and successfully iapleaenting prograas and curriculua. Plan Reference Page Nuiber L 197 L 197 L 197 L 197 L 197 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.0 Select staff. (Qualified staff exists in all schools\nas vacancies occur, orientation and training will be provided.) 3.7 Plan and iipleaent orientation and training inservice to acquaint new principals of incentive schools to job expectations, procedure and timelines for staff interviews and selection. A. New principals meeting was held 4.1 Select racially balanced interview teasB of 5-7 meabers coaposed of the following\nteachers, parents, principal and other a^inistrators as appropriate from incentive school ccMBUiities. Experience in the interview process preferable. STEPHENS A. Established interview team of five members. 4.2 Interview applicants. STEPHENS A. Interviewed and recommended a Theme Specialist 4.3 Make staff recoamendations. 07/01/93 07/23/93 07/01/93 08/01/93 07/01/93 08/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 07/23/93 06/30/94 08/31/93 06/30/94 08/01/93 06/30/94 Staff Develop- aent Coamittee (Director of Human Resources, Director of Staff Development, Asst. Supts.) Associate S\u0026lt;4)er i ntendents , Huaan, Resources Director Interview Teams Interview Teaos 3.7 (Agendas of meetings will include training, job expectations, procedure for interviews and staff selection) 4.0 (Qualified staff exists in schools for all positions) 4.1 (List of experienced and racially balanced interview team members) 4.1 (Training dates) 4.2 (Dates and results of interviews) 4.3 (Documentation of staff recommendations on file in Human Resources Dept.)Page: 8 Prograa Seq *: 61 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Prograa Naae: Incentive Schools - Staffing Prograa Code: 72 Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Prograa Goal: To provide quality staff for achieving incentive school goals and successfully iifileaenting prograas and curriculua. Plan Reference Page Nuiixr Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaipletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria MITCHELL A. Staff recommendations made for 1993-94 B. Spanish teacher, one-half time, reconmended 03/01/94 03/01/94 ROCKEFELLER A. Recommendations for certified staff new to Rockefeller Incentive School for the 1993-94 school year: 10/01/93 12/17/93 Sharon Brooks (BF) Assistant Principal\nJames Anderson (BM) Music\nJennifer Breedlove (UF) 1st grade\nKristine Stricker (UF) 1st grade\nRhonda Burroughts (UF) 2nd grade\nWendy Lovett (UF) 3rd grade\nJohn Jarboe (UM) Sth grade\nCasandra Hardin (BF) Kindergarten. B. Committee meetings for purpose of writing business cases for Spanish, Alternative Classroom Specialists, and Early Childhood specialist. 03/03/94 03/14/94 L 197 4.4 Make staff recaaaendations for eaiploysKHt to the School Board. 07/01/73 06/30/94 Principal, Huaan Resources Director (Asst./ Assoc. Stv\u0026gt;t) 4.4 (Board Agenda - Personnel) MITCHELL A. Staff recoflinended to Board. 355Page: 9 Prograa Seq *: 61 Revision Date: July 18. 1994 Prograa Maae: Incentive Schools - Staffing Prograa Code: 72 Priaary Leader: Sterling Ingrain Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Prograa Goal: To provide quality staff for achieving incentive school goals and successfully ii^leaanting prograas and curriculua. Plan Reference Page Miaber L 197 L 198 L 198 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria STEPHENS A. B. 5.0 Review staff menber e^toyaent/ commitment and effectiveness on an ongoing basis. Recommendations were made for all vacancies: School Theme Specialist, Fourth, First, K, Music and Art teachers, 1 instructional aide. Staffing conmittee met and established the need of Alternative Classroom Specialist and a half-time Spanish teacher. 4.5 Issue and explain one-year special contracts. 5.1 Review staff coanitaent informally on an ongoing basis with semi-annual formal review conferences. 5.1 Identify effective resources and laaterials that will increase student achieveaient and behavior. 358 10/01/93 03/14/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 12/17/93 03/14/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Hunan Resources Director (Principal, Asst. Supt., Director of Human Resources) Principal. Asst. Supt. 4.S (Documention of dates one year contracts were issued and explained) 5.0 (Principal and staff evaluations are conducted in accordance with district and state requirements. Formal and informal teacher classroom observation is monitored regularly and feedback is provided to improve student performance and teacher effectiveness) 5.1 (Documentation of staff informal review conferences) 5.1 (List of existing resources and materials that work in other schools)Page: 10 Prograa Seq f: 61 Revision Date: July 18, 1994 Progran Nane: Incentive Schools * Staffing Progran Code: 72 Prinary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Incentive School Principals Progran Goal: To provide quality staff for achieving incentive school goals and successfully iaplenenting prograns and curriculua. Plan Reference Page Nuiber L 198 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\u003cdcterms_creator\u003eLittle Rock School District\u003c/dcterms_creator\u003e\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_226","title":"Little Rock School District (LRSD) Fourth Quarter Status Report, Volume I, part 1","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["Little Rock School District"],"dc_date":["1994-08-15"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Finance","Educational statistics"],"dcterms_title":["Little Rock School District (LRSD) Fourth Quarter Status Report, Volume I, part 1"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/226"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["reports"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nVOLUME I LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT 1993-94 FOURTH QUARTER STATUS REPORT PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT August 15, 1994 Exhibit 1 SEQUENCE # PAGE# Preface 1 Mission 2 Goals 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS SEQUENCE # SCHOOL OPERATIONS CLUSTER (BUFF) PAGE# District Financial Summary 4 Definitions 6 Organization of the Report 8 Cluster Budget Documents 10 09A 09B 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 School Operations (Principals) School Operations (Centri Off. Adm.) Extracurricular Participation Student Hearing Officer In-School Suspension New Futures Academic Incentive Grants/Focused Activities McClellan Community School Unassigned Testing Assistance - Disadvantaged Job Fair 191 419 519 553 557 614 623 628 703 709 CURRICULUM CLUSTER (PINK) ORGANIZATIONAL CHART (WHITE) 712 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 HIPPY 4 Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Academic Support Program (PAL) Multicultural Curriculum Special Education Gifted Education Federal Programs Vocational Education 12 24 36 49 82 156 166 172 1PREFACE The mission statement and goals for Little Rock School District are the guides for all decision-making. The information gained from the Fourth Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs provides additional direction for quality, interim and/or summative decision-making for the district. Specifically, programs with poor performance or expenditure problems will have been addressed with corrective action continuously during the year rather than after the year is completed. The report enhances the districts ability to monitor and report achievements and expenditures relative to the programs identified in the Desegregation Plan for the most efficient and functional program planning on a quarterly basis. Several reporting practices should be noted. First, the fourth quarters report requires an additional volume for desegregation program reporting so that the growth and accumulation of the many achievements reported by schools and programs during the fiscal year of 1993-94 (FY 93-94) are accommodated. Consequently, the fourth quarters report for desegregation programs consists of Volume I (Seq (Zs 1-18) and Volume II (Seq #s 19-82). Principals and Central Office Administrators have reported achievements in the fourth quarters report. 09A is the designated sequence number for reporting by Principals, and 09B is the sequence number relative to Central Office Administrators reporting. The desegregation audit was completed during the third quarter. Additional desegregation obligations continue to be reflected in the program budget documents of the fourth quarter report. These additional obligations come from the desegregation audit which includes Court orders, ODM monitoring reports ordered by the Court, and Court Hearing transcripts. (Underlined print denotes additional desegregation obligations language.) A continued refinement and adjustment period throughout the fiscal year 1994-95 (FY 94-95) will be necessary for language clarification of the additional desegregation obligations. The Little Rock School District will endeavor to make the language more consistent and uniform with the spirit and intent of the various obligations. The Fourth Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs contains the following: (1) The Mission Statement of Little Rock School District\n(2) The Goals of Little Rock School District\n(3) LRSD Quarterly Desegregation Expenses Summary\n(4) Definitions and Data Elements\n(5) Organization of the Report\n(6) Program Budget Documents Grouped by Clusters\nand, (7) The LRSD Organizational Chart. 1LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT MISSION STATEMENT The mission of the Little Rock School District is to provide a quality, integrated educational program which encourages all children to achieve their optimum academic, social, and emotional development. To that end, the students in the Little Rock School District will develop an appreciation for ethnic and cultural diversity, develop skills in problem solving and conflict resolution, and demonstrate mastery of the Districts curriculum. This will be achieved through the collaborative efforts of a Board, a dedicated and competent staff, and of parents and citizens committed to fairness, racial equity and adequate support for education. 2I. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT GOALS The LRSD will implement integrated educational programs that will ensure all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. The LRSD will develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. The Little Rock Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. The LRSD will solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. The LRSD will provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. The LRSD will ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. 3Little Rock School District Quarterly Desegregation Expenses Page 1 Program Code 01 I 02 05 06 07 08 09 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 32 33 34 35 49 51 52 Program Name HIPPY______________________________ 4-YEAR OLD PROGRAM______________ STUDENT HEARING OFFICER OFFICE OF DESEGREGATION EXTRA-CURRICULAR PARTICIPATION TEACHER RECRUITER STAFF DEVELOPMENT ACADEMIC SUPPORT PROGRAMS MULTICULTURAL PROGRAMS ACADEMIC INC GRANTS/FOCUSED ACT ORIGINAL MAGNETS SPECIAL EDUCATION @ WASHINGTON SECURITY D/P SYSTEM STUDENT INFORMATION M-TO-M MAGNET SCHOOLS EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING COMPUTERIZED TRANSP SYSTEM ROMINE INTERDISTRICT THEME McClellan community school IN-SCHOOL SUSPENSION JOB FAIR TESTING ASSISTANCE UBRARY SERVICES__________________ PARENT RECRUITING VIPS RECRUITING PREJUDICE REDUCTION CONTINGENCY FUND________________ OFFICE OF INCENTIVE SCHOOLS WRITING TO READ Budget 93-94 266,763.02 1,523,742.24 94,381.61 433,102.41 5,000.51 48,299.53 465,627.29 1,815,582.10 197,446.69 352,294.55 4,488,582.00 55,695.66 756,876.66 792,523.74 2,254,912.65 387,378.66 8,000.00 16,867.82 170,112.24 650,406.55 1,092.82 5,066.96 479,954.32 40,000.00 19,090.73 5,000.00 300,000.00 1,749.42 6,000.00 PTES 21.0 66.5 2.0 10.0 1.0 7.0 70.0 1.0 38.0 4.0 64.0 4.0 2.0 25.0 30.0 2.0 YTD Expense 262,389.25 1,687,767.37 96,590.18 457,137.16 4,962.82 48,299.53 368,534.47 1,392,558.81 133,733.55 234,362.12 3,944,705.41 53,652.29 779,584.72 788,702.49 1,882,670.33 416,602.39 7,420.00 66,047.22 170,112.24 733,656.11 1,667.23 4,808.61 369,772.74 22,400.02 34,478.27 0.00 0.00 29,689.61 0.00 1st Quarter 31,286.27 136,599.40 22,646.74 100,300.49 4,962.62 9,695.16 69,080.94 156,246.67 19,443.65 26,486.11 0.00 8,178.16 91,086.44 593,453.22 287,665.69 149,459.45 0.00 0.00 62,090.64 70,413.69 153.38 75.16 61,580.87 10.26 5,857.49 0.00 0.00 76.77 0.00 2nd Quarter 69,819.02 387,557.20 27,973.85 111,334.76 ________0.00 10,475.07 81,164.99 499,040.09 23,307.68 3,860.21 ________0.00 12,566.50 213,556.49 122,425.14 451,600.64 167,904.22 0.00 0.00 38,451.48 195,153.72 212.33 1,643.82 110,920.97 2,012.50 8,585.07 ________OW 0.00 0.58 0.00 3rd Quarter 77,045.71 371,664.65 22,978.74 107,969.35 ________0.00 6,500.61 80,688.95 409,425.82 23,107.72 43,379.45 ________0.00 13,633.99 225,849.71 37,136.87 456,681.67 174,967.62 7,420.00 53,893.60 28,741.36 206,169.31 323.25 1,215.42 91,974.51 3,671.19 6,361.01 ________0.00 0.00 752.73 0.00 4th Quarter 84,236.25 789,946.12 22,990.85 137,512.56 ________0.00 21,628.67 137,399.59 325,846.03 67,874.50 160,636.35 3,944,705.41 19,273.64 249,092.08 35,687.26 686,722.33 (73,728.901 ________0.00 12,153.62 20,628.76 261,899.39 978.27 1,874.21 105,296.39 16,706.07 13,674.70 ________0.00 0.00 28,859.53 0.00 % Budget Spent 98.36% 110.76% 102.34% 105.55% 99.25% 100.00% 79.15% 76.70% 67.73% 66.52% 87.88% 96.33% 103.00% 99.52% 83.49% 106.06% 92.75% 391.56% 100.00% 86.27% 152.56% 94.90% 77.04% 56.00% 180.60% 0.00% 0.00% 1697.11% 0.00% 4Little Rock School District Quarterly Desegregation Expenses Page 2 Program Code 53 54 56 57 59 61 64 65 66 72 73 74 75 ______________Program Name________ SCIENCE LABS______________________ COMPUTER LABS____________________ COMPUTER LOAN PROGRAM EXTENDED DAY FIELD TRIPS_________________________ TRANSPORTATION (ADD'L) INSTRUCTIONAL AIDES_______________ EXTENDED YEAR INCENTIVE/RECOGNinON RECOMMENDED STAFFING___________ REQUIRED STAFF DEVELOPMENT TEACHER STIPENDS/INSERVICE OTHER INCENTIVE SCHOOL ACTIVITIES TOTAL Budget 93-94 12,000.00 6,000.00 2,500.00 747,247.70 33,000.00 15,000.00 496,451.04 99,938.45 14,581.91 808,481.42 52,878.29 72,725.98 51,088.13 18^253,447.10 PTE's 42.0 31.0 420.S YTD Expense 0.00 0.00 0.00 901,086.26 32,998.03 14,960.92 431,734.23 71,462.59 11,407.45 765,939.27 25,028.78 35,713.00 64,361.65 16,348,997.12 1st Quarter 0.00 0.00 0.00 25,550.48 3,210.95 0.00 38,306.87 31,884.03 1,428.45 58,107.81 1,459.85 24,542.02 20,724.59 2,136,064.74 2nd Quarter 0.00 0.00 0.00 192,460.04 7,404.63 14,960.92 114,714.15 1,295.45 3,093.35 190,828.11 16,290.74 5,393.24 11,775.22 3,097,782.18 3rd Quarter 0.00 0.00 0.00 239,020.28 10,063.17 0.00 108,005.96 0.00 4,366.15 203,400.97 5,017.06 4,335.48 12,558.44 3,038,560.75 4th Quarter 0.00 _________0.00 0.00 444,055.46 12,319.28 0.00 170,707.25 38,283.11 2,519.50 313,602.38 2,261.13 1,442.26 19,303.40 8,076,589.45 % Budget Spent 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 120.59% 99.99% 99.74% 86.96% 71.51% 78.23% 94.74% 47.33% 49.11% 125.96% 89.57% 5DEFINITIONS AND DATA ELEMENTS The following are definitions of terms and data elements used in the Program Budget Documents. Program: A program is an established plan of operation, composed of a group or series of related activities which are carried out to serve a specific area of identified need. Program Description: A program description includes a purpose, scope and content, and participants/beneficiaries related to the respective program. Program Goal: A program goal is a broad guiding statement and should describe the overall aim(s), purpose(s), or ambition(s) of the specific program. Objectives: Program objectives present explicitly the desired impact the program should have on a problem. They should provide detail to the goals. Strategies: Strategies are the jobs, tasks, efforts, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the objective. Achievements: Achievements are efforts, tasks, evidence, performance, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the strategy. Achievements are placed in alpha order underneath the relative strategy. Evaluation Criteria: Evaluation criteria are statements which specify the end product of an objective or strategy and establish measurable and observable levels of performance of the product. Page: Each Program Budget Document uses one of two formatted pages. Program Sequence It (Seq. #): The purpose of this sequence number is to establish a reference for placing programs in order within the planning document. Revision Date: This date is the actual date the program document was first documented or last changed. Program Name: To eliminate confusion, an established name for each program has been assigned by the district planner. Program Code: This is a unique accounting code assigned by Financial Services which links budget and expenditure information to the associated program. 6Definitions and Data Elements (cont.) Primary Leader: The Primary Leader is the cabinet-level associate responsible for the management and operation of the respective program. Secondary Leader: The Secondary Leader is the associate who is back-up to the Primary and will function in that capacity in the absence of the Primary (i.e. the Program Manager or the Principal). District Goal Support: Each program directly supports at least one district goal. If more than one district goal is relative, then the appropriate district goals have been listed in descending priority order. Plan Reference: Specific plan and page references will directly cite one of the following desegregation documents: L = LRSD Desegregation Plan\nI = Interdistrict Desegregation Plan\nS = Settlement Agreement\nC = Court Orders\nT = Transcripts\nP = Pleadings\nM = Monitoring Reports. The format should be L23 or 113-20, for example. This element has been left blank if the program is not directly cited in one of the desegregation documents. Plan Reference Page Number: Source references listed for each objective and strategy have been used. If the objective or strategy is desegregation document related, the specific desegregation document and page upon which this objective or strategy has been found should be listed. If the objective or strategy is not related to a desegregation document, then whatever source was used has been listed. This element is contained on page 2 and succeeding pages. Beginning Date: This is the actual date a particular strategy began. For consistency, all dates should be printed in the following manner: MM/DD/YY, (09/30/93). Completion Date. This is the actual date a particular objective or strategy was completed. For consistency, all dates should be entered in the following format: MM/DD/YY, (09/30/93). If an activity toward a strategy has been started but not completed, a percent of completion (75%) should be entered. Responsibility: This is the name of the individual tasked with ensuring an activity has been accomplished. 7ORGANIZATION OF THE REPORT This section provides guiding information about the text of the Fourth Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs. Pagination. Every page in the text is numbered using Arabic numerals. Pages are consecutively numbered (e.g.,1,2,3,...) throughout the report at the bottom of the page beginning with the \"Preface.\" The \"Table of Contents\" is on page i, page ii, and page iii. Print. The report employs two kinds of print density. Bold Print denotes original language of the desegregation document(s). Lighter print enclosed in parentheses (parenthetical statements) identifies language that is not literal in the desegregation document(s). The parenthetical statements of lighter print have been integrated throughout the program budget documents for clarification of original language in the desegregation document(s) and/or for providing information generalized from the original language of the desegregation document(s). Parenthetical information should not be construed to mean new legal obligations nor expansion of the obligations under the desegregation document(s). Underlined Print. Underlined Print denotes additional desegregation obligations language which has been inserted verbatim in the third quarter report of FY 93-94. These additional obligations come from the desegregation audit which includes Court orders, ODM monitoring reports ordered by the Court, and Court hearing transcripts. Clusters. Programs have been sorted into broad categories called clusters. Clusters include programs or schools grouped together because of similar and related operational functions. For convenience and management of the report, similar programs have been grouped into six color-coded clusters. To locate a program, determine the relative cluster of the program by using the \"Table of Contents\" and then refer to the program sequence number (Seq K) or page number for facilitating program reference in the report. School Operations Program (09A and 09B). The School Operations program description warrants that both Principals and Central Office Administrators provide quality planning for students. Therefore, the School Operations Program is divided into two sections for reporting achievements by both Principals and Central Office Administrators. The sequence number for reporting by Principals (i.e., schools) is 09A, and the sequence number for reporting by Central Office Administrators is 09B. For the fourth reporting period, the inclusionary dates cited in the \"Beginning Date\" column and \"Completion Date\" column are 04/01/94 and 06/30/94, respectively. These inclusionary dates represent the boundaries for the fourth quarter. The generic dates of 04/01/94 and 06/30/94 are used to uniform and conform reporting in the School Operations program budget documents. Specific date information relative to the achievements of Central Office Administrators follows each documented achievement. 8Organization of the Report (continued) As a final note, the School Operations Program (09A) classifies the area, interdistrict, and magnet schools into three organizational levels: elementary, junior high, and senior high. Incentive Schools. The Incentive Schools cluster provides program reporting information for the following schools: Franklin, Garland, Rockefeller, Mitchell, Stephens and Rightsell. Non-Monetary Tracking. No entry on page one in the fiscal year program budget field and/or the quarter expenditure field of a Program Budget Document means desegregation money has not been tracked to the respective program. Organizational Chart. An organizational chart is provided. 9CLUSTER BUDGET DOCUMENTS 10Curriculum Cluster * * * * * * * * HIPPY 4-Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Academic Support Program Multicultural Curriculum Special Education Gifted Programs Federal Programs Vocational Education 11Program Seq #: 01 Program Name: Program Code: Program Description: District Goal Support\nProgram Goal: Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT HIPPY (Home Instruction Program For Preschool Youngsters) 01 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Page: 1 Revision Date: July 28, 1994 HIPPY is a home based developmental program which recognizes the mother as the first significant teacher of the child. HIPPY assists the mother in preparing the child to be successful in kindergarten, therefore assisting in the reduction of the disparity gap between black and white students. HIPPYS major focus is in the shadow areas of major incentive schools and in the Southwest Little Rock area. HIPPY serves primarily economical and educational disadvantaged families. Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be successful: and to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Page L-5. L-14. 15,16 $266,763.02 $262,389.25 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $31,286.27 $69,81902 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $77,04571 $84,238.25 FTE 21 E Related Function Codes: ] 12LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page\n2 Program Seq 01 Revision Date\nJune 14, 1994 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference doc Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L14 Page Number 1. To promote the HIPPY program 07/01/93 June 30. 1994 Staff Mailed letters Appear on show (Documentation of PSA) 1.1 To compose and mail Public Service Announcement for local radio stations and Channels 14 and 16 flyers. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Staff A. Staff member appeared on channel 16 08/22/93 08/22/93 8. Mailed PSA to channels 4, 7, 14, \u0026amp; 16 07/08/93 07/08/93 C. Forwarded PSA to LRSD Communications Department 07/08/93 07/08/93 2. To select HIPPY aides D. Printed \u0026amp; distributed flyers (342 distributed) E. Mailed announcements and flyers 08/23/93 08/03/93 07/01/93 09/30/93 08/03/93 06/30/94 13Page: 3 Program Seq #: 01 Revision Date: June 14, 1994 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference doc Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L14 L14 Page Number 3. Initial training of aides and staff 4. To enroll families into program. 2.1 Interview and select fourteen (14) aides. A. Interview \u0026amp; select aides B. Printed \u0026amp; mailed forty two (42) flyers to area churches C. Mailed job announcement to channels 14, 16, \u0026amp; 38 3.1 Arrange logistics with State Regional Office for the initial training A. Contacted Principal at Washington Magnet school to assist \u0026amp; arrange use of facilities for Regional Training 8. Conducted pre-initial training for aides 07/01/93 08/23/93 09/28/93 08/03/93 08/23/93 07/01/93 08/24/93 09/02/93 08/01/93 06/30/94 10/11/93 09/28/93 08/03/93 09/03/93 06/30/94 08/24/93 09/03/93 10/01/93 Staff Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Coordinators Pay the bill (requisition paid) Pay the bill (Documentation of family enrollment) 1 4Page: 4 Program Seq #: 01 Revision Date\nJune 14, 1994 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success: and to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference doc Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L14 L14 L14 L14 Page Number 5. To recruit families 6. To determine service of coordinators 7. To assign families to be serviced by aides. 8. To organize instructional material. 4.1 Conduct home interview and enroll families into program. A. Conducted registration for interested parents 5.1 Compose and mail correspondence to community churches to recruit families and instructional aide trainees. A. Mailed correspondence to forty two (42) area churches 6.1 Identify families to be served by each coordinator A. Assigned families to Coordinators 7.1 Identify families to be served by each aide A. Assigned families to aides 5 07/01/93 08/17/93 08/17/93 07/01/93 09/28/93 08/02/93 09/15/93 08/30/93 07/01/93 08/30/93 06/30/94 08/18/93 08/18/93 06/30/94 09/28/93 08/02/93 09/15/93 09/30/93 06/30/94 08/30/93 Supervisor Coordinators Staff Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Coordinators Coordinators Secretary of HIPPY Certification of aides (position of aides filled) Assignment of families to Coordinators Assignment of families to aides Printing completed (received ordered curriculum)Page: 5 Program Seq 01 Revision Date: June 14. 1994 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference doc Objectives Strategies Beginning Date L14 L14 Page Number 8.1 Print curriculum material. 07/01/93 Completion Date 06/30/94 Responsibility Supervisor Coordinators Evaluation Criteria 9. To familiarize aides of the HIPPY implementation in LRSD. A. Ordered printed curriculum from Dushkin Publishing 9.1 Conduct three (3) day workshop A. Invited five (5) LRSD personnel and other experts to Inservice Training 08/17/93 07/01/93 09/07/93 08/17/93 06/30/94 09/21/93 10. Obtain material for program J Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Agenda/Receive material (documentation of 3 day workshop) G6 Page: Program Seq #: 01 Revision Date: June 14, 1994 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code\n01 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success: and to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference doc Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Page Number Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Invited four (4) LRSD personnel and other experts to Inservice Training C. Invited seven (7) LRSD personnel and other experts to Inservice Training D. Invited elevin (11) LRSD personnel and other experts to Inservice Training 10.1 Order material A. Requisitioned materials for program implementation B. Requisitioned materials for program implementation C. Acquisitioned materials for program continuance 10/26/93 12/07/93 01/04/94 03/01/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 10/10/93 11/18/93 02/22/94 05/27/94 06/30/94 a 09/30/93 12/30/93 02/01/94 17Page: 7 Program Seq #: 01 Revision Date: June 14, 1994 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference doc Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L14 Page Number 11. To orientate enrolled families to the HIPPY program. 09/21/93 09/21/93 Supervisor Coordinators Families enrolled in program (documentation of parent orientation) 11.1 Conduct orientation meeting Orientation conducted 09/21/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 A. Secured space for orientation Requested use of Adult Education Auditorium from Adult Education Director, Paulette Martin 09/07/93 09/07/93 B. Invited speakers to orientation. Pat Price. LRSD Early Childhood Coordinator, Maria Mitchell, LRSD Baseline Elementary Teacher 09/16/93 09/16/93 C. Prepared program agenda for orientation 09/20/93 09/20/93 ^3Page: 8 Program Seq 01 Revision Date: June 14, 1994 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code\n01 Primary Leader: Estollu Matthis Secondary Leader\nM.iri.iii Shdiiil Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference doc Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L15 Page Number 12. Identify meeting sites of group meetings. 10/13/93 10/13/93 Coordinators Confirmation of site (documentation of letters) 12.1 Secure meeting sites for group meeting, (mailed letters to building principals) 12.2 Mail out notification of meeting sites. A. Identified appropriate school site for group meetings B. Developed flyers C. Distributed flyers to parents 10/13/93 10/13/93 10/13/93 10/12/93 10/12/93 10/13/93 10/13/93 10/13/93 10/12/93 10/12/93 Coordinators Coordinators B. Agendas prepared weekly for the 1st, 2nd, \u0026amp; 3rd quarter (100%) B. Agenda's prepared weekly 10/01/93 100% 19Page: 9 Program Seq 01 Revision Date: June 14, 1994 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success: and to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference doc Objectives Strategies Beginning Date L15 Page Number Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 13. To schedule implementation of HIPPY curriculum. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Supervisor Coordinators 13.1 To schedule aides weekly home visits and group. 13.2 To schedule area group meeting - print fivers. 13.3 To schedule weekly service for aides. 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 13.4 Schedule aides first teaching with (own child). 07/01/93 06/30/94 L15 L15 14. To provide parents with information that will assist them with their children. 15. To evaluate aide trainees mid point (15th week). 07/01/93 06/30/94 Supervisor Coordinators Received materials 14.1 Schedule workshop for parents and aides, mail out and print materials. A. Book Fair B. \"How to Develop Self Esteem Wilma Kirk Lee C. Parent Appreciation/Motivational program 15.1 To evaluate each aide trainee. 20 07/01/93 11/11/93 10/19/93 03/25/94 07/01/93 06/30/94 11/11/93 10/19/93 03/25/94 06/30/94 Supervisor Coordinators Coordinators CoordinatorsPage: 10 Program Seq *: 01 Revision Date: June 14, 1994 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code\n01 Primary Leader\nEstelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference doc Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L15 Page Number 16. To determine program success Supervisor Coordinators Completion of survey LI 5 17. Began second-part of program's implementation. L15 18. Evaluation of aides (week 30) 16.1 Conduct survey of parents  print materials 17.1 Implement second part of HIPPY curriculum: A. Print material B. Print flyers C. Mass mail out 18.1 Evaluate aides O \"I 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Coordinators Evaluation using the Early Prevention of School Failure or a similar model which is comparable in validation scope and developmental grounding, will be conducted on the HIPPY participants as they enter and exit the kindergarten. A standardized achievement test will be given to each child at the end of the third grade level. Participation of parents Materials completed CompletedPage: 11 Program Seq #: 01 Revision Date: June 14, 1994 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference doc Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L16 L16 L16 L16 L16 Page Number 19. Provide parents with information to be successful with their children 20. Build the aides children self esteem. 21. Graduation of HIPPY children and aides reception. 22. Evaluate aides 23. Staff in place. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Supervisor Consultant fee paid 19.1 Obtain a site and speaker and schedule a lecture for parents 19.2 Held Parent Appreciation/Motivational Program 03/25/94 20.1 Activity 21.1 Staff win organize A. Obtain site for graduation (Mann Magnet Auditorium) B. Invite speaker (Rev. Hezekiah Stewart) C. Invite Platform Guests D. Mail invitations to parents, LRSD personnel, and community leaders (mailed 302) 22.1 Schedule final evaluation of trainees in the program 23.1 To begin implementation of HIPPY program. 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 03/10/94 04/08/94 05/11/94 05/16/94 07/01/93 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 03/10/94 04/08/94 05/11/94 05/16/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Supervisor Staff Staff Staff Staff Coordinator Secretary Secretary Secretary Secretary Coordinators Coordinator Consultant fee paid Completion of program Staff began implementation of program 99Page: 12 Program Seq 01 Revision Date: June 14, 1994 Program Name: HIPPY PrugiBin CihIv: Gl Pihnory Londor: Socuiiilnry lonilar: M.iimii SIkiihI Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success: and to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan Reference doc Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L16 L16 Page Number 24. Maintain regular staff. 24.1 Secretary 07/01/93 07/01/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 Supervisor To assist in the implementation of program 26. To assist in traveling expense. 07/01/93 06/30/94 Aides Pay stipend 25.1 Aides made home visit. 26. The home-based program and the four-year- old school-based program will collaborate in the areas of parental involvement and teacher training. 07/01/93 06/30/94 27. The Little Rock School and Pulaski County School Districts will collaborate and coordinate the on-going implementation of the HIPPY Program. 07/01/93 06/30/94 23LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #: 02 Page: 1 Revision Date\nAugust 9, 1994 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program/City-Wide Early Childhood Program Program Code\n02 Primary Leader\nEstelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Description: The purpose of the program is to meet the growing needs of disadvantaged students and to Improve the racial balance at schools that are difficult to desegregate by incorporating Early Childhood Education programs into the Elementary schools. The program provides experiences for young children which meet their needs and stimulate learning in all developmental areas - physical, social, emotional, and intellectual. Priority for identification of program sites will be given to areas that have a very high concentration of low income students and in schools that are difficult to desegregate. The District's preschool curriculum model will be implemented in all incentive schools and other selected schools in the Little Rock School District. Effective the 1990-91 school year, this model will be an integral part of the effort to improve the academic achievement of minority and economicallv disadvantaged children and to attract white students to the schools. icng rang\nfour ycsr c!d) pier, y. address demographic, instructional, and structural needs. LRSD will continue to use the four-vear-oM program as a means to meet the needs of disadvantaged students and desegregate schools that A lonq-ranqe (four-year-old) plan will District Goal Support: are difficult to desegregate. Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal #2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal #3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Goal #4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal #5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: The District will implement the Four-Year-Old Program by the 1994-95 school year according to the provisions of a lonq-range implementation plan developed for additional four-year-oid classes and approved by the Court (720 seats). Plan References: L7. L10. L17. 18. 19 FY Program Budget\n$1,523,742.24 1st Qtr Expend: $138,599.40 3rd Qtr Expend: $371,664.65 FTE 67 YTD Expenditures: $1,687,767.37 2nd Qtr Expend: $387,557.20 4th Qtr Expend: $789,946.12 ] Related Function Codes: 1Program Seq 02 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L17 L17 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: To implement the Four-Year-Old Program in selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difficult to desegregate.) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Page: 2 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Pat Price Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Identify and assign new four-year old program participants in the incentive schools. Beginning with the 1991-92 school year, the program is in place in the schools listed below: 1991-92 Badgett Franklin Garland Mitchell Rightsell Rockefeller Romine Stephens Washington Woodruff Ish - Closed 93-94 1992-93 Bale Geyer Springs Cloverdale Watson Wilson 1993-94 Baseline Chicot King Brady Fair Park 1.1 Provide pre-registration inservices to elementary principals. A. Pre-registration inservice provided to elementary principals. July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 04/06/94 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 04/06/94 Student Assignment Office Student Assignment Office Communications Department Principals 1. Applications returned to Student Assignment and assignments made 1.1 Dates of inservice agenda List of participantsPage: 3 Program Seq #: 02 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To implement the Four-Year-Old Program in selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difficult to desegregate.) Plan Reference Page Number L17 Objectives Strategies 1.2 Conduct media publicity for pre-registration. A. Add run 09/04/93 through 09/06/93 recruiting children for six schools with openings. B. November 17, 1993, distributed brochures to State Interagency Coordinating Council on four- year-old programs C. Decembers, 1993, brought brochures to UALR Day Care Program for distribution. D. Article in Arkansas Democrat gazette on the district's Early Childhood Program in Sunday's paper April 3, 1994. E. Article in Arkansas Democrat Gazette on Preregistration for the district's Early Childhood Program in Tuesday's paper April 5, 1994. F. Flyers on pre-registration information sent to all LRSD parents of children in Kindergarten through sixth grades. Also to a list of parents in Pulaski County targeted schools. G. Incentive school recruitment held at the three malls and Riverfest - 2000 flyers put out for distribution at each location. Beginning Date July 1, 1993 07/09/93 11/17/93 12/09/93 04/03/94 04/05/94 04/08/94 05/21/94 Completion Date June 30, 1994 35% 50% 75% 85% 90% 95% 05/27/94 Responsibility Student Assignment Office Communications Department Evaluation Criteria 1.2 (Documentation of participating and identified PSA's:  Radio and TV stations sent to  Oates aired  Pre-registration announcement) c4 Page: Program Seq #: 02 Revision Date: June 23. 1994 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pill Prico Program Goal: To implement the Four-Year-Old Program in selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difficult to desegregate.! Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria LI 7 L17 L17 2. Recruit teachers and aides as needed. H. Pre-registration information printed on Parent/Community Involvement Calendar. Distributed to Partners/Business, schools, churches, and civic organizations. Also sent flyers with more detailed information to the above agencies. I. Pre-registration information sent to all Case Management Staff at Project Family Comprehensive Child Development Program Case Managers received memo from Core Services Coordinator to encourage parents to register for the four-year-old program and Headstart. 1.3 Assign four*year old students. A. Assignments were made from applications in accordance to racial balance requirements on 06/09/93, 07/09/93, and 07/23/93 1.4 Four-year-old students will be tagged on the AS400  student information management system. 2.1 Interview interested teachers and aides as needed. 04/08/94 04/06/94 July 1, 1993 07/09/93 07/01/93 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 04/08/94 04/07/94 June 30, 1994 Student Assignment 1.3 (Assignment notifications to parents Enrollment in classes) 07/23/93 06/30/94 June 30, 1994 June 30. 1994 Supervisors, Human Resources Director, Principals Supervisors, Human Resources Director, Principals 2. (A list of qualified applicants.) 2.1 A list of qualified applicants. (Employment of teachers and aides for new and open positions.) A. Teachers and aides hired for every classroom. 07/09/93 08/16/93 075 Page: Program Seq #: 02 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To implement the Four-Year-Old Program in selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students: to improve racial balance in schools that are difficult to desegregate.) Plan Reference Page Number L17 L17 Objectives 3. Obtain curriculum materials, supplies, and furniture as needed. Strategies 3.1 Complete and send orders to vendors. Beginning Date July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 Completion Date June 30, 1994 June 30. 1994 Responsibility (Purchasing Dept. Supervisors) Principals Supervisors Evaluation Criteria 3. (Confirmation of purchase orders.) 3.1 Materials available A. Materials, supplies and equipment available in all new classrooms. 07/01/93 07/01/93 L17 L17 L17 4. Train teachers and aides in the implementation of E.C.E. curriculum.) 4.1 Conduct orientation and inservices. A. Principals training July 28th and 29th, 1993. B. Teachers training August 17, 1993. C. Training for principals and teachers held September 30, October 15 and 16, November 4 and 5, December 6, 1993, January 31, 1994, February 18, 1994, and March 28, 1994. D. Training for instructional assistants held November 4 and 5, 1993. E. Training for principals, teachers, and instructional aides: April 13, 14, 15, and 16, 1994 4.2 Conduct montNy inservices. A. Inservice training - July 28, 1993\nJuly 29, 1993\nAugust 17, 1993\nSeptember 30, 1993 B. Inservice training: October 15 and 16, 1993\nNovember 4 and 5, 1993\nDecember 6, 1993\nJanuary 31, 1994\nFebruary 18, 1994\nMarch 28, 1994\nApril 13, 14, 15, and 16, 1994 July 1. 1993 July 1, 1993 07/28/93 08/17/93 09/30/93 11/04/93 04/13/94 July 1. 1993 07/28/93 10/15/93 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 70% 70% 90% 50% 04/16/94 June 30. 1994 35% 04/16/94 Supv/Staff Dev Supv/Staff Dev Supv/Staff Dev 4. (Documentation of inservice evaluations.) 4.1 Agenda (Documentation of inservice evaluations) 4.2 Agenda (Documentation of inservice evaluations) O6 Page: Program Seq ttz 02 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To implement the Four-Year-Old Program in selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difficult to desegregate.) Plan Reference Page Number L17 L17 L17 Objectives 5. Familiarize parents with Four-Year Old Program. Strategies 5.1 Conduct parent orientation meeting and parent conference. A. Parent Orientation - 08/20/93 Fair Park\n09/13/93 Area Schools\n09/14/93 Magnet Schools and Romine\n09/20/93 Incentive Schools B. Parent Conference Day - 10/25/93\n02/14/94 (Parent Conferences are held throughout the year.) 5.2 Include four-year old children in Master Schedule - students receive services of counselors, music teachers, school nurses, librarians, physical education and art teachers. Beginning Date July 1, 1993 July 1. 1993 08/20/93 10/25/93 July 1. 1993 Completion Date June 30, 1994 June 30. 1994 35% 06/07/94 June 30. 1994 Responsibility Classroom teachers Classroom teachers Principals Evaluation Criteria 5. (Documentation of meetings and evaluations.) 5.1 Number of parents attending Parent/Teacher Conferences 5.2 Master schedules A. Master schedules reflect services children receive. 07/01/93 09/10/93 L18 5.3 Ensure key experiences occurring in the classroom. A. Twenty-eight classroom visitations this quarter. July 1. 1993 08/23/93 June 30. 1994 35% Principals Classroom Teachers Supervisors 5.3 5.3 Curriculum checklist (Classroom observations and monitoring reports.) B. Twenty-nine classroom visitations this quarter. 10/01/93 70% C. Twenty-six classroom visitations this quarter. D. Thirty-four classroom visitations this quarter, visits and met requirements. E. All 11 new programs had licensing site visits and met requirements. 01/03/94 04/05/94 10/01/93 90% 06/07/94 10/23/93 9Page: 1 Program Seq #: 02 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To implement the Four-Year-Old Program in selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difficult to desegregate.) Plan Reference Page Number L18 L18 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6. Evaluate effectiveness of Four-Year Old Program. F. All 15 new programs had licensing site visits and met requirements. G. License renewal has taken place for 12 of the 15 previously existing programs. 6.1 Administer appropriate evaluation to four- year-olds. 6.1 (Maintaining portfolio assessments on four- year-olds.) A. Portfolio assessments began on all children B. Sampling of portfolio assessments reviewed in 18 classes 30 08/23/93 10/01/93 July 1. 1993 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 07/01/93 07/01/93 10/21/93 05/06/94 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 June 30. 1994 35% 56% (Principals Classroom Teachers Supervisors Planning. Research, and Evaluation, Assoc. Supt.) Classroom teachers (Classroom teachers) 6. (Annua) review of assessment data beginning at the end of the kindergarten year of each child participating in the program. EPSF Post Assessments)  (Comparisons of the progress of children who did and did not participate in the program.)  (Standardize achievement tests will be given to each child at the end of the third grade level. These tests will provide data indicating the success of the Early Childhood Program as an intervention strategy.) 6.1 Evaluation results 6.1 (Documentation of portfolios recording the work which children do and what they know.)Page: 8 Program Seq 02 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To implement the Four-Year-Old Program in selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difficult to desegregate.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Sampling of portfolio assessments reviewed in 20 classes 07/01/93 03/21/94 L18 L18 6.2 Analyze student assessment test data and prepare report for LRSD Board of Directors. 6.3 Utilize results for program improvement. July 1. 1993 July 1. 1993 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 Assoc Supt Supervisor Planning, Evaluation, and Testing (Assoc Supt Supervisor) 6.2 Evaluation report 6.3 (Areas targeted for improvement.) 7. Support the continued work of the LRSD Early Childhood Task Force as a valuable avenue for parent, teacher, and community input. July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 31Program Seq #: 02 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L19 L19 L19 L19 L19 L19 L19 L19 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 9 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Pat Price To combine the efforts of the L.R.S.D., P.C.S.S.D., N.L.R.S.D., Head Start and other entities to provide quality early childhood experiences to as many disadvantage students in the city of Little Rock. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. To develop a plan for planning a city-wide early childhood program. 3. To initiate the planning for the implementation of a city wide early childhood program. 1.4 To receive a letter of support from each agency desiring to participate. 2.1 To establish planning procedures and identify key committees and chairpersons needed for the planning process. 2.2 To identify appropriate additional representatives from each participating agency for each committee. 2.3 To delineate the goals to be addressed and the tasks to be accomplished by each committee, including appropriate timelines to be met. 3.1 To conduct periodic meetings to review progress of each committee. 3.2 To identify resources needed by identified by each committee, including monetary. July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 July 1. 1993 July 1, 1993 July 1. 1993 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 June 30. 1994 Key representatives from each agency Key representatives from each agency Key representatives from each agency Key representatives from each agency Key representatives from each agency Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs File record letters Structured plan for planning on file. Record of committee members Record of committee members Minutes of meetings Identification of committee 22Page: 10 Program Seq #: 02 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To combine the efforts of the L.R.S.D., P.C.S.S.D., N.L.R.S.D., Head Start and other entities to provide quality early childhood experiences to as many disadvantage students in the city of Little Rock. L19 L19 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies 3.3 To review the first draft of the comprehensive plan and to make recommendations for refinement. 3.4 To submit the final draft for approval to all participant Boards of Directors (where applicable). Beginning Date July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 Completion Date June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 Responsibility Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Evaluation Criteria Submission of first draft Draft submitted to Board L7 IN) 1. (To collaborate with HIPPY, P.C.S.S.C., N.L.R.S.D., Head Start, and other entities in order to fulfill the district's expectations for a quality Early Childhood Education Program.) (N) L10 IN) 1.1 (To establish a schedule of regular meetings of representatives of the various entities.) (N) July 1, 1993 July 15. 1993 (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) 1.1 (Schedule and minutes of all meetings) A. Preliminary planning meetings held: July 15, 1993, and July 21, 1993. 07/01/93 07/15/93 L10 (N) 1.2 (Supervisors meet to discuss individual program needs and to determine if resources can be shared.)(N) July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSb/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) 1.2 (Roster of participants and minutes of meetings) A. Preliminary planning meetings held: July 15, 1993, and July 21, 1993. 8. Meetings held: October 13 and November 12, 1993 C. Meetings held: February 21, 1994\nMarch 14, 1994\nApril 18, 1994 07/01/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 35% 70% 04/18/94 n oPage: 11 Program Seq #: 02 Revision Date: August 12, 1994 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code\nPrimary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To combine the efforts of the L.R.S.D., P.C.S.S.D., N.L.R.S.D., Head Start and other entities to provide quality early childhood experiences to as many disadvantage students in the city of Little Rock. Plan Reference Page Number L10 (N) L10 (N) LIO (N) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 (To plan joint inservices for administrators, teachers and instructional assistants.)(N) A. Preliminary planning meetings held: July 15, 1993, and July 21. 1993. B. Joint inservices held: November 4, 5 and December 6, 1993 C. Joint insen/ices held: January 31, 1994 and April 23, 1994 1.4 (To plan joint parent involvement activities.)(N) A. Plans are being developed * discussed at meetir\u0026gt;g on October 12, 1993 and Novenber 12, 1993 B. Surveys sent to parents and surveys tallied C. Work session for planning sunner parent involvement activities. 1.5 (To use a student referral system allowirtg parents on a waiting list to kr\u0026gt;ow about vacartties.XN) A. meeting Krwwn vacancies are shared at each July 1,1993 07/01/93 10/01/93 01/31/94 July 1,1993 10/01/93 01/18/94 06/10/94 July 1. 1993 10/01/93 June 30,1994 06/30/94 06/30/94 04/23/94 June 30. 1994 06/30/94 06/30/94 06/10/94 June 30. 1994 06/10/94 (LRSD Supenrisors and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) / (LRSD Supervisors arvi PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) 1.3 (Roster of participants and evaluations of inservices) 1.4 (Roster of participants and evaluations of inservices) 1.5 (List of vacancies each entity has.) 4Page: 12 Program Seq #: 02 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To combine the efforts of the L.R.S.D., P.C.S.S.D., N.L.R.S.D., Head Start and other entities to provide quality early childhood experiences to as many disadvantage students in the city of Little Rock. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.6 A representative from the Little Rock School District Student Assignment Office will meet each year with parents from both programs to review the kindergarten assignment process. The annual sessions on kindergarten registration will also be used to provide information on magnet school opportunities. 07/01/93 06/30/94 1.7 Beginning in the 1990-91 school year, a list will be compiled of all graduates from the three early childhood programs. These students will be identified in the Little Rock School District mainframe computer system according to their respective programs. 07/01/93 06/30/94 1.7 At the end of each year for grades K-3, these students will be monitored on the basis of standardized tests, criterion- reference tests, EPSF screening, or any other academic measures that are available and applicable. The entities will review these results on an annual basis, prior to the beginning of the following school year, and make programmatic changes, individually and collectively, as needed. These students will be compared to a control group in order to isolate the effectiveness and/or deficiencies of the various early childhood programs. -'JLRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT 1 Program Seq #: 03 Page: Revision Date: August 9, 1994 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: 10 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Adams/Stovall/Parker/Trowell Program Description: Name and Location of Academic Support Programs - The name of all district remediation programs will be Academic Support Programs. Alt school programs will be located at each school site, except Metropolitan Vocational-Technical Education Center. Purpose - The purpose of the Academic Support Program is to provide support for participating students in grades one through twelve in the areas of reading, language arts, and mathematics. The program reinforces and enhances the academic achievement of these targeted students. The support will be provided by certified reading specialists, English and mathematics teachers in the regular classrooms, additional classes, and labs. Scope and Content - The Academic Support Program offers a variety of options to the individual schools for providing accelerated reading/language arts and mathematics learning experiences for students identified through a process using multiple criteria. The program is characterized by providing either direct or indirect services to identified students through additional classes, smaller class sizes, or in-class assistance at the secondary level and in-class assistance or limited pull-out at the elementary level. Partlcipants/Beneficiaries - Target students are initially identified from the student population scoring in the annual student assessment. Multiple criteria, including student grades, teacher recommendations, and student records are used to select students from the eligible population to participate in the Academic Support Program. District Goal Support: (1) Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. (2) Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. (3) Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. (4) Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. (5) The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. (6) Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for ail students in the mainstream setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. I Plan References: LP 1-20 FY Program Budget: $1,815,582.10 1st Qtr Expend: $158,246.87 3rd Qtr Expend: $409,425.82 FTE 70 YTD Expenditures: $1,392,558.81 2nd Qtr Expend: $499,040.09 4th Qtr Expend: $325,846.03 1 Related Function Codes: ]Program Seq #: Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number March 19. 1993 Revised Academic Support Program P 1 P 4.13 P 7.10 p 13 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: August 2, 1 994 The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To identify and serve students who are at-risk in language arts and mathematics. 1.1 Explain the Academic Support Program options to local school administrators. 1.2 Provide an overview of how all the individual Academic Support Programs will be coordinated for continuity of services to children and efficient use of resources. -All schools will implement the Board- approved uniform curriculum. -The established critical attributes of the Academic Support Program will be evident in each school. -The revised curriculum (K-12) has been sequentially developed and the objectives have been correlated to the skills in Arkansas Minimum Performance Test. Stanford Achievement Test-Eighth Edition, and existing computer-assisted instructional software. -To provide for continuous improvement of teachers, records will be maintained on staff development activities. -New staff members will be targeted for appropriate staff development activities as well as participation in the district's \"New Teacher Initiative. 1.3 Select the local school's appropriate Academic Support Program. (Indirect/direct/extended services) July 1. 1993 July 1. 1993 July 1. 1993 July 1. 1993 June 30. 1994 June 30. 1994 June 30. 1994 June 30. 1994 Local school teams Associate Supt. for Curriculum Associate Supt. for Curriculum, Directr of Federal Programs. Curriculum Supervisors Local school administrators 1. (Print-out of eligible students is provided to local school teams. Uniform District criteria are used (Stanford 8 cutoff score and multiple criteria) to identify targeted students.) 1.1 (Schedule of meeting.) 1.2 (Observation reports and staff development activities records are on file.) 1.3 (Selection on file at building-level and in office of Director of Federal Programs.) - \u0026lt;Program Seq Program Name: Academic Support Program Page: 3 Revision Date: August 2, 1994 Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number p 11.13 p 12,13 p 12.13 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.4 identify students selected for participation in each program by school/grade level. A. Students identified and selected. 1.5 Select staff (identify by position) responsible for delivering Academic Support Program. A. Staff selected for 1993-94 school year. 1.6 Schedule the academic team's staff. A. Schedules on file at Office of Federal Programs. B. Schedules on file at Office of Federal Programs. C. Schedules posted in classrooms. D. Schedules posted in classrooms. July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 Local school teams 1.4 (Print-out of eligible students is provided to local school teams. Uniform District criteria are used (Stanford 8 cutoff score and multiple criteria) to identify targeted students.) 07/07/93 09/30/93 July 1, 1993 08/01/93 July 1, 1993 08/23/93 10/01/93 08/23/93 10/01/93 June 30, 1994 09/30/93 June 30, 1994 50% 11/23/93 50% 11/23/93 Principal Principal 1.5 {Staff assignments are determined at the building level and assignments filed at the Office of Federal Programs.) 1.6 (Schedules are developed listing team's contact time, number of students served, and other variables associated with the team's responsibilities.)Page: 4 Program Seq #: Revision Date: August 2, 1 994 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Program Goal\nThe goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional arxJ technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number p 13 p 7.8,20 P 1 p 14 p 14 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.7 Implement selected school options at local level. A. Programs options implemented. 1.8 Utilize resources invested in PAL remediation approach by reallocating staff positions, computer hardware, software programs, and other equipment and materials toward the new approach to remediation. July 1, 1993 June 30. 1994 Principal and staff 1.7 (Schedules of targeted students reflect implementation of the selected school option(s).| 07/01/93 09/30/93 July 1. 1993 June 30, 1994 (Principal, Coordinator of Media Services, Director of Federal Programs, and Curriculum Supervisors) 1.8 (Technology Department's inventory and schedules of staffing reflect reallocations of resources.) 2. To prescribe a personalized intervention plan for eligible students. 2. (To prescribe a persona) education plan for targeted students.) 2.1 Cluster schools and develop a staff development schedule for curriculum clusters. 2.2 Begin training staff responsible for delivering each Academic Support Program. '3 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 June 30. 1994 Principal and staff Directors of Staff Development and Reading: Supervisors of Language Arts and Mathematics Directors of Staff Development and Reading: Supervisors of Language Arts. Mathematics and IRC Specialists 2. (Personal education plans of targeted students reflect implementation of the selected school option(s).) 2.1 (Staff development schedule on file.) 2.2 (Staff training for participants will include program administration (student selection process, record-keeping, progress reports) instructional strategies, parental involvement, and others.)Page: 5 Program Seq #: Revision Date: August 2, 1 994 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria p 7.8.10.14,16 -Specialized Content Area Strategies (Curriculum Cluster) A. Workshops -Elementary/Secondary Reading Portfolios Secondary Reading Computer Training 09/07/93 10/19/93 09/07/93 10/19/93 -Elementary Reading/Mathematics Instructional Practices 02/17/94 02/17/94 Secondary Mathematics Academic Support 02/21/94 02/21/94 Secondary English Council 02/21/94 02/21/94 -Secondary Reading Teachers 02/21/94 02/21/94 -Hall High English Teachers Portfolio Assessment 03/09/94 03/09/94 -Secondary English/LAP Teachers Instructional Strategies 03/21/94 03/21/94 Applied Math I and II 04/06/94 04/06/94 -\"Oawn-On-Me-Math\" - Elementary Chapter I 05/17/94 05/17/94 -Elementary/Secondary Reading and Mathematics Academic Support Program - End of Year Awards 06/08/94 06/08/94 p 7.8,10.14,17 -Team Planning A. Workshops Elementary Reading/Mathematics Administration Organization 08/17/93 08/17/93 -Secondary Reading/Mathematics Administration Organization 08/17/93 08/17/93 -Elementary Reading/Mathematics Record Keeping 09/13/93 09/13/93 40Page: 6 Program Seq #: Revision Date: August 2, 1 994 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts arxJ mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria -Secondary Reading/Mathematics Record Keeping 09/14/93 09/14/93 Secondary English Council Record Keeping 10/18/93 10/18/93 -Chapter I Mid-Winter Conference 01 /26/94 01/26/94 -Southwest Jr. High English Teachers: Making Language Learning Meaningful 10/08/93 01/27/94 -Secondary Counselors: Placement Forms 02/15/94 02/15/94 -Elementary Reading Teachers/Media Specialists: Literacy Month Celebration 03/09/94 03/09/94 -Elementary Counselors: Placement Forms 03/16/94 03/16/94 -Chicot Elementary: Special Education/Chapter I Inclusion 03/23/94 03/23/94 -Secondary Principals: Math Plus 04/25/94 04/25/94 Secondary Math Council 04/19/94 04/19/94 p 7.8,10,14,16 -Federal Program Meeting 05/02/94 05/02/94 -Teachers As Learners (1-6 Classroom Teachers, Reading Teachers) -Learning Styles/Cultural Diversity (Review) A. Workshops -Elementary Reading/Kindergarten/Principals Shared Reading and Writing -Elementary Reading/Grade 1/Principals Shared Reading and Writing -Elementary Reading Teachers/Classroom Teachers: Cinderella Variants Across the Curriculum 41 05/23/94 11/02/93 11/03/93 01/19/94 05/23/94 11/02/93 11/03/93 01/19/94Page: 7 Program Seq #: Revision Date: August 2, 1 994 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria p 7,8,10,14,17 -Interactive Teaching/Learning (Curriculum Cluster) A. Workshops Elementary Reading/Mathematics Instructional Practices Secondary Reading and Social Studies Grade 6 - Integrated Videodisc Program -Elementary Reading Teachers/Classroom Teachers: Teachers As Learners Rightsell Staff: Integrated Learning Critical/Problem Solving in Mathematics -Central Arkansas Reading Council - King Elementary 10/20/93 10/21/93 02/02/94 02/07/94 04/07/94 04/28/94 10/20/93 10/21/93 02/02/94 02/07/94 04/08/94 04/28/94 p 7,8.10,14,17 -Mastery Learning -Secondary English Teachers: Management Strategies for LAP 03/21/94 03/21/94 p 7,8,10.14,18 -K-3 Initiative  Summer School Training 04/19/94 05/19/94 -Cooperative Team Learning (Review Curriculum Cluster) A. Workshops -Elementary Reading/Principals/Kindergarten  Shared Reading and Writing Elementary Reading/Grade 1/Principals - Shared Reading arxJ Writing -Shared Reading/Writing  K-1-Reading Teachers (120) 11/02/93 11/03/93 04/06/94 11 /02/93 11/03/93 04/06/94 ^2Program Seq #: Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code\nPrimary Leader\nSecondary Leader: Page: Revision Date\nAugust 2, 1 994 8 Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria -Shared Reading/Writing (Classroom Demonstration - Mabelvale \u0026amp; Meadowcliff) 04/06/94 04/06/94 p 14 2.3 Monitor the implementation of above. July 1. 1993 June 30, 1994 Principals, district-wide staff development team, and computer specialists 2.3 (School visits/observations are made to provide feedback (oral/writtenl to trained staff.) 2.3 (Monitor the implementation of the Academic Support Program options. These programs may vary from year-to-year.) A. Monitoring schedule document was developed assigning the reading and mathematics staffs to schools. B. There have been 111 on-site visits made to elementary schools and 33 on-site visits to secondary schools. C. There have been 72 on-site visits made to elementary schools and 37 on-site visits to secondary schools. D. There have been 56 on-site visits made to elementary schools and 55 on-site visits to secondary schools. E. There have been 82 on-site visits made to elementary schools and 50 on-site visits to secondary schools. F. State Department Chapter I team and LRSD team monitored the implementation of program. 06/01/93 08/23/93 10/01/93 12/31/93 03/29/94 05/09/94 08/17/93 35% 70% 90% 06/30/94 05/13/94 (Principals, district-wide staff development team, curriculum supervisors, IRC specialists) ^3Page: 9 Program Seq #: 03 Revision Date: August 12, 1994 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number P 7,9.10,19 p7,15 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.4 Monitor instruction and learning in Academic Support Program settings on a regular basis and observe to determine: Teachers involving students in a variety of classroom activities that address learning styles and cultural diversity. -Teachers selecting methods and strategies that capitalize on students Interests and experiences. Teachers demonstrating creativity and resourcefulness in delivering instruction. -Teachers utilizing effective classroom strategies, such as tutors, small-group instruction, and extended day/week programs, to maintain the gains students have made. Teachers interacting with students in a caring manner. -Teachers recording of students data that shows Increased student achievement and social skills (letter and citizenship grades, standardized test scores, attendance). 2.5 Provide technical assistance and maintenance workshops as needed in the above staff development areas. A. Technical assistance has been provided 50 times in elementary schools and 27 times in secondary schools. B. Technical assistance has been provided 64 times in elementary schools and 33 times in secondary schools. 07/01/93 July 1.1993 08/23/93 10/01/93 06/30/94 June 30,1994 06/30/94 06/30/94 Principals Principals, district-wide staff development team, and computer specialists (Principals, district-wide staff development team, curriculum supervisors, IRC specialists) Teacher observations and evaluations on record. 2.4 (Requests for technical assistance are documented and evaluated. Feedback related to improvement or change is recorded.) /- 4^Page: 10 Program Seq #: 03 Revision Date: August 12. 1994 Program Name\nAcademic Support Program Program Code\nPrimary Leader: Secondary Leader: Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number P 7.10,15 P 1 p 10,15 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. To reduce or eliminate pull-out academic support programs. C. Technical assistance has been provided 58 times in elementary schools and 17 times in secondary schools. D. Technical assistance has been provided 13 times in elementary schools and 1 time in secondary schools. 2.6 Schedule school based meetings to assess program effectiveness. A. School-based meetings were held in 5 secondary schools. B. School-based meetings were held in 3 secondary schools and 4 elementary schools. 3.1 Collect appropriate data for end of school program evaluation, including pre and post standardized test scores, student grades and attendance, samples of student work, and parent/teacher/student recommendations. 45 12/31/93 03/29/94 July 1,1993 12/31/93 July 1,1993 July 1.1993 06/30/94 06/30/94 June 30,1994 06/30/94 June 30,1994 June 30,1994 Principal Principal and staff\nDir. of Federal Programs Principal and staff\nDir. of Federal Programs 2.5 (Records of dates of meetings and participants, minutes of meetings, and issues related to program effectiveness are maintained.) 3. (Individual student folders that include a systematic collection of student work, pre and post standardized test scores, grades, and recommendations to provide individual/group/school progress are maintained for continuous student and program progress.) 3.1 (Individual student folders that include a systematic collection of student work, pre and post standardized test scores, grades, and recommendations to provide individual/group/school progress are maintained for continuous student and program progress.)Page: 11 Program Seq #\n03 Revision Date: August 12, 1994 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number p 10,15,19,20 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Personal education plans of targeted students filed in individual student folders in Academic Support Classrooms. B. Personal education plans of targeted students filed in individual student folders in Academic Support Classrooms. 3.2 Analyze the above data to evaluate program effectivness In meeting Its particular programmatic goals and objectives of remediating student achievement and contributing to the overall reduction of disparity between black and white students. 46 10/01/93 12/31/93 July 1,1993 06/30/94 03/25/94 June 30,1994 Associate Supt. for Curriculum, Assistant Supts., Curriculum Supervisors, and Principals 3.2 Academic Support Programs will be successfully operating in all district schools as evidenced by: 'increased student achievement. Improvement on standardized test scores. Increased numbers of students moving from bottom quartile to the next quartile. Increased number of students moving above the 50th percentile. -Grade distribution reports (by semester) reflecting an increase in letter grades of \"C or better in the core areas for each student. -Grade distribution reports (by semester) by class and grade level reflecting an increase in attainment of letter grades of \"C\" or better in the core areas. -Improved attendance for targeted students.Page: 12 Program Seq #: 03 Revision Date\nAugust 12, 1994 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equrtable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number p 15 P 5 P 1.20 p9 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.3 Identify modification for the Academic Support Program for 1993-94. 3.4 Support and extend teaming opportunities for students by making available to targeted students before-school, at lunch, after-school, and periodic extended weeks computer lab instruction. July 1.1993 August 23, 1993 June 30,1994 June 30,1994 4. To provide parents the knowledge and skills needed to promote the education of their children at home and at school. A. After school tutoring in reading and mathematics provided in 10 schools to 546 students in grades 1-9. 4.1 Assist parents in obtaining the knowledge and skills needed to promote the education of their children at home and at school through: -providing timely information regarding students' achievement and behavior. -involving them in informative and effective conferences concerning their childs education. -involving parents as partners in their childs educational process. A. Provided inservice on LRSD Home Study Guides for administrators. B. Provided inservice on LRSD Home Study Guides for parents. C. Telephone conferences with parents (12). 47 July 1.1993 July 1,1993 08/17/93 09/08/93 08/23/93 June 30,1994 June 30,1994 08/17/93 09/08/93 06/30/94 Associate Supt. for Curriculum, Assistant Supts., Curriculum Supervisors and Principals Director of Federal Programs, Principals (Principal and staff, Director of Federal Programs, Curriculum Supervisors) (Principal and staff. Director of Federal Programs. Curriculum Supervisors) 3.3 (The 1993-94 school year will reflect modifications.) 3.4 (Schedules will reflect additional instructional services.) 4. Parental involvement will show an increase in the numbers of parents attending parent conferences and parent training sessions and visiting schools. 4.1 (Records of parental involvement activities on file.)Page: 13 Program Seq #: 03 Revision Date\nAugust 12, 1994 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria D. Telephone conferences with parents (8). 10/01/93 06/30/94 E. Academic Support * district-wide parent workshop (150 participants) 12/05/93 06/30/94 F. Parent Invobement Meeting 01/05/94 01/05/94 G. State Parent Meeting (23 participants) 01/26/94 01/28/94 H. Parent Involvement Meeting (29 participants) 02/12/94 02/12/94 I. Parent Executive Committee Meeting (7 participants) 02/16/94 02/16/94 J. Parent Advisory Council Meeting: King School 02/21/94 02/21/94 K. Parent Involvenwnt Day Planning (32 participants) 03/12/94 03/12/94 L. Parent Involvement Day (85 Participants) 03/20/94 03/20/94 M. Chapter I Advisory Regional Conference 03/26/94 03/28/94 N. Telephone Conferences With Parents (6) 03/29/94 06/30/94 O. Parent Awareness Provided in Secondary Curriculum Cluster Meetings. P. Parent Involvements (15) 04/19/94 04/01/94 05/05/94 06/30/94 Q. Awards Programs (5) 04/01/94 06/30/94 R. Related professional meetings (10) 04/01/94 06/30/94 S. Parent participants for the year (1,963) 08/23/93 06/30/94 48LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #: 04 Page: Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal 1 Program Description: 1. The Multicultural Curriculum Program is designed to provide equity and excellence in all curricular and program areas in the Little Rock School District. (6) The program is further designed to reduce the disparity that exists between black and white students in academic performances and the low representation of black students in advanced placement courses as well as in special activities and programs. (1,6) 2. In order to achieve the components identified in the Multicultural Curriculum Program, multicultural curriculum guides will be used in all schools. Teachers will receive extensive and ongoing staff development in the use of the guides as well as training in the implementation of strategies, techniques, and activities to use to ensure that instruction meets the cultural, academic and social needs of all children. (1,3,6) To suplement existing instructional materials focusing on cultural diversity from a multicultural perspective will be purchased for use in all schools and programs. 3. The participants in the Multicultural Program consists of all teachers, K-12, in core area subjects in addition to music and art teachers. Students of all social, cultural, and ethnic backgrounds will be affected the greatest by activities outlined in the Multicultural Curriculum Program. 4 Students will be provided opportunities to develop better self-esteem. 5. Students will have opportunities to examine the artistic, musical, scientific, literary, social and political accomplishments of many ethnic groups District Goal Support: Goal No. 1. Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal No. 6. Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Goal No. 2. Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal No. 4. Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal No. 3. The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Program Goat: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan References: L66 - 80 PK Program Budget: $197,446.69 1st Qtr Expend: $19,443.65 3rd Qtr Expend: $23,107.72 FTE YTD Expenditures: $133,733.55 2nd Qtr Expend: $23,307.68 4th Qtr Expend: $67,874.50 Related Function Codes: zigLRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number L 66 L 66 L 66 L 76 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To provide teacher learning opportunities through formal course training 1.1 Contact local colleges and universities to obtain information on proposed course offerings related to ethnic studies for the summer and fall. 1991 1.1 (LRSD will receive announcements from local colleges/universities on proposed multicultural courses) A. Completion of initial contact 07/91 1.2 Receive and advertise course offerings to all certified staff, including opportunities for tuition reimbursement and/or salary credit A. Course offerings received/advertised for fall, 1993 B. Course offerings received/advertised for spring 1994 (07/01/93) (07/01/93) 01/91 (07/01/93) 07/19/93 07/01/93 (06/30/94) (06/30/94) 07/91 (06/30/94) 08/16/93 12/17/93 (Director of Staff Development, Subject Area Supervisors, Principals) Assoc Supt.* Educ. Programs Dean of Grad. Sch. Academic Deans (Director of Staff Development) (Supervisor of Social Studies) Assoc Supt' Educ Programs Office of Human Resources 1. (Multicultural strategies will be implemented in schools as assessed by administration during classroom observations and teacher conferences) 1.1 List of college offerings 1.1 (The number of teachers who have received multicultural training will increase.) 1.2 Copy of information provided 0 VPage: 3 Program Seq 04 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSO and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number L 66 L 66 L 66 L 66 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Course offerings for summer 1994 received and advertised 1.3 Identify participants in summer and fall courses A. Participants identified in initial course 07/01/93 (07/01/931 08/91 06/08/94 (06/30/941 02/92 Employees (Director of Human Resources) 1.3 Copy of academic course completion on file in Personnel office (Office of Human Resources) 2. To develop a district-wide multicultural audio/visual resource catalogue 2. (To maintain district-wide multicultural audio/visual resource catalogue) 2.1 Review and catalogue present audio/visual materials related to multicultural curriculum A. Completion for initial development on 05/90 B. Audio/visual materials reviewed and catalogued for current term 2.2 Purchase additional audio/visual materials from the 1988-89 budget A. Initial purchase completed 05/90 B. Additional materials purchased 5i (07/01/931 (07/01/93) 07/89 07/01/93 (07/01/93) 07/89 07/01/93 (06/30/94) (06/30/94) 05/90 08/06/93 (06/30/94) 05/90 06/30/94 (Subject area supervisors) Supv of Media Services (Subject area supervisors) Supv of Media Services (Subject area supervisors, principals) 2. (Multicultural resources will be used for classroom instruction) 2.1 Current catalogue listing 2.1 (Copies of updated multicultural audio/visual catalogue will be distributed) 2.1 (Multicultural materials will be checked out and used by instructional staff in the schools) 2.2 Requisition material 2.2 (Materials ordered, received, and catalogued for distribution/use)Page: 4 Program Seq 04 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number L 66 L 66 L 66 L 67 L 67 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.3 Identify and catalogue other resources for multicultural audio/visual materials, i.e., AR Dept of Education, LR Public Library, AR Library Commission A. Initial identifying and cataloging completed on 12/89 B. Resources from organizations identified and catalogued for current term 2.4 Revise, print and distribute multicultural audio/visual resource catalogue for the LRSD A. Initial revision, printing, and distribution completed in 08/89 B. Audio-visual catalogue updated and copies distributed to schools 08/06/93 2.5 Place initial supplemental order for multicultural audio/visual materials from the 1989-90 budget A. Initial supplemental order placed in 06/90 (07/01/93) 07/01/89 07/01/93 (07/01/93) 06/89 07/01/93 (07/01/93) 07/89 (06/30/941 12/01/89 08/06/93 (06/30/94) 08/89 08/06/93 (06/30/94) 06/90 Supv of Media Services Superv of Media Services Media Specialists 2.3 2.4 2.4 Completed catalogue Distribution of catalogue (Multicultural materials will be checked out by schools) 2.5 Requisitions submitted 2.5 (Materials are available for check-out/use) 3. To plan and implement the Instructional Materials Fair (Multicultural) 3. (To supply information about multicultural materials for purchase to teachers, parents and the community) (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (Assoc Supt for Educational Programs) (Supv of Media Services) 3. (Multicultural materials wilt be used by instructional staff in all schools) 3. (Evaluate the effectiveness of the Multicultural Fair) 3.1 Involve a team of parents, community resources, and teachers in detailed planning for the Fair-specific dates, time, place and format-to be held as a component of 1988-89 pre-school conference 3.1 (To plan and implement the Instructional Multicultural Materials Fair for current term) (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (08/93) 02/22/94 Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Supv of Media Services) 3.1 Implementation Plan 3.1 (Involved input from parents, community, and teachers)Page: 5 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 67 A. Initial development completed on 06/30/88 B. Phone contact has been made with NLR and PCSSD on 08/04/93 and 09/14/93 regarding Fair for 1993-94 term C. Two tri-district meetings held to discuss Fair. Date set for February 22,1994, sponsored by NLRSD 3.2 Identify national and local vendors of multicultural instructional materials 06/01/88 08/04/93 11/16/93 (07/01/931 06/30/88 09/14/93 11/30/93 106/30/94} Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 3.2 Completion of mailing list 3.2 (Major suppliers of multicultural materials will be invited to exhibit at the Fair} A. Initial identification of vendors completed on 04/30/88 03/88 04/30/88 L 67 3.3 Establish pre-school conference dates and extend invitation to vendors 3.3 (Establish date for Fair) (07/01/93} (06/30/94} Executive Staff Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 3.3 Conference scheduled 3.3 (Fair date placed on District master calendar) A. Initial dates and invitations extended on 05/88 03/88 05/88 L 67 3.4 Confirm Fair participants (07/01/93} 12/13/94 Supv of Media Services 3.4 Confirmation 3.4 (List of participating vendors) A. Initial confirmation of participants completed on 07/30/88 07/01/88 07/30/88 L 67 3.5 Acquaint principals and central office staff with plans and Fair relationship to desegregation efforts A. Initial item completed on 07/30/88 (07/01/93} 07/01/88 (06/30/94} 07/30/88 Assoc Supt for Deseg and Schools 3.5 Staff agenda 3.5 (Staff can relate Fair to the District's desegregation efforts)Page: 6 Program Seq 04 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number L 67 L 67 L68 L 68 L 68 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.6 Conduct media campaign for Fair to staff and parents A. Initial media campaign completed on 08/88 B. Fair advertised to LRSD patrons and staff 3.7 Host tri'district \"Instructional Materials Fair\" 3.7 (Host the Multicultural Fair rotating the site among the three districts) A. Initial hosting of Fair completed on 08/88 among the three districts) B. Phone contact has been made with NLR and PCSSD on 08/04/93 and 09/14/93 regarding Fair for 93-94 term C. NLRSD scheduled to host Fair on February 22, 1994, at North Little Rock High School, East Campus D. Multicultural Fair held on February 22, 1994, at North Little Rock High School, East Campus (07/01/931 07/88 01/21/94 107/01/93) 08/88 08/04/93 07/01/93 02/22/94 106/30/941 08/88 01/21/94 (06/30/94) 08/88 09/14/93 02/22/94 02/22/94 4. To develop criteria for textbook review and adoption 4.1 Revise Board policy for textbook adoption A. Board policy revised on 08/22/91 4.2 Identify an ad hoc committee to review criteria presently being used in LRSD and other districts for textbook adoptions (10 members) (07/01/93) (07/01/93) 12/10/90 (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (06/30/94) 08/22/91 (06/30/94) Supv of Media Services, Dir of Communications Assoc Supt of Educational Programs working with committee (Assoc Supt for Curriculum. Subject Area Supervisors) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 3.6 Publicity 3.6 (Fair is advertised to the public) 3.7 Validate Fair participation 3.7 (Materials ordered/purchased) 4. (Criteria checklist implemented by textbook committees) 4.1 Approved criteria 4.2 Roster of committee membersPage: 7 Program Seq 04 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1,2,3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number L 68 L 68 Objectives Strategies A. Initial identification completed on 12/11/90 4.3 Conduct staff development training on avoiding sex and race bias and stereotyping in textbooks 4.3 (Textbooks on the approved Arkansas State Department of Education's textbook list are free of sex/race bias) A. Initial training completed in 12/91 B. Partial training conducted 09/15/93 by the reading department C. Additional training conducted during reading textbook adoption meetings 4.4 Submit revised policy and criteria to the Board of Directors for first reading Beginning Date 12/01/90 (07/01/931 07/91 09/15/93 11/01/93 (07/01/93) Completion Date 12/11/90 (06/30/941 12/91 10/27/93 12/02/93 (06/30/94) Responsibility Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Arkansas State Dept, of Education) Superintendent Assoc Supt for Ed Progs Evaluation Criteria 4.3 Schedule of meeting and agenda 4.3 (Textbooks selected will be free of sex/race bias) 4.4 Board agenda A. Revised policy/criteria submitted to Board of Directors on 06/20/91 06/20/91 06/20/91 L 68 4.5 Adopt policy on textbooks (07/01/93) (06/30/94) LRSD Board of Directors 4.5 Board agenda L 68 A. Policy adopted 08/22/91 08/22/91 08/22/91 4.6 Utilize a local consultant to train staff on \"Avoiding Sex and Race Stereotyping in Textbooks\" (07/01/93) (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Supervisors) 4.6 4.6 Monitoring (Textbooks are free of sex/race stereotypes) A. Initial utilization of consultant completed in 12/89 B. Partial inservice training to teachers on \"Avoiding Sex and Race Stereotyping in Textbooks\" conducted during adoption cycle 07/89 12/89 09/15/93 10/27/93 JPage: 8 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1,2,3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number L 68 L 69 L 69 L 69 L 69 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.7 Select and recommend to Board for adoption of textbooks (elementary and secondary) based on criteria for adoption A. Based on criteria for adoption, the reading textbook was selected and recommended to the Board for approval (07/01/93) 07/01/93 (06/30/94) 12/17/93 5. To develop and implement a multicultural curriculum for pre-kindergarten through grade 6 5. (To implement the LRSD curriculum, K-6, which is multicultural) 5.1 Plan and host at least three (3) public meetings to receive suggestions from patrons on areas to be included in a multicultural curriculum A. Completed in 12/89 during initial development 5.2 Identify and retain the services of a national expert in multicultural curriculum development (lead consultant for two (2) year contract). A. Completed in 09/88 during initial development 5.3 In cooperation with the lead consultant, the Division of Educational Programs will issue a detailed curriculum development timeline for the year, including a checklist for task completion A. Completed in 10/88 during initial development (07/01/93) (07/01/93) 09/88 (07/01/93) 09/88 (07/01/93) (10/88) (06/30/94) (06/30/94) 12/89 (06/30/94) 09/88 (06/30/94) (10/88) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Specialists) (Principals, Teachers, Asst. Supts., Curriculum Supervisors) Assoc Supt for Educ Prog Assoc Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Lead Consultant Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 4.7 Board approval 4.7 (Criteria checklist was used for textbook selection) 5. (Observation of curriculum implementation during classroom visits/teacher conferences) 5. (Improvement in student performance and assessment of attitude regarding learning) 5.1 Transcript of suggestions 5.2 Contractual commitment for the 1988-89 school year (Dr. James A. Banks was used) 5.3 Timeline/checklist (Timeline included in this document 5.5 - 5.17) ^.cPage: 9 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. lApplies only to page 76, obiectives 1, 2, 3. 4.1 Plan Reference Page Number L 69 L 69 L 69 Obiectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.4 Develop expectations for members participating on multicultural curriculum committee A. Completed in 11/88 during initial development B. Expectations developed also during the curriculum revision process 5.5 Identify curriculum committee members and contract for services: 8 - Health/Scienca 5 * Music 14 - Reading/Language Arts 3 - Art 4 - Social Studies 4  Libraries 38 5.5 (All core curriculum areas were involved In the development of guides) 5.5 (Curriculum areas revised were: Reading. Language Arts, Social Studies, Math, and Science) A. Completion in 10/88 with initial development B. Identification completed with revised curriculum 5.6 Obtain multicultural curriculum units from models used in other cities A. Completion in 10/88 with initial development B. Multicultural curriculum units obtained also during revision process 107/01/93) (06/30/94) Lead Consultant Assoc Supt for Educ Programs 5.4 Expectations 5.4 (Contractual agreements with curriculum writers) 10/88 11/88 10/91 11/91 (07/01/93) 08/88 09/91 (07/01/93) 07/88 07/91 (06/30/941 10/88 10/91 (06/30/94) 10/88 10/91 Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 5.5 Identification of committee members S.6 Copies of multicultural materials distributed to committee membersPage: 10 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1. 2, 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3. 4,) Plan Reference Page Number L 70 L70 L 70 L 70 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.7 Develop expectations for use of local resource consultant in multicultural curriculum development A. Completion in 10/88 with initial development 6. Expectations developed also with revised curriculum 5.8 Secure the services of six (6) local resource consultants to serve on the districtwide curriculum development committee A. Completion in 10/88 with initial development B. Consultants utilized also with revised curriculum 5.9 Conduct Inservice session on \"Methods for Developing Multicultural Teaching Strategies\" to include (a) understanding the rationale, trends, and goals multicultural curriculum, (b) developing a conceptual framework for multicultural curriculum, and (c) establishing procedures for developing a multicultural curriculum A. Completion on 03/11/89 with initial development B. Staff development conducted in conjunction with the revised curriculum procedures 5.10 Conduct task completion monitoring as identified in timeline A. Completion in 11/91 with initial development 107/01/931 08/88 09/91 (07/01/93) 08/88 11/91 (07/01/93) 12/14/88 10/91 (07/01/93) 10/91 i06/30/94j 10/88 10/91 (06/30/94) 10/88 05/30/92 (06/30/94) 03/11/89 11/91 (06/30/94) 11/91 Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Supervisors) Div of Educational Programs (Assoc Supt for Educational Programs) 5.7 List of expectations 5.8 Contract services of consultants 5.9 Participants' written evaluation 5.9 (Original inservice completed\nongoing inservice will be documented and evaluated by participants) 5.10 Implementation of monitoring instrument 8Page: 11 Program Seq ft: 04 Revision Date: June 23. 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number L 70 L 70 L 70 L 70 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Task completion monitoring conducted also during the curriculum revision process 5.11 Operationalize the curriculum development timeline (monthly meetings with specific dates developed in cooperation with committee members) A. Completion in 05/91 with initial development B. Curriculum development timeline operationalized also during the curriculum revision process 5.12 Review and edit the comprehensive guides in each content area at each grade level A. Completion in 07/89 with initial development B. Guides reviewed and edited also during the curriculum revision process 5.13 Type and print ail guides A. Completion in 07/89 with initial development B. Guides typed and printed also during the curriculum revision process 5.14 Conduct inservice for all elementary principals and teachers A. Completion in 09/89 with initial development 10/91 (07/01/93) 10/88 10/91 (07/01/93) 05/89 05/92 (07/01/93) 06/89 06/92 (07/01/93) 08/89 12/91 (06/30/94) 05/91 05/30/92 (06/30/94) 07/89 06/30/92 (06/30/94) 07/89 07/30/92 (06/30/94) 09/89 Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Supervisors) 5.11 5.12 5.13 5.13 Agenda of each meeting Implementation of guides schools) Guides completed (Guides delivered to 5.14 Agenda 5.14 (Curriculum implementation) 5.14 (Inservice on revised curriculum is ongoing) ^9Page: 12 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Ciiiriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1. 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, obiectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Inservice for elementary principals and teachers conducted also during the curriculum revision process 08/01/92 08/31/92 L 70 5.15 Involve principals and teachers in ordering multicultural materials from local building budgets: (07/01/93) (06/30/94) a. Make available materials catalogues to building level principals Assoc Supt for Educational Prog Elem Teachers Principals b. Order and acquire materials based on curriculum to be taught A. Initial catalogue provided during 89 term 07/01/89 08/30/89 L 70 Principals 5.15 Acquisition of materials 5.15 (Instructional materials representing diverse groups will be present in all schools) B. Materials ordered and acquired C. Additional catalogues/brochures were provided to principals for current term during preschool conference, department meetings and on request D. Materials ordered based on existing curriculum for current term 5.16 Extend inservice through scheduled district level regular elementary cluster meetings (reading, language arts, social studies, art, and music) A. Initial inservice conducted 07/01/89 08/17/93 08/17/93 (07/01/93) 07/89 09/30/89 05/20/94 05/05/94 (06/30/94) 08/90 Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 5.16 (Inservice on revised curriculum is being offered through minicourses and building meetings during the 1993-94 school year) B. Inservice extended during 93-94 term in all curriculum areas and programs 07/93 06/16/94 60Page: 13 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number L 70 L 72 L 72 L 72 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.17 Host three (3) education meetings for parents of elementary children to provide an overview of the comprehensive multicultural curriculum A. Completion in 09/89 during initial development B. PTA meetings/audio/visual broadcasts were conducted to give board members and parents an overview of the revised multicultural curriculum guides C. Discussion of the revised multicultural curriculum is being addressed at PTA meetings/parent conferences (07/01/93) 08/89 06/15/92 09/09/93 (06/30/94) 09/89 12/18/92 06/30/94 Division of Educational Programs 5.17 Program and roster of participants 5.17 (Assessment of multicultural education during parent conferences) 6. To develop and implement a multicultural curriculum for grades 7-12 (To implement the revised curriculum 7-12, which is multicultural) 6.1 Verify second year contract of national expert in multicultural curriculum A. Completion in 06/89 during initial development 6.2 In cooperation with the lead consultant, the Division of Educational Programs will issue a detailed curriculum development timeline for the 1989*90 school year, including a checklist for last completion (07/01/93) (07/01/93) 04/89 (07/01/93) (06/30/94) (06/30/94) 06/89 (06/30/94) (Principals, Teachers, Asst. Supts., Subject Area Supervisors) Div of Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 6. (Observation of curriculum implementation during classroom visits/teacher conferences) 6. (Improvement in student academic performance and assessment of attitude regarding learning) 6.1 Contractual commitment entered into for second year (Dr. James A. Banks was used) 6.2 Timeline completed (Timeline included in this document 6.5 - 6.19) 1Page: 14 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Completion in 06/89 during initial development 04/89 06/89 L 72 6.3 Plan and hold at least three (3) public meetings to receive suggestions from patrons in areas of multi-curriculum and programming (07/01/93) (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 6.3 Suggestions received, reviewed, and considered A. Completion in 12/89 during initial development 09/89 12/89 L 72 6.4 Develop expectations for member participation on multicultural curriculum committee (07/01/93) (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educ Programs Assoc Supt for Desegregation 6.4 List of expectations 6.4 (Contractual agreements with curriculum writers) L 72 A. Completion in 05/89 during initial development G. Expectations developed also during the curriculum revision process 6.5 Identify secondary curriculum committee members and contract for services: 4 4 4 4 Reading Librarians Math Science 12 English 12 Social Studies 4 Music 4 Art A. Completion in 06/89 during initial development B. Committee identified also during the curriculum revision process 04/89 05/89 07/91 09/91 (07/01/93) (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educ Programs Assoc Supt for Desegregation 6.5 Contractual implementation for each committee member 06/89 06/89 09/91 10/91 r2Page: 15 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number L 73 L 73 L 73 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.6 Obtain multicultural curriculum units from models used in other districts A. Completion in 09/89 during initial development B. Multicultural units obtained also during curriculum revision process 6.7 Develop expectations for use of local resource consultants in multicultural curriculum development A. Completion in 06/89 during initial development B. Expectations developed also during multicultural curriculum development 6.8 Identify secondary social studies, music, and art committee: 1991: 1992: 1993: 19 teachers: 7 social studies 6 music 6 art 11 teachers: 3 social studies 4 music 4 art 11 teachers: 3 social studies 4 music 4 art (07/01/93) 06/89 06/91 (07/01/93) 06/89 06/91 (07/01/93) (06/30/941 09/89 10/91 (06/30/941 06/89 06/91 (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educ Programs Assoc Supt for Educ Programs Assoc Supt for Educ Programs Supervisor of Social Studies (Supervisor of Social Studies, Teachers in identified areas. Assoc. Supt) 6.6 Secure multicultural curriculum units for committee members 6.7 Develop expectations 6.8 Roster of committee (Guides for social studies, music and art with a multicultural focus will be implemented in LRSD classrooms)Page: 16 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity In the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, obiectiyes 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Committee members identified with phase in developed for social studies, music, and art 04/91 07/25/93 L 73 6.9 Secure the services of eight (8) local resource consultants to serve on the districtwide curriculum development committee (07/01/931 106/30/941 Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 6.9 Contract for services agreement entered into L 73 Phase in Multicultural and learning (social studies, music, and art) (Needs to be deleted from this column) (Implemented after the identification of committee members, 6.8) A. Completion in 07/89 during initial development B. Local resource consultants utilized during the revised curriculum process 6.10 Conduct inservice session or \"Methods for Developing Multicultural Learning Strategies\" to include (a) understanding the rationale, trends, and goals of multicultural curriculum and (b) establishing procedures for developing a multicultural curriculum 07/89 07/89 12/91 05/30/92 (07/01/93) (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Supervisor of Social Studies 6.10 Roster of participants A. Completion in 10/89 during initial development 07/89 10/89 B. Staff development conducted in conjunction with the revised curriculum procedures 07/92 04/93 6.10 (Original Inservice completed. Ongoing inservice will be documented and evaluated by participants) C. Extended staff development conducted at preschool, department, cluster, and school meetings 08/16/93 06/30/94 D. Role-playing and group projects 07/01/93 06/30/94 E. Discussions of race relations and ethnicity as they relate to the classroom, the school and the society 07/01/93 06/30/94 L 74 6.11 Conduct last task completion monitoring as identified in timeline (07/01/93) (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educ Programs 6.11 Tasks completed in accordance with timeline 04Page: 17 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, obiectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 74 L 74 L 74 A. Completion in 12/89 during initial development B. Task completion monitoring conducted also during the curriculum revision process 6.12 Operationalize the curriculum development timeline (monthly) meetings with specific dates developed in cooperation with committee members A. Completion in 05/90 during initial development B. Curriculum development timeline operationalized during revision process 6.13 Review and edit the comprehensive guide for each content area at each grade level (social studies, music, and art) A. Completion in 05/90 during initial development B. Guides for social studies, music, and art reviewed and edited 6.14 Type and print all guides for social studies, music, and art A. Social Studies guides typed and printed 09/89 12/89 10/91 06/04/93 (07/01/93) (06/30/94) Supervisor of Social Studies (Teachers in identified areas. Assoc. Supt. for Curriculum) 6.12 Meetings held according to timeline 6.12 (Guides for social studies, art and music with a multicultural focus will be implemented in LRSD classrooms) 09/89 10/91 {07/01/931 04/90 06/91 (07/01/93) 06/91 05/90 06/04/93 106/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 6.13 6.13 Review and edit guides (Guides for social studies, art and music with a multicultural focus will be implemented in LRSD classrooms) 05/90 06/11/93 (06/30/94) 07/15/93 Assoc Supt for Educ Programs Supv-Soc Studies 6.14 Guides typed and printed 6.14 (Guides for social studies, art and music with a multicultural focus will be implemented in LRSD classrooms)Page: 18 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: June 23, 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code\n12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal\nTo ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1,2,3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Draft forms of music and art guides in schools 06/91 08/16/93 L 74 6.15 Conduct inservice for all secondary administrators and teachers 107/01/93) (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educ Programs 6.15 Monitoring of inservice 6.15 (Guides for social studies, art and music with a multicultural focus will be implemented in LRSD classrooms) L 74 A. Completion in 09/90 during initial development B. Inservice for secondary administrators and teachers conducted also for revised curriculum and phase-in 6.16 Involve principals and teachers in ordering multicultural materials from local building budgets: (a) Make available materials catalogues to building level principals (b) Order and acquire materials based on curriculum to be taught A. Initial catalogues/brochures distributed to building principals by curriculum coordinators B. Materials based on curriculum ordered and acquired C. Additional materials based on revised curriculum ordered and acquired nc 07/90 09/90 07/91 08/20/93 (07/01/90) (06/30/94) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 6.16 Materials purchased 6.16 (Instructional materials representing diverse groups will be present in all secondary schools) 07/90 07/90 08/17/93 09/90 12/90 03/25/94Page: 19 Program Seq 04 Revision Date: June 23. 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number L 74 L 75 L 75 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.17 Monitor the use of curriculum guides A. Periodic curriculum monitoring being implemented 6.18 Extend inservice through scheduled district level regular council meetings (reading. English, social studies, science, art, and music for the secondary level) A. Inservice extended with revised curriculum 6.19 Host three (3) education meetings for parents of secondary children to provide an overview of the comprehensive multicultural curriculum A. Completed on 09/30/90 with initial development B. PTA Open House meetings were conducted to give parents an overview of the revised multicultural curriculum guides C. Curriculum overview/explanation is conducted at PTA meetings and parent conferences (07/01/93) 09/01/93 (07/01/93) 07/93 (07/01/93) (07/01/93) 09/01/90 09/92 09/09/93 (06/30/94) 06/30/94 (06/30/94) 06/30/94 (06/30/94) (06/30/94) 09/30/90 12/92 06/30/94 Principals Area Supervisors Assoc Supt and Staff for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Content Area Supervisor. Principals) 6.17 Schedule/Documentation 6.17 (Observation of curriculum implementation during classroom visits and teacher conferences) 6.17 (Improvement in student achievement and attitude toward self and learning) 6.18 Agenda of meetings, roster of participants 6.18 Additional inservice will occur through minicourses and council meetings during 1993- 94) 6.19 Program and roster of participantsPage: 20 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: June 23. 1994 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estollo Matthis Secondary Leader: Marin McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1. 2, 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\u003cdcterms_creator\u003eLittle Rock School District\u003c/dcterms_creator\u003e\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_222","title":"Little Rock School District (LRSD) Fourth Quarter Status Report, Volume I, part 2","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["Little Rock School District"],"dc_date":["1994-08-15"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Finance","Educational statistics"],"dcterms_title":["Little Rock School District (LRSD) Fourth Quarter Status Report, Volume I, part 2"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/222"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["reports"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nPage: 162 Progran Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportisiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nuifcer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Cosfiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 7. (cont'd) 4.1 Provide a district transportation program for student transportation when necessary to assure equitable participation for students participating in district-sanctioned extracurricular activities. 4.2 Provide a program for students* access to equipment/isiiforsB, etc., needed for participation at mininal cost. 4.2 (LRSD will develop guidelines explaining the procedures in acquiring equipment/uniform needs at minimal cost will be available to students) July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 Jire 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 Manager of Si\u0026lt;:port Services, Assoc, sipt. for Desegregation, Assistant Sipts. (Director of Transportation) Principals 4.1 Yearly (annual) analysis of participation data and cosfmrative profiles 4.1 (Survey the schools to see how many students will need transportation in order to assure equitable participation) 4.2 (Track the utilization of the program in order to determine the nurber and cost) 0^1Page: 163 Progroi Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremlllion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportivtities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Mimfcer 7. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date (kmpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5. Develop (and use) school profiles (to) provide overview of school success or its iipect on students so that changes and/or interventions can take place as needed. or o July 1, 1993 Jme 30, 1994 (Principals and Staff, Monitoring Teams) 5. (An assessment of the data collected for the school profile will be reviewed by the principals and staff at each school to determine degree of student success and if any new procedures or changes need to take place)Page: 164 Progran Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Prograa Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportmities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Munfcer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 7. (cont*d) 5.1 Profile school by: a. grade distribution b. attendance c. disciplinary outcomes d. test scores e. student involvement in school- related activities f. course enrolIments/special program enrol Iments Senior High Schools A. Three of the six high schools have gathered information for the School Profile. B. Tuo of the six schools reported developing school profiles cKiring the second quarter. C. Three of the six high schools have reviewed and examined information on school profiles. 0. Three high schools have reviewed and examined information on School Profile in the fourth quarter. Area Junior High Schools or, 3 July 1. 1993 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 June 30, 1994 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 Principals, Staffs, Assistant Sipts. 5.1 Use of data-besed school profiles 5.1 Yearly comparative students 5.1 Production of iiqx'ovement plans to address disparities 5.1 (The data based school profiles by grade distribution, attendance, and disciplinary outcomes will be analyzed each nine week period to make recommendations for change where indicated. The data based school profiles by course enrollment/special program enrollment will be analyzed each semester. The data based school profile by test scores will be analyzed and compared annually)Page: 165 Prograa Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Prograa Noae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportmities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Mmtoer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Ccapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 7. (cont'd) A. One of six area junior high schools permit the enrollment of students who do not meet the typical academic profile into a special Science program with parent request or permission. B. Three of the six schools reported relative data on the school profile is reviewed and utilized. C. Two of the six area junior high schools have gathered information for the school profile. D. Three area junior high schools reportedly developed and used profiles. Junior High Magnet Schools A. Both junior high magnet schools reported that relative items are available on the school profiles. B. Both magnet junior high schools have gathered information for the school profile and they are available for review. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. School profile in place. B. One school reported thirteen field trips involving students in school-related activities. C. All magnet schools report reviewing school profiles on a quarterly basis for revision as needed. D. All schools report reviewing school profiles on a quarterly basis for revision as needed. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94Page: 166 ProgrM Seq f: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Progrm Hme: School Operations Progrm Code: Primry Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Progrm Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Wmfccr Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Both schools report using all components to determine the need to alter programs implemented at their schools in order to focus on the learning condition of students. B. Both schools report conpiling and revising data-based school profiles according to information requested. 08/2493 10/01/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 7. (cont'd) C. Both schools report reviewing school profiles on a quarterly basis for revisions as needed. D. Both schools report reviewing school profiles on a quarterly basis for revisions as needed. Incentive Schools A. Three incentive schools are completing the School Profile, and three schools have conpleted School Profiles. Elementary Area Schools A. Data is being collected by seven schools. B. Six area schools report reviewing school profiles on a quarterly basis for revisions as needed. C. Nineteen area schools report reviewing school profiles on a quarterly basis for revisions as needed. 0. Twenty-two area schools report reviewing school profiles on a quarterly basis for revisions as needed. 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94Page: 167 Progran Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code\nPrimary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Hudtner 5.2 L 40 7. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.2 Data to be disaggregated by race. Senior High Schools A. Two of the six high schools gathered disaggregated data by race. B. One of the six high schools reported data being disaggregated by race during the second quarter. C. One of the six high schools reportedly disaggregated data by race. 0. One high school reportedly disaggregated and updated data by race during the fourth quarter. Area Junior High Schools A. One of six schools reported HPT data disaggregation completed. B. Four of the six area junior high schools disaggregated by race. C. Three area junior high schools reported the disaggregation of data by race. For example, one school reported data from school reports analyzed by teachers/administrators. Junior High Magnet Schools A. One of the two junior high nagnet schools reported that disaggregated data is available for review. July 1. 1993 June 30, 1994 (Principals, Pupil Services Team, Teachers) 5.2 Outcomes en/aluation 5.2 (Data in annual school report) (All data submitted in the school's annual report is to be disaggregated by race) 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 10/01/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 12/31/93Page: 168 Program Seq f: 09 Revisicxi Date: July 26, 1994 Program Naaie: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Numiter Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Both magnet junior high schools have gathered disaggregated date by race. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Data in place at four schools B. All schools reported collecting student data by race/gender for performance monitoring. C. All schools reported collecting student data by race/gender for performance monitoring. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools report initiating programs to decrease disparity as a result of disaggregating the data. 6. One of the schools reports collecting student performance data. C. Both schools reported collecting student data by race/gender for performance monitoring. D. Both schools reported collecting student data by race/gender for performance monitoring. Incentive Schools A. One incentive school has addressed the data in their School Profile. B. One incentive school reports that enrollment is 98X black. Elementary Area Schools A. Seven schools report that data to be desegregated by race included in the school's profile. 01/03/94 08/24/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 IPage: 169 PrograM Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Mame: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Mtfifcer 5.3 L 40 7. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Caa|\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Five schools reported collecting student data by race/gender for performar\u0026gt;ce monitoring. C. Nineteen schools reported collecting student data by race/gender for performance monitoring. 0. Twenty schools reported collecting student data by race/gender for performance monitoring. 5.3 Provide for developaent of and ii^jlcmentation of intervention strategies to address disparate situations with specific steps for iiqwovaaent. Senior High Schools A. One of the six schools reported analysis of conditions and the development of strategies to address those needs by the Student Biracial Conmittee during the second quarter. B. Three of the six high schools reported the developnent and inplementation of Intervention strategies. C. Three high schools reported the development and implementation of intervention strategies. Area Junior High Schools A. One of six area schools reported the development and implementation of intervention strategies. 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 July 1, 1993 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 Jine 30, 1994 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 (Principals, Pupil Services, Team, Teachers) 5.3 (Based on the data provided by the schools in the school profile (5.1) each school team will address and docunent the disparate situations with specific steps for improvement on the identified timeline in 5.1) 0=^8Page: 170 Program Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportmities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Mififeer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. One of the six schools reportedly has developed an action plan to address disparate situations based on equity monitoring response. C. Four of the six junior high schools reported the development and implementation of intervention strategies. 0. Two area junior high schools provided for the development of and implementation of intervention strategies to address disparate situations with specific steps for improvement. Junior High Magnet Schools 7. (cont'd) A. Both magnet junior high schools reported the development and inplementation of intervention strategies. B. One magnet junior high school provided for the development of and implementation of intervention strategies to address disparate situations with specific steps for improvement. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Strategies in place at four schools 6. One school has implemented a buildinglevel criterion reference tests of mastery. C. Five schools report interventions strategies to address disparate situations are in place. 0. All schools report interventions strategies to address disparate situations are in place. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 03/30/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94Pase: 171 Progran Seq t: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Progran Mane: School Operations Progran Code: Prinary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Progran Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Mmfcer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Both schools report interventions strategies to address disparate situations with specific steps for improvement. B. Both schools report having instructional plans and special strategies for students with the eliminations of disparities as priority. C. Both schools report interventions strategies to address disparate situations are in place. 0. Both schools report interventions strategies to address disparate situations are in place. Incentive Schools A. 1. One incentive school has homework centers and peer tutoring implemented as strategies to address disparity situations. 2. One school reports a self-esteem building program to provide for black males. Elementary Area Schools A. One school is in the process of reviewing intervention strategies to be implemented for improvements. B. Seven schools report intervention strategies to address disparate situations are in place. C. Eighteen area schools report interventions strategies to address disparate situations are in place. D. Nineteen area schools report interventions strategies to address disparate situations are in place. 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94PrograiB Seq *: 09 ProgrsM Natae: School Operations Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Nuiber 9. L 41 1. L 41 1.1 L 41 1.2 L 41 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Page: 173 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 9. To review and assess testing practices, formats, and results in order to better address the needs of all students while providing special intervention for disadvantage students. 1. Visits to schools by testing/evaluation monitoring team to assess validity and reliability of testing procedures and strategies eaployed to prepare students for test taking. 1.1 Meetings with principals, teachers 1.2 Infonaal classroom visits by monitors Senior High Schools A. One of the six schools reported informal monitoring visits during the second quarter. B. Two of the six high schools docunented monitoring team visits. C. Three high schools documented monitoring team visits the fourth quarter. Area Junior High Schools July 1, 1993 July 1. 1993 July 1. 1993 July 1. 1993 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 Jine 30. 1994 June 30. 1994 June 30. 1994 Jaw 30. 1994 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 (Planning, Research, and Evaluation) Planning. Research, and Evaluation Assistant Supts.. Principal. Staffs. Educational Programs 9. Random monitoring by Planning. Research, and Evaluation 1. (The Planning. Research, and Evaluation Team will provide performance reports of teacher interviews to principals following each monitoring visit) 1.1 Monitoring visits and reports 1.1 (The monitoring team will report back to the principal the assessment of their classroom visits) 1.2 (Schedule of meetings and docunentation of participants) 1.2 (The monitoring team will report back to the principal the assessment of their classroom visits)Page: 174 Prograa Seq f: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Prograa Naiae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportKiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Mtmber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date C(xq\u0026gt;leticin Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Two of the six area junior high schools reported teacher observations by monitors had occurred for this quarter. 10/01/93 12/31/93 9. (cont'd) B. Two of the six area junior high schools reported informal classroom visits by monitors hod occurred. C. Three area junior high schools reported informal classroom visits by monitors had occurred during the fourth quarter. Junior High Magnet Schools A. Both junior high magnet schools reported informal classroom visits by monitors had occurred. B. Informal classroom visits by monitors have been conducted at each magnet junior high school. C. One magnet junior high school reported informal classroom visits by monitors had occurred during the fourth quarter. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. One magnet school reports visits by monitors. B. Three magnet schools report visits by the monitors. C. Three magnet schools report visits by the monitors. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools report visits by monitoring teams. One school reports the second formal observation completed on the staff. B. Both schools report visits by the monitors. or 9 01/03/94 04/01/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 03/30/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/31/94Page: 175 Program Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26. 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportisilties for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Nuii^er 1.3 L 41 1.4 L 41 9. (contd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Both schools report visits by the monitors. Elementary Area Schools A. Seven area schools report visits by monitors. B. Nineteen area schools report visits by the monitors. C. Fifteen schools report visits by the monitors. 1.3 Compilation of comparative data b/ school. 1.4 Evaluation of data with recommendations for changes/iaprovements Senior High Schools A. One of the six high schools reported activity for changes/improvements based upon the evaluation of data. Pupil Services Comnittee Example: B. Three high schools reported activity for changes/iiTprovements based upon the evaluation of data. Test Inservices Ex: Grades/semester Area Junior High Schools A. Three of the six area junior high schools reported methods for evaluation of data with reconmendations for changes/improvements. Examples: Review of Stanford 8 test scores and evaluation of instruction 0^3 04/01/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 July 1. 1993 July 1. 1993 01/03/94 04/01/94 10/01/93 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 Juw 30, 1994 Jme 30, 1994 03/30/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 Educational Programs Principals and Staff 1.3 (Graphs or tables illustrating yearly changes in scores on state and standardized tests will be prepared and distributed to all schools) 1.4 (Each school's staff will analyze and evaluate all data with recommendations for changes and/or improvements)Page: 176 Prograai Seq *: 09 Reviaion Date: July 26, 1994 Progran Naate: School Operations Progran Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Progran Goal: The intent of the School Operations goat is to provide equitable educational opportKiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Wmtoer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Three of the six area junior high schools reported changes/improvements based upon data evaluation. C. Three of the junior high schools evaluated data with recomnendations for changes/improvements. Ex: Management Team Meetings. Educational 01/03/94 04/01/94 03/30/94 06/30/94 Junior High Magnet Schools A. One of the two junior high magnet schools documented the review of at-risk student data and a review of discipline problems data as strategies for the evaluation of data with recomnendations for changes/improvements. B. Changes/inprovements based upon evaluation of data are noted by one magnet junior high school. Example: English Plus classes C. One magnet junior high school evaluated data with recommendations for changes/improvements. Ex: Educational Management Team Meetings 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Changes/improvements rxjted in school improvement plan of three schools. 08/24/93 09/30/93 9. (cont'd) B. Five schools reported determining needs, changes and/or improvement pertinent to successful student opportunities. 01/03/94 03/31/94 C. Four schools reported determining needs, changes and/or improvement pertinent to successful student opportunities. 04/01/94 06/30/94 Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools or/JPage: 177 PrograM Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Mtmtjer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Ccapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A, Both schools report having refined the programs to make necessary changes for interventions. e. One school reports determining needs, changes, and/or improvements needed to meet student needs. One school reports the use of multicultural strategies to aid in student achievement. C. Both schools reported determining needs, changes and/or improvement pertinent to successful student opportunities. D. Both schools reported determining needs, changes and/or improvement pertinent to successful student opportunities. Incentive Schools A. Three schools report that the evaluation of data with strategies for improvement is reported in the Annual School Plan. Elementary Area Schools A. Eight schools report that the evaluation data with strategies for changes/improvements is reported in the school's improvement plan. B. Six area schools reported determining needs, changes, and/or improvements pertinent to successful student opportunities. C. Sixteen schools reported determining needs, changes, and/or improvements pertinent to successful student opportunities. 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94Page: 178 ProgrsM Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26. 1994 Prograa Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Muifcer 2. L 41 9. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 0. Nineteen schools reported determining needs, changes, and/or improvements pertinent to successful student opportunities. 2. Disaggregation of test results by grade, by race (and by gender) for review and assessment for intervention purposes. Senior High Schools A. Two of six high schools identified activities where disaggregated data was reviewed. B. One of the six high schools identified activities where disaggregated data was reviewed. C. During the fourth quarter one high school identified activities were disaggregated data was reviewed. Area Junior High Schools A. Three of the six area junior high schools reported that the disaggregation of test results by grade, race, and gender for review and assessment for intervention purposes had occurred for this reporting quarter. B. Two of the six area junior highs identified activities where disaggregated data was reviewed. C. Three area junior high schools reported disaggreagation of test results by grade, by race (and by gender) for review and assessment for intervention purposes occurred during the fourth quarter. Junior High Magnet Schools 04/01/94 July 1, 1993 08/24/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 06/30/94 Jkw 30, 1994 09/30/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 (Principals, Staffs) 2. (Intervention strategies to reduce disparity by race and gender will be written at each grade level where disparities exist)Page: 179 Prograa Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Prograa Maae: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Mtiiber Objectives Strategies Begirviing Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. One of the two junior high magnet schools reported the disaggregation of test results for review and assessment for intervention purposes. B. Both magnet junior high schools recorded data disaggregation and review activity. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Data reviewed by three schools. B. One school has secured a Winthrop Rockefeller Grant of S7,500 to provide interventions for disadvantaged students. 9. (cont'd) C. All magnet schools report disaggregation of test results by grade, race and gender for review and assessment for intervention purposes. 0. AU schools report disaggregation of test results by grade, race and gender for review and assessment for intervention purposes. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools report having developed strategies based on disaggregate test data. B. One school reports utilizing appropriate intervention strategies to meet students' needs. One school reports developing strategies to reduce disparities based on disaggregated test data as needed. C. Both schools report disaggregation of test results by gra^, by race and gender for review and assessment for intervention purposes. 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 IPage: 180 Progra* Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26. 1994 PrograM Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Progran Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Ntiitjer 2.1 L 41 9. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaipletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 0. Both schools report disaggregation of test results by grade, by race and gender for review and assessment for intervention purposes. Incentive Schools A. Three incentive schools report that test results by grade and race can be reviewed in the Annual School Plan. Elementary Area Schools A. Eleven schools report that test data has been disaggregated by grade, race and gender. B. Six schools report disaggregation of test results by grade, race, and gender for review and assessment for intervention purposes. C. Sixteen area schools report disaggregation of test results by grade, race and gender for review and assessment for intervention purposes. D. Nineteen schools report disaggregation of test results by grade, race and gender for review and assessment for intervention purposes. 2.1 School analysis of test results by grade, teachers, race, and sii\u0026gt;ject area. Senior High Schools A. One high school included special intervention strategies for disadvantaged students in the Annual Improvement Plan. 04/01/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 July 1, 1993 08/24/93 06/30/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 June 30, 1994 09/30/93 Principals, staffs, Assistant Si\u0026lt;\u0026gt;ts., Testin^Evaluat ion 2.1 Data assessaent and docuaented interventions as needed 2.1 (Intervention strategies will be written to address any disparities in race occurring in subject areas)Page: 181 PrograM Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Progran Code: Priamry Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, GremlUion and Anderson Progran Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportixiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Muifcer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. One of the six high schools reported a grade/semester test inservice as an activity to analyze data. C. One high school reported a Grade/Semester Test Inservice as an activity to analyze data. Area Junior High Schools A. Three of the six area junior high schools reported school analysis of test results by grade, teachers, race, and subject area. 01/03/94 04/01/94 10/01/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 B. One of the six area junior high schools indicated special intervention strategies for disadvantaged students on the School Improvement Plan. 01/03/94 03/30/94 C. Three area junior high schools reported the analysis of test results by grade, teachers, race, and subject area. 04/01/94 06/30/94 Ex: Biracial Meetings Junior High Magnet Schools A. Analysis was reportedly completed at both magnet junior high schools. 01/03/94 03/30/94 Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Analysis coinpleted by four schools. B. Five magnet schools report having analyzed test results by grade, teacher, race and subject area. 08/24/93 01/03/94 09/30/93 03/31/94 C. All schools report having analyzed test results by grade, teacher, race and subject area. 04/01/94 06/30/94 Elementary Interdfstrict Magnet SchoolsPage: 182 PrograM Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name School Operations Program Code Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportoiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nurtjer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 9. (cont'd) A. Both schools report having analysis data provided by Planning, Research, and Evaluation to determine intervention strategies. B. Both schools reports using the Planning, Research, and Evaluation test data summaries to plan special strategies to reduce disparities. C. Both schools report having analyzed test results by grade, teacher, race and subject area. D. Both schools report having analyzed test results by grade, teacher, race and subject area. Incentive Schools A. 1. One school reports that their school analysis of test results by grade, teacher, race and subject area can be reviewed in the Annual School Plan. 2. Two schools report that their schools' analysis by grade, teacher, and race are complete. Elementary Area Schools A. Nine schools report reviewing, analyzing, and disaggregation of test results by grade, teacher, race and subject area. B. Eight schools report having analyzed test results by grade, teacher, race, and subject. C. Seventeen area schools report having analyzed test results by grade, teacher, race and subject area. 0. Twenty-three area schools report having analyzed test results by grade, teacher, race and subject area. ^70 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94Page\n183 Program Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26. 1994 Program Mame: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportKiities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Muifcer 2.2 L 41 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.2 Development of coaperative data to assess disparity areas, if any. July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 (Planning, Evaluation and Testing, Principals, and Staff 2.2 Report of outcoates 2.2 (Correlation of grades between races will be analyzed for additional remediation) Senior High Schools 9. (contd) A. One high school conducted a faculty meeting to address disparities on 8/19/93. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Two of the six high schools reported conpared data the third quarter to assess disparity areas. C. Two high schools reportedly compared data the fourth quarter to assess disparity areas. Area Junior High Schools A. Two of the six area junior high schools reported the development of comparable data to assess disparity areas, if any. B. Four of the six area junior high schools compared data to address disparities. C. Two area junior high schools docunented the development of comparative data to assess disparity areas. Junior High Magnet Schools A. One of the two junior high magnet schools reported the development of coiTparative data to assess disparity areas, if any. B. One of the two magnet junior high schools reportedly compared data to address disparities. 01/03/94 04/01/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 03/30/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94Page: 184 Progran Seq f: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Progran Nane: School Operations Progran Code: Priiaery Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nuiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CcMf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 9. (cont'd) Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Data compared to address disparities at one school. B. All elementary magnet schools report utilizing performance data to address disparities. C. All schools report utilizing performance data to address disparities. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools report using data to study disparity and to provide interventions. B. Both schools report utilizing student performance data to address disparities. C, Both schools report utilizing performance data to address disparities. D. Both schools report utilizing performance data to address disparities. Incentive Schools A. Two schools report that their baseline data is established and a comparative analysis is done by grade level. Elementary Area Schools A. Eight schools report comparing test data from one year to the next to determine disparities. B. Six schools report utilizir^ performance data to address disparities. C. Sixteen elementary area schools report utilizing performance data to address disparities. 0. Twenty area schools report utilizing performance data to address disparities. Q 08/24/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 09/50/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94Page: 185 PrograM Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Priaery Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportisiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nuiber 2.3 L 41 9. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CoRfiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.3 Preparation of intervention plans to address specific student needs. Senior High Schools A. Two of the six high schools developed intervention plans to address specific student needs. B. Two of the six schools reported preparation of intervention plans to address student needs during the second quarter. C. Three of the six high schools developed intervention plans to address specific student needs. D. One high school developed intervention plans to address specific student needs. Ex: Assessment Project Completed Area Junior High Schools A. One of six schools reported each teacher completed intervention strategies to address specific student needs. B. Two of the six schools docunented the preparation of intervention plans to address specific students needs. Example: Math Assistance Program C. Two of the six area junior high schools developed intervention plans to address specific student needs. 0. Three area junior high schools prepared intervention plans to address specific student needs. Ex: UALR tutoring in Mathematics and Reading o 3 July 1, 1993 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 Jisie 30, 1994 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 Principals, Staff, Asst. Sqots., Assoc. Si^ts. 2.3 Existence of plans 2.3 (Intervention plans addressing specific student needs will be prepared and distributed by the teachers within and between the grades)Page: 186 Prograa Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Prograa Maae: School Operations Prograa Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportmities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nud^er Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaipletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 9. (contd) Junior High Magnet Schools A. One of the two junior high magnet schools docunented the preparation of intervention plans to address specific student needs. B. One of the two junior high magnet schools reportedly developed intervention plans. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Intervention plans are in place at two schools. B. One school reports that intervention plans are addressed in its Annual School Improvement Plan. C. Five schools report that intervention plans are addressed in the annual school improvement plan. 0. Four schools report that intervention plans are addressed in the annual school improvement plan. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools report having intervention strategies distributed to all grade levels. B. Both schools report reviewing intervention plans for students' progress. C. Both schools report that intervention plans are addressed in the annual school improvement plan. 0. Both schools report that intervention plans are addressed in the annual school improvement plan. 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94Page: 187 PrograiB Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Priiaary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportwities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Mmber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Incentive Schools A. One school reports that the student education plans and school improvement plans have been developed. Elementary Area Schools A. Six schools reported that intervention plans are developed. B. Seven schools report that intervention plans are addressed in their Annual School Improvement Plan. C. Twenty area schools report that intervention plans are addressed in the annual school improvement plan. 0. Twenty-one schools report that intervention plans are addressed it the annual school improvement plan. 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 Qnr uProgram Seq *: 09 Progran Nane: School Operations Progran Code: Progran Goal: Plan Reference Page Nifiber 10. Page 42 1. Page 42 1.1 Page 42 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Prinary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportmities for alt students in the LRSO. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf)letion Date Psge: 188 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10. To give school principals sufficient authority to iaprove schools and to advocate for students, and to hold them acccMjitable for results and opporttsiities for all students. 1. Develop/enhance site-based management at designated schools. 1. (Form a committee to define site-based management and to survey school principals for interest in piloting) Area Junior High Schools A. One of six schools indicated a Steering Committee had addressed the objective to define site-based management. 1.1 Staff developaient for principals. 1.1 (Make available to all principals ongoing staff development programs that will enhance their skills) Senior High Schools A. One high school conducted a computer workshop for the building administrators. G July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 08/24/93 July 1, 1993 08/24/93 Jkw 30, 1994 Jisie 30, 1994 09/30/93 Jine 30, 19 09/30/93 (Board of Directors, Superintendent, Cabinet) (Representatives from Principals' Roundtable, Staff Development, Asst. Supts.) Assoc, and Assistant S(\u0026lt;\u0026gt;ts. (Staff Development) 10. (The annual school report should reflect an increase in achievement and a reduction in disparity) 1. Principal Evaluation Process 1. (Implement site-based management plan for the pilot schools) 1.1 Conduct of staff develcpBient 1.1 (A quarterly report will identify each principal and the workshop in which he/she participated)Page: 189 Prograa Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Prograa Maae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportiaiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nimtier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10. (cont'd) B. All secondary principals were invited to attend an inservice on completing the Program Budget Document durir\u0026gt;g the secorxj quarter. One high school reported another staff development activity requested for its administrative staff. 10/01/93 12/31/93 C. One of the six high schools docunented the Program Budget Docunent inservice for principals as a staff development activity. 0. One high school docunented an inservice on the proposed academic support program in math relative to the staff development for principals. Area Junior High Schools A. One of the six area junior high schools reportedly has provided staff development for principals. B. One of the six area junior high schools reported staff development for principals had been provided. C. One school reported staff development for the principal had occurred at one school. Junior High Magnet Schools A. One of the two junior high magnet schools docunent staff development activities for prirv:ipals. Example: Discipline Management Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. One school reports staff development for the principal. B. Five magnet schools report principals atteixling staff development. 01/03/94 04/01/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 03/30/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 03/30/94 12/31/93 03/31/94Page: 190 PrograM Seq 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Mane: School Operations Progran Code: Prinary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nuiber 1.2 Page 42 10. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Five schools report principals attending staff development. Elementary Area Schools A. Six area schools report principals attending staff development. B. Seventeen area schools report principals attending staff development. C. Seventeen area schools report principals attervling staff development. Elementary Interdistrict Schools A. Both schools report principals attending staff development. B. One school reports atterKling National Convention. 1.2 Revision of district procedures to provide technical support from central office rather than strict control. Senior High Schools A. One of the six senior high schools reported working on a district convnittee to revise the administrative evaluation procedures during the second quarter. Area Junior High Schools 04/01/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 01/03/94 04/01/94 July 1, 1993 10/01/93 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 03/31/94 06/30/94 Jie 30, 1994 12/31/93 (Planning, Research, and Development\nPrincipals\nPrincipals* Roundtable) 1.2 Principal Feedback 1.2 (A survey will be implemented by the principals to identify the district procedures that they consider to be barriers) 9 Q aPage: 191 PrograM Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Prograai Name: School Operations Program Code: Primry Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Wuitoer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. One of the six junior schools reported the practice of maintaining a file on each applicant for a school position. B. One of the six area junior high schools noted an inservice from the Federal Programs Office had been provided. C. Two area junior high schools reported activity relative to the revision of district procedures to provide technical support from central office rather than strict control occurred during the fourth quarter. Ex: District staff development for acfcninistrators. Junior High Magnet Schools A. One of the two junior high magnet schools reported that the adninistration have provided input, when requested, to Central Office. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 01/03/94 10. (cont'd) A. Both of the interdistrict magnet schools report providing feedback and information to district staff upon request. Elementary Area Schools A. Three of the area schools report 10/01/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 03/30/94 12/31/93 evidence of technical assistance rather than strict control. O*) 9 10/01/93 12/31/93Page: 192 Progra* Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Naae: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, GremiUlon and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportmities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Wuifeer 1.3 L 42 2. L 42 2.1 L 42 3. L 42 3.1 L 42 10. (cont*d) 10. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coa^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 Enhance principal accomtabi Iity for program at the building. 2. Provide support to revitalize school environaents to make it conducive to student learning and to order. 2.1 Plan of district school renovation to meet prograaiaatic and student population needs. 3. Respond to principal requests for assistance in a timely manner. 3.1 Set i\u0026lt;\u0026gt; format for technical assistance with assigned personnel to work with individual schools. 3.1 (Provide to the principals an organizational chart with names and job responsibilities as a format for technical assistance) Senior High Schools * July 1, 1993 July 1. 1993 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 Jirte 30, 1994 Jine 30, 1994 Jine 30, 1994 Jine 30, 1994 Jine 30, 1994 (Asst. Supts.) Director of Support Services, Asst. Supts., Dept. Heads) Support Services (Asst. Supts.) (Director of Support Services) Assoc, and Assistant Supts., Educational Prograias Curriculim Directors, Stpervisors, and Coordinators (Communications Dept.) 1.3 Asst. S(\u0026lt;)t. evaluations of school climate and prograam and principal manageaent of these 1.3 (Assistant Supts. will provide feedback to principals regarding his/her performance throughout the year preceding the written evaluation) 2. (Number of requests completed will be compared to the number of requests made by the school principals in order to evaluate support given by the district in a timely manner) 2.1 (Identify the number of renovations completed which enhance progrannatic and student population needs) 3. (List number of requests received and identify nurber of actions taken) 3.1 C(f\u0026gt;letion of task and principal evaluation of plan 3.1 (Quality feedback from the principals on the timeline completion for assistance requested)Page: 193 Program Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Mame: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Greffiillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nimber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. One school maintains a file of applicants for school positions and reviews race and gender balance as vacancies arise. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. One of the six high schools reported format for technical assistance had been set up. 01/03/94 03/30/94 QQlPrograM Seq f: 09 PrograM Haiae: School Operations PrograM Code: PrograM Goal: Plan Reference Page Muifcer 11. Page 43 1. Page 43 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Priaiary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafiletion Date Page: 194 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Robertson, GrefliiUion and Anderson Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 11. To review staffing patterns and staff assignaents in all schools and district offices for equity. July 1. 1993 Jine 30, 1994 (Principal, Staff, Asst. Supts., Monitoring Team) 11. (Equitable racial and gender representation in all positions will be achieved) 1. Update review of recruiting needs by age, race, sex, and seniority in positions in the district to ascertain projected needs. Senior High Schools A. One of the six high schools reported reviewing files at Hunan Resources during the second quarter. B. Review of recruiting needs and adjustments were reported by three of the six high schools. C. Review of recruiting needs and adjustments were reported by tuo schools. Area Junior High Schools A. Two of the six area junior high schools reported that an updated review of recruiting needs by age, race, sex, and seniority is done. B. Two of the six junior high schools noted the review of recruiting needs. July 1, 1993 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 Jine 30, 1994 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 (Director of Human Resources, Principals, Department Heads and Recruitment Officer) 1. District-wide Monitoring process (all departaents) 1. (A structured process will be inplemented in the Hunan Resources Office to make lists of applicants by race available to the principals in a timely manner) Q O OPage: 195 Progran Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Prograai Name: School Operations Program Code: Priaery Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Mwber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Caaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Three area junior high schools reported activity relative to the update review of recruiting needs by age, race, sex, and seniority in positions in the 04/01/94 06/30/94 11. (cont'd) district. For example, one school reportedly utilized the services of the Recruitment Office of LRSO Junior High Magnet Schools A. One of the two magnet schools reported relative files were maintained to keep an updated review of recruiting needs. B. Review of recruiting needs and requests based upon the relative review has been conducted at both magnet junior highs. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Review of recruiting needs conducted by two schools. B. Five magnet schools report reviewing recruiting need by age, race and sex and providing feedback and information to the district on request. C. Five schools report reviewing recruiting needs. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both interdistrict magnet schools report providing feedback and information to district staff upon request to ascertain projected needs of recruitment. B. Both schools report reviewing recruiting need by age, race and sex and providing feedback and information to the district on request. 003 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/31/94Page: 196 Progran Seq f: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Progras Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Nuiiwr 1.1 Page 43 11. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coafiletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Both schools report reviewing recruiting needs. Elementary Area Schools A. Thirteen area schools report reviewing recruiting need by age, race and sex and providing feedback and information to the district on request. C. Fourteen schools report reviewing recruiting needs and providing feedback and information to the district on request. 1.1 Review of all current staffing with identification of staff by sex, race, and subject area who will be retiring to project needs Senior High Schools A. One of the six senior high schools reported activity toward the review of staffing. B. Four schools reported activities toward the review of staffing. Area Junior High Schools A. Two of the six area junior high schools reported a review of all current staffing with identification of staff by sex, race, and subject area of projected retirees had been done. 04/01/94 01/03/94 04/01/94 July 1, 1993 01/03/94 04/01/94 10/01/93 06/30/94 03/31/94 06/30/94 June 30. 1994 03/30/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 Director of Human Resources, Principals (Department Heads) 1.1 Coapletion of tasks 1.1 (Provide and maintain an updated list of those staff members who will be retiring) 1.1 (Review available staffing) \"\u0026gt;04Page: 197 Program Seq f: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Prinary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportuiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Himber objectives Strategies Beginning Date (^mpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. The assessment of current and future staff needs was reported by two of the six junior high schools. C. Three area junior high schools documented activity regarding the review of all current staffing with identification of staff by sex, race, and subject area who will be retiring to project needs. Junior High Magr\u0026gt;et Schools A. Or\u0026gt;e of the two junior high magnet school principals has reviewed staffing and provided data as requested. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Assess current and future staff r\u0026gt;eeds implemented by one school. B. Five magnet schools report reviewing all staffing patterns by race, sex and subject area projected needs based on retirements. C, Five schools report reviewing all staffing patterns by race, sex and subject area projected needs based on retirements. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools 01/03/94 04/01/94 01/03/94 08/24/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 03/30/94 06/30/94 03/30/94 09/30/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 11. (contd) A. Both schools report having maintained an updated list of staff -- on-goir\u0026gt;g monitoring of sex and race of current and incoming staff. B. Both schools report reviewing all staffing patterns by race, sex and subject area projected needs based on retirements. C. Both schools report reviewing all staffing patterns by race, sex arxJ subject area projected needs based on retirements. 08/24/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 09/30/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 005Page: 198 Progran Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Progran Hane: School Operations Progran Code: Prinary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Progran Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Muitner 1.2 L 43 2. L 43 11. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coa^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Incentive Schools A. One incentive school reported a complete breakdown of certified staff by sex, race, and subject area. Elementary Area Schools A. Five schools report that they review ell current and incoming staff according to race, sex and gender. B. Fifteen area schools report reviewing all staffing patterns by race, sex and subject area projected needs based on retirements. C. Nineteen schools report reviewing all Staff patterns by race, sex and subject area projected needs based on retirement. 1.2 Projection of student population on two-year basis to validate expected needs. Senior High Schools A. One school reviewed student enrollment and identified the need to recruit more students. 2. Review of position assignaents related to racial equity (so) so that all races are represented in every position and job description in the district. Senior High Schools A. One high school identified activities to ensure a racially balanced staff. QOG 08/24/93 08/24/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 July 1, 1993 08/24/93 July 1. 1993 08/24/93 09/30/93 09/30/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 June 30, 1994 09/30/93 June 30, 1994 09/30/93 Assoc. Sqst. for Desegregation (Director of Human Resources, Principals, and Department Heads) 1.2 (A student population projection wi11 be published) 2. (Annual study of report provided by Human Resources showing all positions in the district by race and sex)Page: 199 Program Seq f: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Priaery Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportuiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Muifcer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Two of the six high schools identified activities to ensure a racially balanced staff. C. Two high schools identified activities to ensure a racially balanced staff. Area Junior High Schools A. One of six schools indicated the principal had performed the relative review. B. Three of the six area junior high schools docimented the review and statistical analysis of data for the second quarter. C. Three of the six area junior high schools identified activities to ensure a racially balanced staff, of Position Control Example: Review D. Three area junior high schools docimented activity related to the review of position assignments for racial equity. Junior High Magnet Schools A. Both magnet junior high schools documented review and statistical analysis of data so that racial equity is evident in every position and job description in the district had occurred. B. One magnet junior high principal analyzed statistical data in the building to ensure racial equity in all positions. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Review of needs identified annually. 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93Page: 200 Program Seq f: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Hane: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportuiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Himber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Ccm^letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. One school reports using the school's profile to review assignment related to racial equity. C. Five schools report making employee recommendations that are consistent with racial equity. D. Five schools report making employee recommendations that are consistent with racial equity. 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 11. (cont'd) Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools report making ^loyee recomnendations that report racial equity in all job assignments wherever possible. B. Both schools report making employee recommendations that are consistent with racial equity. C. Both schools report making employee recommendations that are consistent with racial equity. Incentive Schools A. Two schools report new job position assignments related to racial equity Elementary Area Schools A. Eight schools report reviewing position assignments relative to racial equity. B. Five area schools report making employee recommendations that are consistent with racial equity. C. Seventeen area schools report making employee recommendations that are consistent with racial equity. 08/24/93 10/01/93 04/01/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 04/01/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 06/30/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 06/30/94Page: 201 Program Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Mame: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportKiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Mtijfcer 2.1 L 43 11. (cont'd) 11. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coi^)letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.1 Development and assessment of school and divisional staffing patterns. Senior High Schools A. One high school completed staffing assessment in August 1993. B. Two of the six high schools reported the assessment of staffing had been developed. C. Two high schools reported the assessment of staffing had been developed. Area Junior High Schools A. One of six schools reported the assessment of staffing patterns had been done. B. One of the six schools reported that data of the school's staffing patterns are maintained. C. The assessment of staffing patterns had been conducted at three of the six schools. C. Activity relative to the development and assessment of school and divisional staffing patterns was documented by two schools. Ex: Review of Position Control Junior High Magnet Schools A. One of the two magnet junior high schools reported that data of the school's staffing p\u0026gt;atterns are maintained. OOP vJ July 1. 1993 08/24/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 10/01/93 Ji\u0026gt;w 30, 1994 09/30/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 Director of Huaan Resources, Principals, Department Heads (Assistant Supts.) 2.1 Coaf)letion of tasks 2.1 (Assess annual school study to ensure the staffing patterns are meeting the district's staffing guidelines)Page: 202 Progran Seq f: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Progran Hane: School Operations Progran Code: Prinary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportmities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Niiit)er Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coa|)letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. One of the two magnet junior high schools maintained data of school staffing patterns. C. Activity relative to the development and assessment of school and divisional staffing patterns was documented by two schools. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A, 1. 2. School staffing assessed. School Profile staffing\". B. Five schools report having developed or is developing assessments of school and divisional staffing patterns. C. Five schools report having developed or is developing assessment of school and divisional staffing patterns was documented by two schools. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools report having all staff members interviewed by a team consisting of principal and representatives from the PTA, Joshua, and curriculm specialists. B. One school reports using the school profile to review staffing patterns and staff assignments. C. Both schools reports having developed or is developing assessments of school and divisional staffing patterns. D. Both schools reports having developed assessments of school and divisional staffing patterns. 11. (cont'd) Elementary Area Schools A. Five schools refer to staff/school personnel rosters provided by the Human Resources Office. 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 06/30/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93Page: 203 Program Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportinities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Muifeer 2.2 L 43 objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 8. Eighteen area schools reports having developed or is developing assessments of school and divisional staffing patterns. C. Thirteen schools reports having developed assessments of school and divisional staffing patterns. 2.2 Recruitment of support and nonteaching staff to reflect equitable racial representation in all positions. Senior High Schools A. One of the six high schools reported having a recruitment team during the second quarter. B. One of the six high schools reported recruitment relative to non-teaching staff to reflect equitable racial representation is operating. C. One school reported recruitment relative to non-teachir\u0026gt;g staff to reflect equitable racial representation is operative. 01/03/94 04/01/94 July 1. 1993 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 03/31/94 06/30/94 Jifie 30, 1994 Principals, Director of Hunan Resources (Recruiting Officer) 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 2.2 Enhance racial balance in all positions 2.2 (The nunber of support and non-teaching staff recruited will reflect an equitable racial representation as measured by LRSD guidelines) 2.2 (Equitable racial end gender representation in all positions will improve) 2.2 (Principals and department heads will document evidertce that effort was put forth to recruit racial representation in their respective areas)Page: 204 Prograa Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Prograa Naae: School Operations Prograa Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Prograa Goat: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Muifcer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 11. (cont'd) Area Junior High Schools A. One of the six area junior high schools documented evidence of the recruitment of support and non-teaching staff to reflect equitable racial representation in all positions. B. Three of the six area junior high schools documented recruitment efforts to reflect equitable racial representation in all positions. C. Three area junior high schools reported activity related to the recruitment of support and non*teaching staff to reflect equitable racial representation in all positions. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Recruitment in place. B. Five magnet schools report making employee recommendations consistent with racial equity. C. Five schools report making employee recomnendations consistent with racial equity. elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. place. Both schools report recruitment in B. Both schools report making employee recommendations consistent with racial equity. C. One school report making employee recommendations consistent with racial equity. onp 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94Page: 205 Program Seq f: 09 Revision Date: July 26. 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for alt students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Ntmfcer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria D. Both schools report making employee recomnendations consistent with racial equity. Incentive Schools A. One school reports doing a breakdown on non-certifled staff to reflect equitable racial representation. B. One school reports that the principal works in conjunction with the Human Resources Department to help ensure equity. Elementary Area Schools A. Eight schools report activities for recruitment of support and non-teaching staff to reflect equitable racial representation. B. Five area schools report making employee recommendations consistent with racial equity. One area school reported that a racial balance will exist among classified personnel. C. Fifteen area schools report making employee recommendations consistent with racial equity. 0. Fifteen area schools report makir\u0026gt;g employee recommendations consistent with racial equity. 04/01/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94Progra* Seq f: 09 Prograa Naaie: School Operations Prograai Code: Prograai Goal: Plan Reference Page Nimtier 12. Page 44 1. Page 44 1.1 Page 44 1.2 Page 44 1.3 Page 44 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primry Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Page: 206 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 12. To establish recruitment prograaK for representat i on positions. of minorities in all July 1, 1993 Jine 30, 1994 12. Increase in representation of minority persons as ccmpared to baseline data. 1. Create pool of currently-certified teacher applicants and of students pursuing certification. 1.1 Share applicant pools with PCSSO/NLRSO (see collaborative) 1.1 (Collaborative\" refers to the Desegregation Plan) 1.2 Share with NLRSO/PCSSO recruitment processes at local, state, and regional schools with particular concentration on schools (colleges) with populations of minority students. 1.2 (Each district will share and evaluate their recruitment process as it relates to the recruitment of minority students) 1.3 Establish \"in school\" recruitment procedures for Juiior and senior high school students who evidence an interest in the teaching profession. 004 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 Jine 30, 1994 June 30, 1994 (Director of Human Resources, Minority Recruiter, Asst. Supts.) Huaan Resources Direetors-- three districts (LRSO Minority Recruiter) Huaan Resources Directors*- three districts (LRSO Minority Recruiter) Practicing teachers (three districts) on a voluntary basis. Principals, Kuaan Resources Office, Teacher Sponsors of FTA (LRSD Minority Recruiter, Counselors) 1. (The number of applicants in the pool (by race and gender) will be recorded in the Human Resources Office and updated each semester) 1.1 Completion of task 1.1 (The nuiber and names of applicants by race and gender will be shared with the other school districts) 1.2 Preparation of and implementation sharing plan 1.2 (The list of college students and teacher applicants recruited will be kept by name, race, and gender by each district for sharing) 1.3 lapleaientation of procedures 1.3 (Survey high schools to determine the number of students by race and gender who are participating in the Teachers of Tomorrow Club)Page: 207 Program Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Naaie: School Operations Program Code: Priaiary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Ntarfcer 12. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Senior High Schools A. Three of the six high schools have established Teacher of Tomorrow programs. B. One of the six high schools reported in school recruitment procedures for prospective teachers during the second quarter. C. Three of the six high schools have reportedly established recruitment procedures for junior and senior high students who evidence and interest in the teaching profession. 0. Four schools have reportedly established recruitment procedures for junior and senior high students who evidence an interest in the teaching profession. Area Junior High Schools A. Two of six schools indicated the establishment and use of Teacher of Tomorrow for recruiting students interested in the teaching profession. B. Three of the six schools reported the establishment of \"in school\" recruitment procedures. C. One of the six schools noted the establishment and activity Teacher Appreciation Day. D. Two area schools reported the establishment of \"in school\" recruitment procedures. Junior High Magnet Schools A. One magnet school hosts pre- professional students from five universities. 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 005Page: 208 Progran Seq f: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Progran Naiae: School Operations Progran Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Progran Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page MuNber 1.4 L 44 12. (contd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Both magnet schools reported the establishment of in school recruitment procedures. C. At one of the tuo magnet junior highs, students reportedly shadow teachers in Career Orientation Class project. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. B. 10/01/93 01/03/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 Clubs organized in two schools. One school has established a Teachers of Tomorrow Club for sixth grade students. Incentive Schools A. One school reports the organization of a Teachers of Tomorrow Club. purchased for 6th graders profiling careers in education. Videos were 1.4 Provide internship prograas at district schools for aspiring teachers and aspiring adainistrators. Senior High Schools 08/24/93 10/01/93 08/24/93 July 1, 1993 09/30/93 12/31/93 09/30/93 Jwie 30, 1994 Collaborative effort with local universities, Huaan Resources Office, Educational Programs (Director of Teachers of Tomorrow) 1.4 Increase in pool of (minority) teacher/ administrator applications for LRSD 1.4 (Document the number of internship programs and the number of aspiring minority teacher/administrator applicants who participated in the programs)Page: 209 Program Seq f: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Prinary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportmities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Umber objectives Strategies Beginning Date Cosfsletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. One high school has a teacher who is currently enrolled in an internship program for administrators. B. Two of the six high schools reported the existence of internship programs. C. Two schools reported the existence of internship programs. 08/24/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 09/30/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 00*7PrograM Seq *: 09 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Nisifcer 13. L 45 1. L 45 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Prinary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Page: 210 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 13. To ensure school-wide planning and individual academic achievement\nto address disparities, individual needs and student success, and to provide staff development on an ongoing basis. July 1, 1993 Jine 30, 1993 13. Evaluation of school iifw-ovement plan and annual report. 1. Provide school-based planning based on analysis of all available data\na specific format for addressing school racial, gender, SES disparities. 1. (SES = Socio-Economic Status) Senior High Schools A. Three of the six high schools conducted planning activities that required the use of data analysis. B. One of the six high schools reported on activity on school-based planning to evaluate school racial, gender, SES disparities. C. Two of the six high schools conducted planning activities which required the use of data analysis. D. Two high schools conducted planning which require the use of data analysis during the fourth quarter. Area Junior High Schools A. One of six schools presented a student assistance program as a means for addressing relative disparities. July 1. 1993 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 Jiaie 30. 1994 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 (Principals\nStaffs,\nEducational Programs\nPlanning, Research, \u0026amp; Evaluation\nAsst. Supts.) 1. (Assessment of individual school improvement plan will show an increase in student achievement and a reduction in disparity by race and gender)Page: 211 Program Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Nimtier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. One of the six schools reported school-based planning based on analysis of all available data uas occurring. 10/01/93 12/31/93 13. (cont'd) C. Two of the six area Junior highs conducted planning activities that required the use of data analysis. D. Provision for school-based planning based on analysis of all available data and a specific format for addressing school racial, gender and SES disparities occurred at two areas junior high schools. Ex: At on school, faculty and steering coimiittee meetings held discussions about student achievement. Junior High Magnet Schools A. Both magnet Junior highs conducted planning activities which required the use of data analysis. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Data is on file at four schools. B. Four elementary magnet schools report providing school-based planning based on analysis of all available data. C. All elementary magnet schools reported providing school-based planning based on analysis of all available data. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools report having their Annual School Plans revealing the increase in student achievement and therefore reducing disparities based on assessment by race and gender. Qog 01/03/94 04/01/94 01/03/94 08/24/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 03/30/94 09/30/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93Page: 212 Progran Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Progran Nane: School Operations Progran Code: Prinary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Progran Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nuaber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Ccmpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Both schools report reviewing the Annual School Plan, school profile, and NCE data analysis to address school racial, gender, and disparities. 10/01/93 12/31/93 13. (cont'd) C. Both schools report providing school- based planning based on analysis of all available data. D. Both schools report providing schoolbased planning based on analysis of all available data. Incentive Schools A. One school responded to strategies of analysis of all available data. Elementary Area Schools A. Eight schools provided school-based analysis in their Annual School Plan. B. Six area schools report providing school-based planning based on analysis of all avallable data. 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 C. Eighteen schools report providing school-based planning based on analysis of all available data. 01/03/94 03/31/94 0. Nineteen schools report providing school-based planning based on analysis of al I available data. 04/01/94 06/30/94 1.1 L 45 1.1 Formulate guidelines for school iaprovement plans which will lead to specific achievement increases and interventions to assist students. July 1, 1993 June 30, 1994 Educational Program\nCanaittees of Principals\nPlanning, Research, \u0026amp; Evaluation 1.1 Formulation of guidelines, plans, and interventions 1.1 (School improvement plans wi11 reflect achievement increases in targeted students) Area Junior High SchoolsPsge: 215 Progran Seq f: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Progran Name: School Operations Progran Code: Prinary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Progran Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportuiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nurber objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Guidelines have been formulated at one of the six area junior high schools. B. One area junior high school formulated guidelines for school inprovement plans. Junior High Magnet Schools A. Guidelines have been formulated for school improvement plans and are utilized regularly to assist in achievement increases. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Guidelines formulated at four schools. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. One of the two schools report reviewing the Annual School Improvement Plan to enhance student achievement. Incentive Schools A. Five schools report the Annual School Plan contains guidelines for school improvement plans which will lead to specific achievement increases and interventions to assist students. 01/03/94 04/01/94 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 08/24/93 13. (cont'd) Elementary Area Schools A. Eight schools report that the Annual School Plan contains guidelines for school improvement which will lead to specific achievement increases and instructions to assist students. B. Tuo schools report reviewing the Annual School Improvement Plan to enhance student achievement. 03/30/94 06/30/94 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 09/30/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 401Page: 214 PrograM Seq f: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Huifcer 1.2 L 45 13. (contd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Five area schools report having school wide planning to address achievement. 1.2 Via disaggregation of data relative to: (Specific date with reference to:) a. student performance b. discipline c. attendance d. participation in school activities e. placement in classes Senior High Schools A. Three high schools conducted data collection and analysis activities in preparing the School Improvement Plan. B. One of the six schools reported that the School Improvement Plan addressed issues of student performance, discipline, attendance, participation in activities, and placement. C. Two of the six high schools conducted data collection and analysis activities. 0. Three high schools conducted data collection and analyses activities the fourth quarter. Area Junior High Schools A. Two of the six area junior high schools reported strategies to address the relative disparities. B. Two of the six schools reported the disaggregation of data relative to the associative items. 01/03/94 July 1. 1993 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 03/31/94 June 30, 1994 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 School staffs, Principals, School laproveaent Teaae 1.2 Disaggregated outcoae- based data 1.2 (Data will reflect an increase in student performance, positive discipline and attendance, participation in school activities, and equitable placement in classes)Page: 215 PrograM Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Mame: School Operations Program Code: Prinary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, GremiIlion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportisiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nudaer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. One of the six junior high schools conducted data collection and analysis activities in preparing the school improvement plan. D. Two area junior high schools docimented activity related to the disaggregation of data. Junior High Magnet Schools A. One of the two magnet schools reported an analysis of relative data had been completed for school profile. B. Data is reportedly disaggregated and available for use at both magnet junior high schools. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Data disaggregated by four schools B. Four schools report referring to the school profile and quarterly district report to determine appropriate instructional needs. C. Five schools report referring to the school profile and quarterly district report to determine appropriate instructional needs. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools report following the specific data in reporting performance. B. Both schools report referring to the school profile and quarterly district reports to determine appropriate instructional r\u0026gt;eeds. C. Both schools report referring to the school profile and quarterly district report to determine appropriate instructional needs. 01/03/94 04/01/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 03/30/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 403Page: 216 PrograM Seq f: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 PrograM Name: School Operations PrograM Code: PriMary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, GreRiillion and Anderson PrograM Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Mirfcer 1.3 L 45 13. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria D. Both schools report referring to the school profile and quarterly district report to determine appropriate instructional needs. Incentive Schools A. Two schools report that data relative to the five subjects is recorded in the Annual School Plan. Elementary Area Schools A. Eight schools report data relative to the above strategies is addressed in their School Profiles or Annual School Plan. B. Five schools report referring to the school profile and quarterly district reports to determine appropriate instructional needs. C. Sixteen schools report referring to the school profile and quarterly district report to determine appropriate instructional needs. D. Nineteen schools report referring to the school profile and quarterly district report to determine appropriate instructional needs. 1.3 Train staff to deal with data and iapleaentation of strategies Senior High Schools 04/01/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 July 1, 1993 06/30/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 Jwe 30, 1994 Educational Prograas\nPlanning, Research, and Evaluation (Principals, Staff Devlp.) 1.3 Outcoaes evaluations conducted on a coaperat ive basis 1.3 (Classroom monitoring will reflect teacher utilization of test data training and increased student achievement and participation) 224Page: 217 Program Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26. 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Nuiber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coiif\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibi lity Evaluation Criteria 13. (cont'd) A. One of the six high schools reported using classroom visits during the second quarter to train staff to deal with data and implementation of strategies. B. Staff at two of the six high schools have been trained the third quarter to deal with data and implementation strategies. C. Staff at two high schools have been trained the fourth quarter to deal with data and implementation of strategies. Ex: New Staff Member Inservice. Area Junior High Schools A. One of the six area junior high schools reported the training of staff to deal with data and implementation of strategies. B. One area junior high school reported activity relative to the training of staff to deal with data and implementation of strategies. For example, the school provided inservice to teachers by counselors. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. One magnet school has received a Rockefeller school improvement grant to help train staff to deal with data and implementation of strategies. 6. Five schools reports the monitoring of teachers convnitments to effective instructional strategies. C. Five schools reports the monitoring of teachers commitments to effective instructional strategies. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 01/03/94 04/01/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 03/30/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94Page: 218 Prograai Seq f: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Prograai Maae: School Operations Prograai Code: Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Prograai Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportmities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Wmfeer 1,4 L 45 13. (contd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. One of the two interdistrict schools reports monitoring of teachers' commitments to effective instructional strategies. One school reports providing multicultural monitoring and providing ongoing staff development inservices. B. Both schools reports the monitoring of teacher conmitments to effective instructional strategies. Elementary Area Schools A. Five area schools report the monitoring of teachers' commitments to effective instructional strategies. B. Eighteen area schools reports the monitoring of teacher commitments to effective instructional strategies. C. Nineteen schools reports the monitoring of teacher commitments to effective instructional strategies. 1.4 Evaluation of outcomes of interventions via milestone reports and final yearly reports. 1.4 (Frequent monitoring of students progress through the use of interim reports, report cards, classroom assessments, and annual report) Senior High Schools A. Two high schools reviewed interim reports during September 1993. B. One of the six schools reported evaluating outcomes of interventions during the second quarter. 10/01/93 01/03/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 July 1. 1993 08/24/93 10/01/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 Jioe 30, 1994 09/30/93 12/31/93 Principal, School Staff, School laprovement Team 1.4 (Report will be used to make and implement reconnendations of corrected actions)Page: 219 Progran Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Progran Nane: School Operations Progran Code: Priiaary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Progran Goal: The intent of the School Operations goat is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan RefererKe Page Wtufcer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Two of the six high schools reportedly evaluations outcomes of interventions using milestone reports. 0. Two high schools reportedly evaluated outcomes of interventions using milestone reports. Ex: Assessment of Retention List of Students with failing grades. Area Junior High Schools A. Evaluation was conducted by two of the six junior high schools. B. Three area junior high schools evaluated outcomes of interventions via milestone reports and final yearly reports. Junior High Magnet Schools A. One magnet school reported using interim reports, report cards, classroom assessments, and annual report for evaluation of intervention outcomes. B. Two of the six schools reportedly evaluated intervention outcomes via milestone reports and final yearly reports. Example: Grade Distribution Report C. Milestone reports have been reviewed at both magnet junior high schools during the third quarter. Elementary Area Magnet Schools 13. (cont'd) A. Evaluation conducted by three schools. B. One magnet school reported quarterly reviews of grade distributions as milestone reports. C. Four schools report having a process to review an evaluate outcomes of interventions via reports. 01/03/94 04/01/94 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 03/30/94 06/30/94 03/30/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 A O (Page: 220 Prograai Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26. 1994 PrograM MaMe: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportKiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Wmfccr Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria D. Four schools report having a process to review an evaluate outcomes of interventions via reports. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools report having interventions available as a result of all reports received concerning student progress. B. Both schools continue to review printed student/parent reports as they pertain to school objectives and goals. C. Both schools report having a process to review an evaluate outcomes of interventions via reports. D. Both schools report having a process to review an evaluate outcomes of interventions via reports. Incentive Schools A. Five schools report that the interim reports for parents have been used to report student successes and/or needs. Elementary Area Schools A. Eleven schools report that the interim reports for parents have been used to report student achievement and/or needs. B. Eight area schools report having a process to review and evaluate outcomes of interventions via reports. C. Twenty area schools report having a process to review and evaluate outcomes of interventions via reports. D. Twenty-three schools report having a process to review and evaluate outcomes of interventions via reports. /log 04/01/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94Page\n221 PrograM Seq f: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Naate: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goat: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportmities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Himber 1.5 L 45 13. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.5 Re-assessaient of and modification of objectives and strategies. Senior High Schools A. One of the six high schools reported the implementation of the Alternative Assessment Program as a modification based upon re-assessment. B. One high school reported the implementation of the alternative assessment program s a modification based upon re-assessment. Area Junior High Schools A. One of the six area junior high schools reported activity related to the re-assessment of and modification of objectives and strategies. B. The review of the annual plan and the continued review of C.O.E. strategies were used for re-assessment at two of the six junior high schools. C. Re-assessment of and modification of objectives/strategies reportedly occurred at two area junior high schools. Junior High Magnet Schools A. One of the two junior high magnet schools reported re-assessment of objectives has occurred as a monitoring tool. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Review COE July 1, 1993 01/03/94 04/01/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 01/03/94 08/24/93 Jiste 30, 1994 03/30/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 03/30/94 09/30/93 B. One school reports re-assessment and modification of strategies and objectives in monthly grade level meetings. 10/01/93 12/31/93 Assistant S(\u0026lt;}ts., Principals, Staffs 1.5 (Revise school improvement plan based upon quarterly assessment) A nqPage: 222 Prograa Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Prograai Nane: School Operations Prograai Code: Priaary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportisiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Nuiijer 1.6 L 45 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Four schools report revising their school improvement plans as needed based on quarterly assessments. D. Four schools report revising their school improvement plans as needed based on quarterly assessments. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools 01/03/94 04/01/94 03/31/94 06/30/94 13. (cont'd) A. Both schools report that modifications of their Annual School Plans will be ongoing as needed to meet the needs of their students. B. Both schools report revising their school improvement plans as needed based on quarterly assessments. C. Both schools report revising their school improvement plans as needed based on quarterly assessments. Elementary Area Schools A. Six schools report that based upon quarterly assessments, the Annual School Plan will be reviewed as needed. B. Six area schools report revising their schools' improvement plans as needed based on quarterly assessments. C. Fifteen schools report revising their school improvement plans as needed based on quarterly assessments. 0. Seventeen schools report revising their school inprovement plans as needed based on quarterly assessments. 1.6 Creation of final plan and strategies. Senior High Schools ^10 08/24/93 10/01/93 04/01/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 July 1, 1993 09/30/93 12/31/93 06/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 Jine 30, 1994 Principals, School StaffsPage: 223 Progran Seq f: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Progran Mane: School Operations Progran Code: Prinary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Progran Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportmities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Muitoer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coay\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 13. (cont'd) A. Three high schools reported the creation of final plan and strategies. Area Junior High Schools A. One of the six area junior high schools reported activity toward the creation of final plan and strategies. B. Two area junior high schools reported the creation of final plan and strategies. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. B. 04/01/94 10/01/93 04/01/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 06/30/94 COE in place at one school. One school reported its five-year COE plan has been accepted and approved. C. Four schools reported following recofmended strategies based on the school's annual improvement plan. 0. Three schools reported following recommended strategies based on the school's annual improvement plan. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both interdistrict magnet schools reported following reconmended strategies based on the schools annual improvement plan. 6. Both schools reported following reconmended strategies based on the school's annual improvement plan. C. Both schools reported following reconmended strategies based on the school's annual improvement plan. Elementary Area Schools A. Six schools report submitting the Annual School Plan and revising strategies as necessary. 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93Page: 224 Progran Seq f: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportmities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Nudier Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Cospletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Three schools reported following reconvnended strategies based on the school's annual inprovement plan. C. Thirteen area schools reported following recommended strategies based on the school's annual improvement plan. 10/01/93 01/03/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 D. Sixteen area schools reported following recommended strategies based on the school's annual improvement plan. 04/0194 06/30/94 1.7 L 45 1.7 Annual assessment of outcomes of yearly plan. July 1, 1993 Jme 30, 1994 Deputy/Assoc. and Asst. Sipts., Principals, Staffs, School Improvement Team 1.7 Assessment process and reamdiation plans for areas in need of iaprovement 1.7 (Annual progress report) Senior High Schools A. Three high schools documented activities relative to the annual assessment of outcomes of the year plan. 04/01/94 06/30/94 Area Junior High Schools A. One of the six area junior high schools reported activity toward the annual assessment of outcomes of yearly plan. 10/01/93 12/31/93 B. One area junior high school reported activity relative to the annual assessment of outcomes of yearly plan. 04/01/94 06/30/94 Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Refer to annual review. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Three Elementary magnet schools report providing feedback and other information significant to progress made to date. 04/01/94 06/30/94 Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools 4 10Page: 225 Program Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Coal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Muiber Objectives Strategies Begiming Date Conpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 13. (cont'd) A. Both interdistrict magnet schools report outlining student/staff accomplishment related to school goals. B. One school report providing feedback and other information significant to progress made to date. C. Both schools report providing feedback and other information significant to progress made to date. Elementary Area Schools A. Reflection of Annual Progress Report will show assessment of outcomes of yearly plans. B. Three area schools report providing feedback and other information significant to progress made to date. B. Seventeen schools reported providing feedback and other information significant to progress made to date. C. Ten schools report providing feedback and other information significant to progress made to date. 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 04/01/94 01/03/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 06/30/94 03/31/94 ^\"3Progran Seq f: 09 Progran Nane: School Operations Progran Code: Program Coal: Plan Reference Page Nimber 14. Page 46 1. L 46 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportinities for all students in the LRSO. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Page: 226 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 14. Provide staff developaent on an ongoing basis to staff and information to parents relative to student success. July 1. 1993 Jtfw 30. 1994 (Principal. Staff, Staff Development) 14. (List of nunbers and kinds of staff development activities provided and number of meetings or informtional sharing sessions held with parents) 1. To update skills of all district staff on a regular basis and to keep all staff abreast of developments in their field of endeavor. Senior High Schools A. Three of the six high schools reported staff development activities during the second quarter. B. Staff development inservices occurred at two of the six high schools to update the relative skills. C. Staff development inservices occurred at two schools during the fourth quarter to update the relative skills. Area Junior High Schools A. Two of the six area junior high schools reported activities toward the updating of skills of all staff and keeping staff aware of developments in their associative fields. B. Staff development activities were conducted at two of the six high schools. /II 4 July 1. 1993 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 10/01/93 01/03/94 Jww 30. 1994 12/31/93 03/30/94 06/30/94 12/31/93 03/30/94 (Principal, Staff, Staff Development) 1. Meet established guidelines of equity monitoring process 1. (Document the nud\u0026gt;er of inservice announcements made available to district staff and record the nunber of staff who participated)Page: 227 Program Seq f: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Program Goal\nThe intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Mmtoer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Caaf\u0026gt;letion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Three area junior high schools reportedly updated skills. Junior High Magnet Schools 04/01/94 06/30/94 14. (cont'd) A. One of the two magnet schools reported activity toward updating skills of staff and keeping staff aware of developments in their field of endeavor. B. Counseling sessions, counselor's meetings, and inservices are techniques used to update skills at both magnet junior high schools. Elementary Area Magnet Schools A. Staff development inservices conducted at three schools. B. One school reported that curriculun specialist registered for thirteen LRSO inservice sessions in an effort to keep all staff abreast of developments in their field of endeavors. C. Five schools reports that staff persons are updated on a regular basis relative to development in their field of endeavor. 0. four schools reports that staff persons are updated on a regular basis relative to development in their field of endeavor. Elementary Interdistrict Magnet Schools A. Both schools report having distributed staff development catalogues to their teachers to keep them abreast of current inservices. 10/01/93 01/03/94 08/24/93 10/01/93 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 12/31/93 03/30/94 09/30/93 12/31/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 ^^5Page: 228 Progran Seq f: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Progran Mane: School Operations Progran Code: Prinary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, Gremillion and Anderson Progran Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportmities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Huifcer Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B, Both schools report communicating vision of school effectiveness through written communiques, PTA meetings, etc. 10/01/93 12/31/93 14. (cont'd) C. Both schools reports that staff persons are updated on a regular basis relative to development in their field of endeavor. D. Both schools reports that staff persons are updated on a regular basis relative to development in their field of endeavor. Incentive Schools A. Three incentive schools report having a pre-school staff meeting and a September staff meeting to keep all staff abreast of developments. 01/03/94 04/01/94 08/24/93 03/31/94 06/30/94 09/30/93 Elementary Area Schools A. Eight schools report having activities designed to update skills of staff on a regular basis. Examples: Faculty meetings, monthly foruns, quarterly summaries, staff development workshops, etc. 08/24/93 09/30/93 B. Nine schools reported that skills of all district are updated as follows: 1. Records kept on staff development participation. 2. Staff development catalogues are distributed. 3. Staff sharing professional articles in monthly meetings. 4. Post staff development announcements. C. Nineteen schools reports that staff persons are updated on a regular basis relative to development in their field of endeavor. 10/01/93 01/03/94 12/31/93 03/31/94 /nrPage: 229 Prograa Seq *: 09 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Prograa Naae: School Operations Prograa Code: Priaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Robertson, GremiUion and Anderson Prograa Goal: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportuiities for all students in the LRSO. Plan Reference Page Huiber 1.1 L 46 1.2 L 46 1.3 L 46 14. (cont'd) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Coapletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria D. Nineteen schools reports that staff persons are updated on a regular basis relative to development in their field of endeavor. 1.1 Provide selections of staff developaent opportinities for individual staff and entire faculties to include but not liait to: a. TESA b. PET c. Classrooa Hanageaent d. School Manageaient 1.2 Send selected staff to professional developaent sessions in order to increase the nmber of available trainers and. in return, for a coaaitment to assist with collegial staff developaent. 1.3 Provide district-wide prograas of staff developaent 04/01/94 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 July 1, 1993 06/30/94 Jine 30, 1994 Jine 30. 1994 Jine 30. 1994 Associate Sipt.-- Educational Prograas. Assistant Sipts.. Staff Devlp. Director. State Dept, of Educ. Assoc. Si^Jt.-- Educ. Prograas. Asst. Supts.. Staff Devlp. Director. State Departaent of Education Staff Devlp. 1.1 Provision of staff development Evidence of enhanced classrooa instruction with iaproved student perfonaances 1.2 (Conpare and access the nunber of available trainers as a result of the staff development sessions) 1.3 (Record nunber of participants and kind of staff development programs offered) A 1Program Seq *: 09 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Member 15. L 47 1. L 47 1.1. L 47 LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET 1X)CUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Hatthis Secondary Leader: The intent of the School Operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSO. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Conpletion Date Page: 230 Revision Date: July 26, 1994 Robertson, GreffliUion and Anderson Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 15. To collaborate with PCSSO and NLRSD in regard to aspects of the plan which will facilitate and enhance desegregation efforts. 1. To create a collaboration whereby all students in all schools in the three districts (LR, NLR, and PC) will benefit from a mutual set of beliefs and expectations for success for all students and equity for all students and staff. 1.1 Contained in the \"Inter-district Desegregation Plan.\" July 1, 1993 See Inter- district Plan Jine 30, 1994 See Interdistrict Plan (Superintendents and staff from the three districts) LRSO Deseg, Dept. (Delete Deseg. Dept.) (Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation) Si^aerintendents and staff of three districts 15. (Record of the number and kind of collaborative meetings held by the parties) 1. (Evidence of successful implementation of collaborative plans) 1.1 Successful 'R\u0026gt;1ementation of collaborative plan. Positive, measurable outcomes for students, staff, and the three districts in areas addressed ^^8LRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #: 09B Page: 1 Revision Date: August 6, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Ui Iliams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Program Description: School Operations includes the total integrated learning experiences which meet the academic, social, and developmental needs of all LRSD students in a desegregated educational setting. Central Office staff and principals of the schools collaborate to ensure quality educational program planning for all students with the support of staff, parents, and the larger community. District Goal Support: Program Goal: Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: General cooperation among the Pulaski County districts is necessary. ourselves to the following programs and services in the districts\nUnderlying principles will include\nA collaborative effort is crucial to the success of this countywide desegregation plan. Ue conwiit All students will be accorded equal opportunity te participate in all academic and extracurricular or race\nall students, school plans and goals\n____________________all district staff and parents will develop and model high expectations for the success of all students without regard to gender all staff and all parents will have equitable access to and input into programs, school and district activities, planning and implementation of special efforts will be concentrated on increasing parental involvement in the schools\nneeds for contact with minority teachers and a diversity in the racial makeup of support staffs consistent with applicable law\nstaffing and staff recruitment will reflect student equitable basis\npolicies directed toward students will reflect an awareness of diversity in the student population, providing for an orderly, supportive learning environment. staff assignments will be made on an its background and learning styles, while also Create a col loboration whereby all students in all schools in the three districts (LR. MLR, and PCSSO) will benefit from a mutual set of beliefs and expectations for success for all students and equity for all students and staff Follow Interdistrict Desegregation Plan. Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The intent of the school operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. L 30--L 47 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: FTE [ Related Function Codes: 1 gLRSD FY 93-94 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Program Seq #: 09B Revision Date: August 6, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Program Goal: The intent of the school operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Page 30 1. To ensure an organizational structure which provides equal opportunity and access for parents, students and staff. Principals,, Assistant Supts., Assoc. Supt.) 1. (Sufficient program personnel are in place to meet the needs of all students in the program as measured by the monitoring instrument) 1. To review organizational structure in schools and central office to ensure sufficient support for students and staff success and for the implementation of the desegregation plan. Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) A. Review all building and classroom schedules. (This activity was initiated 07/01/94 and a completion date of 03/31/94 is docimented for the third reporting period.) B. Review all personnel changes. (This activity was initiated 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported the end of the third quarter.) C. Review ADE reports. (This activity was introduced 07/01/93 and a 75X completion was reported 03/31/94.) documented.} D. Reviewed all building and classroom schedules, all personnel changes, and ADE reports. (This activity was initiated 07/01/93 and was completed at the end of the fourth quarter.) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Correspondence was sent to all nineteen schools outlying expectations for the schools in submitting their annual school plans in August, 1993. 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 04/01/94 01/03/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 06/30/94 03/31/94 4 OPage: 3 Program Seq #: 09B Revision Date: August 6, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Program Goal: The intent of the school operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number 1.1 Page 30 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Review annual school plan of all nine- teen elementary schools in October, 1993. C. Critiqued each plan and recorded on a form the evidence of goals addressed, test scores safety plans, and recommendations for change needed if any. \u0026lt; occurred in October, 1993.) (Achievement D. Pre-school on-site visits were made on an on-going basis to ensure readiness and preparation in August, 1993. E. On-site visits, observations, and conferences with principals were ongoing. (The achievement reportedly occurred 08/93-06/30/94.) Assistant Superintendent (Anderson) A. Review master schedules of all secondary schools.(Item initiated and completed 07/93-09/30/93.) B. Review all personnel changes. (Activity was initiated 07/93 with 75X completion reported at the end of the third quarter.) C. Review ADE certification reports. (Item completed 10/93-03/31/94.) D. Review Annual Reports 1.1 Appoint school-based biracial committees to monitor implementation and data. (Report to faculty) Assistant Superintendent (Robertson) 01/03/94 01/03/94 04/01/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 04/01/94 07/01/93 03/31/94 03/31/94 06/30/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 03/31/94 06/30/94 06/30/94 Principals. Assistant Supts. 1. (Satisfactory compliance with the Education Equity Monitoring Document) 1.1 Survey of staff  patrons 1.1 School-level documentation of quarterly meetings (minutes, rosters)Page: 4 Program Seq #: 09B Revision Date: August 6, 1994 Program Name: School Operations Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Central Office Administrators Program Goal: The intent of the school operations goal is to provide equitable educational opportunities for all students in the LRSD. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. School Biracial Committees established. (Activity started 07/01/93 and completed 12/31/93.) B. Review reports of convnittee formation and committee activities. (Activity convnenced 07/01/93 and 75X completion was reported at the end of the third quarter.) C. Review reports of convnittee formation and convnittee activities. (Activity convnenced 07/01/93 and 100X completion occurred at the end of the fouth quarter.) Assistant Superintendent (Gremillion) A. Review of school profiles to monitor the establishment of the Biracial Convnittee. (The achievement was introduced 10/93 and 75X was reported the end of the third quarter.) B. All schools reported the impleroentaiton and monitoring of their biracial teams. (The achievement reported started 10/93 and was completed 06/30/94.) Assistant Superintendent (Anderson) A. School Biracial Convnittees established. (Item executed 7/93-10/93.) B. Review reports of committee formation and convnittee activities. (Item initiated 10/93 with 75% completion at the end of the third quarter.) 1.2 A district-wide biracial committee will monitor district-wide desegregation efforts and data and (report to Board) Associate Supt. of Desegregation /I no 01/03/94 01/03/94 04/01/94 01/03/94 04/01/94 01/03/94 01/03/94 01/01/93 03/31/94 03/31/94 06/30/94 03/31/94 06/30/94 03/31/94 03/\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\u003cdcterms_creator\u003eLittle Rock School District\u003c/dcterms_creator\u003e\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "}],"pages":{"current_page":524,"next_page":525,"prev_page":523,"total_pages":6766,"limit_value":12,"offset_value":6276,"total_count":81191,"first_page?":false,"last_page?":false},"facets":[{"name":"educator_resource_mediums_sms","items":[{"value":"lesson plans","hits":319},{"value":"teaching guides","hits":53},{"value":"timelines (chronologies)","hits":43},{"value":"online exhibitions","hits":38},{"value":"bibliographies","hits":15},{"value":"study guides","hits":11},{"value":"annotated bibliographies","hits":9},{"value":"learning modules","hits":6},{"value":"worksheets","hits":6},{"value":"slide shows","hits":4},{"value":"quizzes","hits":1}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":16,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"type_facet","items":[{"value":"Text","hits":40200},{"value":"StillImage","hits":35114},{"value":"MovingImage","hits":4552},{"value":"Sound","hits":3248},{"value":"Collection","hits":41},{"value":"InteractiveResource","hits":25}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":16,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"creator_facet","items":[{"value":"Peppler, Jim","hits":4965},{"value":"Phay, John E.","hits":4712},{"value":"University of Mississippi. Bureau of Educational Research","hits":4707},{"value":"Baldowski, Clifford H., 1917-1999","hits":2599},{"value":"Mississippi State Sovereignty Commission","hits":2255},{"value":"Thurmond, Strom, 1902-2003","hits":2077},{"value":"WSB-TV (Television station : Atlanta, Ga.)","hits":1475},{"value":"Newman, I. DeQuincey (Isaiah DeQuincey), 1911-1985","hits":1003},{"value":"The State Media Company (Columbia, S.C.)","hits":926},{"value":"Atlanta Journal-Constitution","hits":844},{"value":"Herrera, John J.","hits":778}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"subject_facet","items":[{"value":"African Americans--Civil rights","hits":9441},{"value":"Civil rights","hits":8347},{"value":"African Americans","hits":5895},{"value":"Mississippi--Race relations","hits":5750},{"value":"Race relations","hits":5607},{"value":"Education, Secondary","hits":5083},{"value":"Education, Elementary","hits":4729},{"value":"Segregation in education--Mississippi","hits":4727},{"value":"Education--Pictorial works","hits":4707},{"value":"Civil rights demonstrations","hits":4436},{"value":"Civil rights workers","hits":3530}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"subject_personal_facet","items":[{"value":"Smith, Lillian (Lillian Eugenia), 1897-1966--Correspondence","hits":1888},{"value":"King, Martin Luther, Jr., 1929-1968","hits":1809},{"value":"Meredith, James, 1933-","hits":1709},{"value":"Herrera, John J.","hits":1312},{"value":"Baker, Augusta, 1911-1998","hits":1282},{"value":"Parks, Rosa, 1913-2005","hits":1071},{"value":"Jordan, Barbara, 1936-1996","hits":858},{"value":"Young, Andrew, 1932-","hits":814},{"value":"Smith, Lillian (Lillian Eugenia), 1897-1966","hits":719},{"value":"Mizell, M. Hayes","hits":674},{"value":"Silver, James W. (James Wesley), 1907-1988","hits":626}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"name_authoritative_sms","items":[{"value":"Smith, Lillian (Lillian Eugenia), 1897-1966","hits":2598},{"value":"King, Martin Luther, Jr., 1929-1968","hits":1909},{"value":"Meredith, James, 1933-","hits":1704},{"value":"Herrera, John J.","hits":1331},{"value":"Parks, Rosa, 1913-2005","hits":1070},{"value":"Jordan, Barbara, 1936-1996","hits":856},{"value":"Young, Andrew, 1932-","hits":806},{"value":"Silver, James W. (James Wesley), 1907-1988","hits":625},{"value":"Connor, Eugene, 1897-1973","hits":605},{"value":"Snelling, Paula","hits":580},{"value":"Williams, Hosea, 1926-2000","hits":431}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"event_title_sms","items":[{"value":"Martin Luther King, Jr.'s Nobel Prize","hits":1763},{"value":"Ole Miss Integration","hits":1670},{"value":"Housing Act of 1961","hits":965},{"value":"Little Rock Central High School Integration","hits":704},{"value":"Memphis Sanitation Workers Strike","hits":366},{"value":"Selma-Montgomery March","hits":337},{"value":"Freedom Summer","hits":306},{"value":"Freedom Rides","hits":214},{"value":"Poor People's Campaign","hits":180},{"value":"University of Georgia Integration","hits":173},{"value":"University of Alabama Integration","hits":140}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"location_facet","items":[{"value":"United States, 39.76, -98.5","hits":17820},{"value":"United States, Georgia, Fulton County, Atlanta, 33.749, -84.38798","hits":5428},{"value":"United States, Alabama, Montgomery County, Montgomery, 32.36681, -86.29997","hits":5151},{"value":"United States, Georgia, 32.75042, -83.50018","hits":4862},{"value":"United States, South Carolina, 34.00043, -81.00009","hits":4610},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","hits":4177},{"value":"United States, Alabama, 32.75041, -86.75026","hits":3943},{"value":"United States, Mississippi, 32.75041, -89.75036","hits":2910},{"value":"United States, Tennessee, Shelby County, Memphis, 35.14953, -90.04898","hits":2579},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","hits":2430},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959","hits":2387}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"us_states_facet","items":[{"value":"Georgia","hits":12843},{"value":"Alabama","hits":11307},{"value":"Mississippi","hits":10219},{"value":"South Carolina","hits":8503},{"value":"Arkansas","hits":4583},{"value":"Texas","hits":4399},{"value":"Tennessee","hits":3770},{"value":"Florida","hits":2601},{"value":"Ohio","hits":2391},{"value":"North Carolina","hits":1893},{"value":"New York","hits":1667}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"year_facet","items":[{"value":"1966","hits":10514},{"value":"1963","hits":10193},{"value":"1965","hits":10119},{"value":"1956","hits":9832},{"value":"1955","hits":9611},{"value":"1964","hits":9268},{"value":"1968","hits":9243},{"value":"1962","hits":9152},{"value":"1967","hits":8771},{"value":"1957","hits":8460},{"value":"1958","hits":8242},{"value":"1961","hits":8241},{"value":"1959","hits":8046},{"value":"1960","hits":7940},{"value":"1954","hits":7239},{"value":"1969","hits":7235},{"value":"1950","hits":7117},{"value":"1953","hits":6968},{"value":"1970","hits":6743},{"value":"1971","hits":6337},{"value":"1977","hits":6280},{"value":"1952","hits":6161},{"value":"1972","hits":6144},{"value":"1951","hits":6045},{"value":"1975","hits":5806},{"value":"1976","hits":5771},{"value":"1974","hits":5729},{"value":"1973","hits":5591},{"value":"1979","hits":5329},{"value":"1978","hits":5318},{"value":"1980","hits":5279},{"value":"1995","hits":4829},{"value":"1981","hits":4724},{"value":"1994","hits":4654},{"value":"1948","hits":4596},{"value":"1949","hits":4571},{"value":"1996","hits":4486},{"value":"1982","hits":4330},{"value":"1947","hits":4316},{"value":"1985","hits":4226},{"value":"1998","hits":4225},{"value":"1997","hits":4202},{"value":"1983","hits":4174},{"value":"1984","hits":4065},{"value":"1946","hits":4046},{"value":"1999","hits":4018},{"value":"1945","hits":4017},{"value":"1990","hits":3937},{"value":"1986","hits":3919},{"value":"1943","hits":3899},{"value":"1944","hits":3895},{"value":"1942","hits":3867},{"value":"2000","hits":3808},{"value":"2001","hits":3790},{"value":"1940","hits":3764},{"value":"1941","hits":3757},{"value":"1987","hits":3657},{"value":"2002","hits":3538},{"value":"1991","hits":3507},{"value":"1936","hits":3506},{"value":"1939","hits":3500},{"value":"1938","hits":3465},{"value":"1937","hits":3449},{"value":"1992","hits":3444},{"value":"1993","hits":3422},{"value":"2003","hits":3403},{"value":"1930","hits":3377},{"value":"1989","hits":3355},{"value":"1935","hits":3306},{"value":"1933","hits":3270},{"value":"1934","hits":3270},{"value":"1988","hits":3269},{"value":"1932","hits":3254},{"value":"1931","hits":3239},{"value":"2005","hits":3057},{"value":"2004","hits":2909},{"value":"1929","hits":2789},{"value":"2006","hits":2774},{"value":"1928","hits":2271},{"value":"1921","hits":2123},{"value":"1925","hits":2039},{"value":"1927","hits":2025},{"value":"1924","hits":2011},{"value":"1926","hits":2009},{"value":"1920","hits":1975},{"value":"1923","hits":1954},{"value":"1922","hits":1928},{"value":"2016","hits":1925},{"value":"2007","hits":1629},{"value":"2008","hits":1578},{"value":"2011","hits":1575},{"value":"2019","hits":1537},{"value":"1919","hits":1532},{"value":"2009","hits":1532},{"value":"1918","hits":1530},{"value":"2015","hits":1527},{"value":"2013","hits":1518},{"value":"2010","hits":1515},{"value":"2014","hits":1481},{"value":"2012","hits":1467}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":100,"offset":0,"prefix":null},"min":"0193","max":"2035","count":500952,"missing":56},{"name":"medium_facet","items":[{"value":"photographs","hits":10708},{"value":"correspondence","hits":9437},{"value":"black-and-white photographs","hits":7678},{"value":"negatives (photographs)","hits":7513},{"value":"documents (object genre)","hits":4462},{"value":"letters (correspondence)","hits":3623},{"value":"oral histories (literary works)","hits":3607},{"value":"black-and-white negatives","hits":2740},{"value":"editorial cartoons","hits":2620},{"value":"newspapers","hits":1955},{"value":"manuscripts (documents)","hits":1692}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"rights_facet","items":[{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/","hits":41178},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/","hits":17554},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/UND/1.0/","hits":8828},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/CNE/1.0/","hits":6864},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/","hits":2186},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-NC/1.0/","hits":1778},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-CR/1.0/","hits":1115},{"value":"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/","hits":197},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NKC/1.0/","hits":60},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-RUU/1.0/","hits":51},{"value":"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/","hits":27}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"collection_titles_sms","items":[{"value":"Jim Peppler Southern Courier Photograph Collection","hits":4956},{"value":"John E. Phay Collection ","hits":4706},{"value":"John J. Herrera Papers","hits":3288},{"value":"Baldy Editorial Cartoons, 1946-1982, 1997: Clifford H. Baldowski Editorial Cartoons at the Richard B. Russell Library.","hits":2607},{"value":"Sovereignty Commission Online","hits":2335},{"value":"Strom Thurmond Collection, Mss 100","hits":2068},{"value":"Alabama Media Group Collection","hits":2067},{"value":"Black Trailblazers, Leaders, Activists, and Intellectuals in Cleveland","hits":2033},{"value":"Rosa Parks Papers","hits":1948},{"value":"Isaiah DeQuincey Newman, (1911-1985), Papers, 1929-2003","hits":1904},{"value":"Lillian Eugenia Smith Papers (circa 1920-1980)","hits":1887}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"provenance_facet","items":[{"value":"John Davis Williams Library. Department of Archives and Special Collections","hits":8885},{"value":"Alabama. Department of Archives and History","hits":8146},{"value":"Atlanta University Center Robert W. Woodruff Library","hits":4102},{"value":"South Caroliniana Library","hits":4024},{"value":"University of North Texas. Libraries","hits":3854},{"value":"Hargrett Library","hits":3292},{"value":"University of South Carolina. Libraries","hits":3212},{"value":"Richard B. Russell Library for Political Research and Studies","hits":2874},{"value":"Mississippi. Department of Archives and History","hits":2825},{"value":"Butler Center for Arkansas Studies","hits":2633},{"value":"Rhodes College","hits":2264}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"class_name","items":[{"value":"Item","hits":80736},{"value":"Collection","hits":455}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":100,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"educator_resource_b","items":[{"value":"false","hits":80994},{"value":"true","hits":197}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":100,"offset":0,"prefix":null}}]}}